Annual Report

<n E
ALLAHABAD BANK
|vx E : 2, xiV b, EEi-700 001

HEAD OFFICE: 2, NETAJI SUBHAS ROAD, KOLKATA 700 001
www.allahabadbank.in
-S / contents
E |inx
ANNUAL REPORT
2012-13
{` . / Page No.
z
rl=uNfUt, tuFtvheGfUtuk ytr= fUe mqae
{` . / Page No.
z
02
+vI B |v xnE E n
03-07
Financial Statement
Director's Message
JtrMofU ytb ciXfU fUe mqalt
08-12
E E xnE E {]
13-26
- II |E]Eh
27-54
fUthvtuhux dJluom { {]
55-78
Report on Corporate Governance

z
fUthvtuhux dJluom { J{IE fUt btKvt
Corporate Governance
E E k h
E E J{IE E {]
123-124
193-194
={li {S mn | {j
195-196
vhtuGe
197-198
E + È E iJ, lx
Date, time & Venue of Annual
General Meeting
Cut off Date for ascertaining the

Shareholders eligibility to get dividend
z
<B b] i
/ IMPORTANT PROGRAMMES & DATES
|{i Ex E B vE E
{ji E xvi Ex E +Ji iJ 07.06.2013
E = /Dividend Rate
|vEi |ixv E xH Ex v
{I B mkfUv tr; fUe ykr;b r;r:
191-192
Proxy Form
i{h EG B il
mqaec;t fUhth fuU Fkz 49V fuU +xh

b |h{j
Attendance Slip cum Entry Pass
Auditors Report of the Bank
+ E <xx . E J{IE E {] 185-190
Form for ECS mandate

80-122
Financial Statements of the Bank

z
163-184
Certificate Pursuant to clause 49V of the

Listing Agreement
79
Auditors Certificate on
z
+ E <xx . E rJteg rJJhK
Auditors' Report of AllBank Finance Ltd.
Basel - II Disclosure
z
159-162
Financial Statements of
AllBank Finance Ltd.
Directors Report of the Bank

z
+ E <xx . E xnE E {]
Directors' Report of AllBank Finance Ltd.
Notice of Annual General Meeting

z
Ei k h { J{IE E {] 155-158
Auditors Report on Consolidated
Chairman & Managing

z
125-154
Consolidated Financial Statement
List of Directors', Auditors' etc

z
Ei k h
17.06.2013
10.30 A.M.
vqcoe ytprzxturhgb, <]x Wx ES x],

i ES ]{C, +<-201, C] - III,
] E ], EEi - 700106
60%
12.06.2013
Last date for receipt of proxy form

and resolutions for appointing
Purbashree Auditorium, Eastern Zonal Cultural Center,

Bharatiyam Cultural Multiplex, IB-201, Sector-III,
Salt Lake City, Kolkata-700106
authorized representatives
<n E
ALLAHABAD BANK
|vx E : 2, xiV b, EEi-700 001

HEAD OFFICE: 2, NETAJI SUBHAS ROAD, KOLKATA 700 001
xnE b/BOARD OF DIRECTORS (lli/AS ON 31.03.2013)

1. i I {x
+vI B |v xnE
Smt. Shubhalakshmi Panse
Chairman & Managing Director
2. ].+. S
E{E xnE
Shri T. R. Chawla
Executive Director
3. +h i
E{E xnE
Shri Arun Tiwari
Executive Director
4. b. E Cx
E u xi xnE
Dr. Shashank Saksena
Government Nominee Director
5. B. =nMi
..E u xi xnE
Shri A. Udgata
RBI Nominee Director
6. +.B. Sin
xn JE xi xnE
Shri R.M. Chaturvedi
C.A. Nominee Director
7. b.Bx.
+EE M-E xnE
Shri D.N. Singh
Part Time Non-official Director
8. nx n
+EE M-E xnE
Shri Dinesh Dubey
9. x E
+vE ES xnE
Shri Nirmal Kumar Bari
Officers Employee Director
10. M n
EM ES xnE
Shri Gour Das
Workmen Employee Director
11. b. n{ Sv
vE xnE
Dr. Sudip Chaudhuri
Shareholders' Director
12. +E V
vE xnE
Shri Ashok Vij
13. B.{..Bx.
vE xnE
Shri A.P.V.N. Sarma
J-{IE/AUDITORS
1. 0 B. . Vx Bb E.
xn JE
M/S M. C. JAIN & CO.
Chartered Accountants
2. 0 Bx.E. M Bb E.
xn JE
M/S N. K. Bhargava & Co.
3. 0 P xl Bb E{x
xn JE
For M/S Raghu Nath Rai & Co.
4. 0 Jb EEx Bb E
xn JE
For M/S Khandelwal Kakani & Co
5. 0 ] Bb {i
xn JE
For M/S Batliboi & Purohit
6. 0 l Bb BB]
xn JE
For M/S Sarath & Associates
V] B +ih BV]/REGISTRAR & SHARE TRANSFER AGENT

0 BB ]b (x]-<n E)
M/S MCS LTD. (Unit Allahabad Bank)

77/2A, Hazra Road,
Kolkata-700 029
Tel : 033-40724051 to 54, 033-24541892
Fax : 033-24541961
Email : mcscal@cal2.vsnl.net.in
Website : www.mcsdel.com
77/2B, V b
EEi-700 029
]x - 033-40724051 54, 033-24541892
C - 033-24541961
<- : mcscal@cal2.vsnl.net.in
Website : www.mcsdel.com
+vI B |v xnE
E n
Chairman and Managing

Directors Message
| vE,
Dear Shareholders,
Z k 2012-13 E n x E E Ex{nx
E ]iB +{E I |ii Ei B +ii
|zi * +{E E E ={v +
<E u E M< { E h < E
Mx E {] n M * 2012-13
BE Sxi{h V E` +lE {li
E I * +{x OE E +
Vxx { +{x E J* <E l-l
E Ei E + + +vE EB Vx E +Ei *
It gives me great pleasure to place before you

the highlights of your Bank's performance during
the financial year 2012-13. Details of the
achievements and initiatives taken by your Bank
are provided in the enclosed Annual Report for
the year. The year 2012-13 was a challenging
year that witnessed tough economic conditions.
I am greatful to our customers who have
continued to repose their trust in us. At the same time, we
acknowledge that there is still much more that needs to be
done.
i +ll + EM {o E I{i h E l
k 2012-13 E n x +{E E E Ex{nx E h
< |E *
Here is an analysis of the performance of your Bank during

the financial year 2012-13 along with the brief account of the
economic and banking scenario.
1. +lE B EM {o
1.1 2012 E r |i < + n E |k 2013
V * ]E @h E], VM + xh
M] E I * Ei n E x +< +lE
+ x E +ll+ E |i E V
<x Ij pi g* Ij + iE E
VM E] nJ M*
1.2 +i] p E (+<BB) x +{x b <ExE
+=]E 2013 3.3 |ii E n E r E
{xx M *
1.
Economic & Banking Overview -
1.1. Global growth was affected in 2012 and the sluggish

trend continued in 2013. The year witnessed sovereign
debt crisis, unemployment and fall in manufacturing.
The economic problems faced by the developed
countries impacted the developing economies leading
to rise in inflation in those areas. The Euro area
experienced the worst ever unemployment crisis.
1.2. The International Monetary Fund (IMF) in its World
Economic Outlook has forecast global growth to stay
sluggish at 3.3 per cent in 2013.
1.3 2012-13 i +ll n U< + < n

E | MM Ij { {c* 2011-12 +
2012-13 G: 5.00 |ii (=zi |CEx) + 6.2
|ii E n r <*
1.4 +tME =i{nx SEE(+<+<{) +|- 201213 E nx 0.9 |ii E M] nJ M< VE J
Eh +vi fS B x { n l, V Mi r
< + M n {c M<*
1.5 E P =i{n S Ji P] (Bb) +x{i
+ix E Eh 2012-13 E i i BiE
{ 6.7 |ii E =S< iE {S M* il{ i
i Bb E {{i {V +i k{i E M*
1.6 +i pi V 2011-12 8.9 |ii l 201213 P]E 7.3 |ii M< + S 2013 E E
6.0 |ii *
1.7 i V E x V + @h G: 15 + 16 |ii
r E +xx M * k 2012-13 i E
x V B @h G: 17.4 + 17 |ii E r n *
1.3. The Indian economy remained sluggish in 2012-13, with

slowdown affecting almost all the sectors. It grew at the
rate of 5.00 per cent (advance estimate) and 6.2 per
cent in the years 2012-13 and 2011-12 respectively.
1.4. Growth in the index of industrial production (IIP)
witnessed a slowdown to 0.9 per cent during AprilFebruary 2012-13, largely due to infrastructure and input
constraints, rising costs and moderation of external
demand
1.5. The current account deficit (CAD) to GDP ratio reached
a historic high of 6.7 per cent in Q3 of 2012-13 as a
result of external imbalances. However, CAD in Q3 was
adequately financed by capital inflows.
1.6. Average headline inflation declined from 8.9 per cent in
2011-12 to 7.3 per cent in 2012-13, with a low of 6.0 per
cent in March 2013.
1.7. The RBI had projected deposit and credit growth at 15 &
16 per cent respectively. The Banks in India reported a
growth of 17.4 and 17 per cent respectively for deposit
and credit in the financial year 2012-13.
1.8 k 2012-13 E nx i E E Ex{nx

E E k V n + +x {<
|i * n E Eh EM Ij Bx{B V S 2011
E @h E 2.36% l S 2012 gE 3.57% M*
1.8. During FY 2012-13, performance of Indian banks was

more or less conditioned by slow and uneven recovery
of the global financial markets. Because of the slowdown
there was a rise in the NPA of the banking sector from
2.36% of total credit advanced in March 2011 to 3.57%
of total credit advanced in March 2012.
2. E E Ex{nx
2.1 E E E {U E 2,71,843 Ec E {I
-n- +v { 13.92% E r ni B gE
`3,09,678 Ec M* E E V {U E
`1,59,593 Ec gE `1,78,742 Ec M<* n- +v {, E V 12% E r < *E
@h {U E `1,12,250 Ec E {I iV gE
`1,30,936 Ec M* -n- +v { E @h
16.65% E r <*
2.2 31.03.2013 E lli E E x `1185 Ec
B {Sx 3385 Ec VE 2011-12 E
nx G: `1867 Ec B `3770 Ec l* x
B {Sx M] E Eh Bx{B =SS r
E { |vx B V E |iix *
2.3 E E M V + {U E `1299 Ec gE <
`1477 Ec M<* V ii {I =i{n (]{{)
(Vx , M Vx , S+ b), h CE E
Jn G, b{V] B xEn |vx (BB)
+ 11.97% E r < + k 201213 E nx `29.55 Ec E + < VE {U
+ `26.39 Ec l*
3. Mi, + + Vx
3.1 xv E Mi E |vx i Sxi{h * E E
V Mi V 2011-12 E n x 7.07% l 2012-13
E nx 44 {B g E +li 7.51% M< V <
+v E nx E E xv E Mi Oi: 6.98%
gE 7.31% M<*
3.2 +v n E]i E Eh +O { + 2011-12 E
12.09% 2012-13 66 {B P]E 11.43% M<*
E E x V Vx {U E 3.48% P]E
2012-13 2.81% M*
4. |ni +x{i
2.
Performance of the Bank
2.1
Total Business of the Bank increased to `3,09,678 crore

as against `2,71,843 crore in previous year showing a
YoY growth of 13.92 %. Deposits of the Bank went up
to `1,78,742 crore from `1,59,593 crore last year.
Year-on-Year basis, total deposits grew by 12.00%. The
gross Credit surged to `1,30,936 crore from `1,12,250
crore last year. Year-on-Year basis, the gross credit
increased by 16.65%
2.2
The net profit of the Bank stood at `1185 crore and the
operating profit was `3385 crore as on 31.03.2013 as
against `1867 crore and `3770 crore respectively during
2011-12. The degrowth in Net profit & operating profit
was on account of provisions and reversal of interest
due to high accretion of NPA.
2.3
The non-interest income of the Bank increased from

`1299 crore last year to `1477 crore this year. Of which
the income from the Third Party Product (TPP) (Life,
Non Life, Mutual Fund), Retail sale of gold coins,
Depository services and Cash management
Services(CMS) business grew by 11.97 % and earned
an income of `29.55 crore during FY 2012-13 as
against `26.39 crore during the previous year.
3.
Cost, Yield & Margin
3.1
The year was challenging for managing cost of funds.

The cost of deposits of the Bank increased by 44 bps
i.e. 7.51% during 2012-13 from 7.07% during 2011-12,
increasing the overall cost of fund of the Bank to 7.31%
from 6.98% during the period.
3.2
Yield on advances decreased by 66 bps i.e. 11.43%

during 2012-13 from 12.09% during 2011-12 due to
reduction in base rate. The NIM of the Bank declined to
2.81% in 2012-13 from 3.48% in the previous year.
4.
Profitability Ratios
4.1 31.03.2013 E lli +i { |i 0.64% *
4.1
Return on Assets stood at 0.64% as on 31.03.2013.
4.2 |i ES `5.25 J *
4.3 2012-13 E n x |i +Vx `23.70 VE |i
`192.93 gE `209.93 M*
4.2
Profit per Employee stood at `5.25 lacs.
4.3
Earnings per share was at `23.70 while book value per

share improved to `209.93 from `192.93 during the year
2012-13.
5.
5.1 vi OE , x]E i + xB =i{n E Expi
o]Eh E {h{ E E E 13.92% E
r E l 31.03.2012 E lli `2,71,843 Ec E
{I 31.03.2013 E lli `3,09,678 Ec {S M*
5.
Business
5.1
Focused approach towards enhanced customer

service, network expansion and new products resulted
in increase of Bank's total business mix by 13.92 % to
reach the level of `3,09,678 crore as on 31.03.2013
from `2,71,843 crore as on 31.03.2012.
5.2 E V 12% E r E l 31.03.2012 E lli

`1,59,593 E {I 31.03.2013 E lli `1,78,742 Ec
M<* E E E @h 16.65% E r E l 31.03.2012
E lli 1,12,250 E {I 31.03.2013 E lli
`1,30,936 Ec M*
5.3 |i ES 31.03.2012 E lli `12.17 Ec
E {I 13.03.2013 E lli g E `13.73 Ec M
VE = +v E nx |i J `108.05 Ec
gE `114.02 Ec M*
6. x]E B b Sx
+{E E x xnx E Mi E E Ex E B |tME E
H x + +Vx i Ii xh x E *
b Sx E J gx { n M + 2012-13 E
nx 200 x< JB + 131 B]B J MB* E x S k
E nx MM 300 JB Jx + 1000 B]B Mx E
Vx x< *
7. +x{V +i
n +lE r E Eh E nx +i E Mhk E xB
Jx E E B BE c Sxi * 31.03.2013 E lli
E +O E Bx{B 3.92% + x Bx{B 3.19%
* E E |vx EV +x{i 50%
5.2
Total Deposits grew by 12% to `1,78,742 crore as on

31.03.2013 from `1,59,593 crore as on 31.03.2012.
Gross credit of the Bank went up by 16.65% to `1,30,936
crore as on 31.03.2013 from `1,12,250 crore as on
31.03.2012.
5.3
Business per Employee increased to `13.73 crore as

on 31.03.13 from `12.17 crore as on 31.03.12 while
business per branch went up to `114.02 crore from
`108.05 crore during the same period.
6.
Network & Delivery Channels
8. {V {{ii xnb
31.03.2013 E lli {V {{ii +x{i 11.03 |ii
V ]-* 8.05 |ii + ]-** 2.98 |ii l*
8.
9. |tME
9.1 E x +{x 447 B]B E v +{x OE E 18.80
J +vE B]B b] Eb V EB*
9.2 2012-13 E n x E x xxJi ix =i{n + EB
9.
Technology
9.1
The Bank which has 447 ATMs, issued more than 18.80
lac ATM cum debit cards to its customers.
9.2
During the year 2012-13, the Bank launched the

following three products:
RuPay, the branded domestic ATM card.
Prepaid Gift Card, a non-reloadable prepaid card,
for providing gift to one's near and dear ones on
any occasion.
IMPS (Inter Bank Mobile Payment System), an
electronic fund transfer service through mobile
phones.
Cheque truncation system (CTS) has been
implemented at 12 centers throughout the country.
Your Bank has leveraged technology to lower

transaction costs and invested in capacity building for
future earnings. There was focus on increasing the
number of delivery channels and the Bank opened 200
new branches and 131 ATMs during 2012-13. The Bank
has planned to open around 300 Branches and 1000
ATMs in the current financial year.
7.
Non- Performing Assets

Due to sluggish economic growth, it was a challenge
for the Bank to maintain the asset quality during the
year. The gross non-performing assets of the Bank
stood at 3.92 % of gross bank credit & the net nonperforming assets stood at 3.19 % as on 31.03.2013.
The Bank had provision coverage ratio of 50%.
Capital Adequacy Ratio
The capital adequacy ratio stood at 11.03 per cent as
on 31.03.2013 of which Tier I is 8.05 per cent and Tier II
is 2.98 per cent.
{, bb P B]B Eb*
|{b M}] Eb, +{x | Vx E E + { ={
nx i BE xx-b |{b Eb *
+<B{B (<] E < {] ]), < x E
v <C]xE xv +ih *
9.3 SE ]xEx ] (]B) { n 12 Exp Exi
E M *
9.4 E x <n E V <]xx Mb b]-E B]B
Eb + <n E V <]xx {]x b] E B]B
Eb E *
10. x vx E
+{E E M`x E gi +{I+ E +x{ +{x x {V E
E + Ii E gx i |ir * E nx E x 1950
ES (1421 +vE, 390 {E B 139 +vxl ])
E i E *
9.3
9.4
The Bank has launched Allahabad Bank VISA

international Gold Debit - cum ATM card and Allahabad
Bank VISA International Platinum Debit- cum ATM Card.
10.
Human Resource Development

Your bank is committed to developing its human capital
by enhancing its skill and capacity in tandem with the
growing aspirations of the organization. The Bank has
recruited 1,950 employees (1421 Officers, 390 Clerks
and 139 subordinate staff) during the year.
+{E E E ] E =i{nEi Mi r VE
|h < i i E |i ES 31.03.2012 E
lli `12.17 Ec E {I 31.03.2013 E lli g
E `13.73 Ec M*
11. k x
11.1 E x 2000 + +vE VxJ 2618 +]i
O E ] E *
The productivity of staff of your Bank has been

consistently increasing as evident from the fact that
Business per Employee increased to `13.73 crore as
on 31.03.2013 from `12.17 crore as on 31.03.2012.
11.
Financial Inclusion
11.1 Bank has covered all allotted 2618 villages having

population of 2000 and above for providing banking
facilities.
11.2 E E +]i 12785 O k x i ix

Exx Vx (2013-16)E E x +i { n n
*
11.3. E x |E E EM vx i {Bx ExC]] E
l 217 +i P JB J *
11.2 Three year plan for FI implementation (2013-16) for

population below 2000 in 12785 villages allotted to Bank
has been finalized.
11.4. E x k x Exi O 7,61,695 Oh

VxJ E xEi E + 5,16,139 Si E Ji
J *
11.5. E x x {Vx E +iMi EM B |nx Ex
i O E +]x E |G { E *
11.4 The Bank has enrolled 7,61,695 rural population out of

which 5,16,139 Savings bank account have been opened
in the FI implemented villages.
12. E{] VE ni
+{E E E{] VE ni Ji + <
Ij <x +xE EhE ={ EB * E x E{]
VE ni Miv E +iMi 5 M`x E i |nx E
*
13. +xM E{x
+E <xx . <n E E {h i +xM E{x
V h-* S] E E { {VEi <x 2012-13
E nx `3.23 Ec E E {Si ({B]) nV E *
12.
14. x< {
2012-13 E nx E x E Ji vE i <n
E { Ex Eb M E *
E u OE E 3-<x-1 Ji v |nx E M< V Si
E/S Ji + b] Ji + +x <x ]bM
+ni x . u |nx E Vi *
OE E Ei E iV x{]x i +iE E{ E
xH E M< *
OE E < b] 24x7 <] E b ] V
xx i +<B{B v E i E M *
{<] + b] Eb <i Ex { E E
+ E M *
S] +Vi Ex E B S] <] { {+B/<C]xE
b] E{S (<b) x M< M< *
14. New Initiatives
11.3 The Bank has opened 217 ultra small branches with
VPN connectivity to provide all types of banking
solutions.
11.5 The Bank has completed the process of allotment of

villages to provide the banking service under the project
"Swabhiman".
Corporate Social Responsibility
Your Bank believes in Corporate Social Responsibility
and has taken a number of welfare measures on this
score. Bank has provided support to 5 organizations
under Corporate Social Responsibility.
13.
Subsidiaries
All Bank Finance Ltd., a fully owned subsidiary of the
Bank registered with SEBI as Category-I Merchant
Banker, earned a profit after tax (PAT) of Rs.3.23 crore
in 2012-13.
During 2012-13, the Bank introduced "Allahabad Bank

Ru Pay Kisan Card" for all KCC account holders.
Introduced 3-in-1 account facility to the customers
wherein with a SB / CA, Demat Account is provided by
the Bank and online Trading Services is provided by
Aditya Birla Money Ltd.
Appointed Internal Ombudsman for speedy grievances
redressal of the customers.
Extended IMPS facility to customers to facilitate 24x7
Inter Bank fund transfer using Mobile Handset.
Launched cash Back offer on usage of our Debit cards
at point of sale.
Launched POS / Electronic Data Capture (EDC)
machines at the Merchants' site for acquiring Merchant
Business.
E E J+ | E Oh E v i BE
ECx b E M *
OE E v i `500 `50000 M E |{b M}] Eb
EB MB *
Introduced a collection module to facilitate collection of

insurance premium at all branches of the bank.
Launched pre-paid gift cards in denominations of ` 500
to `50,000 for customers' convenience
15. o]Eh
15.1 E x 31 S 2014 iE `205000 Ec E V +
`155000 Ec
E +O E l `360000 Ec E
E |{i Ex E Vx x< *
15.2 E OE E v E B { i 250 J+ < il +vE OE Oh J+ E b{V]
EE M Ex E |G *
15.
16. {E B ={v
+{E E E BBB< Vx E Exx E B bBb u
|lEi Ij @h Ij Ex{nx nJx E
E { {Ei E M * E E V xi E =iE]
Exx i ]Ei E E h |iì <n Mv
V {E E +iMi 14.09.2012 E |ix {E
xi E M*
+{E E E Bx ]-18 u <bV ] b <V E
B <x <]]x +b 2012 xi E M*
x, ivE E E Vx B = xB Jx, xE E
{k gx il i E SiE +ll xE +ll
xx nn Ex i E u EB MB =iE] E E {Sx nx
E B n M*
16.
17. +
+{x i {i Ex { , { lx + ii Mnx
i i E + i V E E |i nE + |E]
Ex SM* xnE b E + b E
n E =xE u nB MB |ix B Mnx i vxn ni
* E nx E n{h ih E +
E E E i ES E Mn |x
* =x 28 x OE E Vx =i
E E J il +{x Ex{nx E i Ex E B
|i E*
18. xE
E E Ji: Vxi E
E Vc * Ex{nx =xJ M`xiE Ei E
|ii Ei V M +{x k Mnx n + BE
B i M`x E x E M E*
17.
Future Outlook
15.1 Bank has planned to achieve `3,60,000 crore of total

business by 31 st March, 2014 with deposits and
advances at `2,05,000 crore and `1,55,000 crore
respectively.
15.2 The Bank is in the process of introducing E-lobby in
250 branches across the country and cash deposits
kiosks in Rural branches having large footfalls for the
convenience of the customers.
Awards & Achievement
Your Bank has been awarded the long standing
performer award for Priority Sector Lending by D & B for
implementing MSME Scheme. The Bank has been
awarded Protsahan under the Nationalised Bank
category of the prestigious "Indira Gandhi Rajbhasha
Puraskar" for outstanding implementation of Official
Language Policy on 14.09.2012.
Your Bank has also been awarded the CNBC TV-18'S
India's Best Mid-Size bank and Financial Institution
Awards 2012 as a recognition and reward for the
outstanding work of the Bank in creating and sustaining
stakeholder value, in building investor wealth and in
helping India evolve from a savings to an investing
economy.
Acknowledgement
Before I close, I would like to place on record our deep
sense of gratitude to Government of India and RBI for
their unstinted support and continued guidance. The
Board of Directors has always been supportive and I
thank the members of the Board for their encouragement
and guidance. Cordial atmosphere in the Bank continued
during the year and the participation of rank and file in
the business development deserves a word of
appreciation. It is the confidence of 28 million customers
which keeps up our spirits and inspires us to better
performance.
18.
Conclusion
We have always believed that our growth was basically
connected with the growth of our people. We encourage
a performance driven organizational culture in which
people give their best and feel proud to be part of a
successful and a caring organisation.
BE ES E vxn nx SM VE |iri +
| x 2012-13 E M`x E B BE + x n*
I would like to thank each and every one of our

employees whose commitments and efforts made 201213 yet another successful year for the organisation.
149 E xn E l +{ vE E
vxn nx SM Vxx ii B Si r |{i Ex E
j +{x lx V J*
With the 149th year of glorious service, I would also like

to thank you, all our shareholders, for your continued
support in our journey of providing a steady and
reasonable growth.
Yours sincerely,
CJrt
14 <, 2013
(I {x)
+vI B |v xnE
(Shubhalakshmi Panse)
14th May 2013
<n E
ALLAHABAD BANK
|vx E : 2, xiV b, EEi-700 001
Head Office : 2, N.S.Road, Kolkata-700 001
Sx
NOTICE
Binu Sx n Vi E <n E E vE E
M E + È , 17 Vx, 2013 E {x
10.30 V, { +b] , <]x Wx ES x], i
ES ]{C, +<-201, C]-III, ] E ],
EEi-700106, +Vi E VBM V xxJi n
{ E E VBM:
1. "lli 31.03.2013 E E E ix-{j il 31.03.2013
E {i i -x J, < +v i E E
E + Miv E xv xnE b E |inx
+ ix-{j il J+ { J{IE E {] {
SS, +xnx B +MEh*"
Notice is hereby given that the Eleventh Annual General

Meeting of the shareholders of the Bank will be held on Monday,
the 17th June, 2013 at 10.30 A.M. at Purbashree Auditorium,
Eastern Zonal Cultural Center, Bharatiyam Cultural Multiplex,
IB-201, Sector-III, Salt Lake City, Kolkata-700106, to transact
the following business (es) :1.
"To discuss, approve and adopt the Balance Sheet, Profit

& Loss Account of the Bank as at and for the year ended
31st March, 2013, the Report of the Board of Directors on
the working and activities of the Bank for the period
covered by the Accounts and the Auditors' Report on the
Balance Sheet and Accounts."
2. <C] { E Ph*
xnE b E +n
2.
To declare Dividend on Equity Shares.

By order of the Board of Directors
(I {x)
+vI B |v xnE
( Shubhalakshmi Panse)
Chairman and Managing Director
lx: EEi
iJ: 07.05.2013
Place : Kolkata
x]:
1. |C E xH
NOTES:
E ={li x + inx Ex E En vE E
|C xH Ex E E V =E + E ={li
+ inx E + B |C E E E -vE x
+E x * |C E | xx i E E
M |vx E, 2, Bx. B. b, EEi - 700 001
È E il E E S nx { +li v, 12 Vx,
2013 E E {i +li +{x 5.00 V iE = {
+ |{i Vx SB* E{ x] E E <n E (
+ È) xx 1999 E +x E E E ES
+l +vE E |C E { xH x E V Ei*
A Shareholder entitled to attend and vote at the meeting, is

also entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote instead of
himself/ herself, and such a proxy need not be a Shareholder
of the Bank. The proxy form in order to be effective must be
received by the Bank at its Share Department, Head Office, 2,
Netaji Subhas Road, Kolkata-700 001 not less than FOUR
DAYS before the date of the Meeting i.e. on or before the close
of business hours of the Bank i.e. upto 5.00 P.M. on
th
Wednesday, the 12 June, 2013. Please note that any
employee or officer of Allahabad Bank cannot be appointed as
proxy as per provisions of Allahabad Bank (Shares & Meetings)
Regulations, 1999.
2. |vEi |ixv E xH
2.
E< H, E xMi xE, V E E vE E

vi |vEi |ixv E { i iE E ={li x
EM +l inx x E EM V iE E vi |vEi
|ixv E { =E xH Ex E{ E |i =
È, V = {i E M , E +vI u i|i E {
|hi E M , E E |vx E E M 2,
xiV b, EEi-700001 È E il E
E S nx { +li v, 12 Vx, 2013 E E {i
+li +{x 5.00 V iE = { |{i VB* E{
x] E E <n E ( + È) xx, 1999 E
+x E E E ES +l +vE E |vEi |ixv
E { xH x E V Ei*
No person shall be entitled to attend or vote at the meeting as

a duly authorized representative of any body corporate which
is a shareholder of the Bank, unless a copy of the resolution
appointing him/her as a duly authorized representative, certified
to be a true copy by the Chairman of the meeting at which it
was passed, has been deposited at the Head Office of the
Bank with Share Department, Allahabad Bank, 2, Netaji Subhas
Road, Kolkata-700 001 not less than FOUR DAYS before the
date of the Meeting i.e. on or before the close of business
th
hours of the Bank i.e. upto 5.00 P.M. on Wednesday, the 12
June, 2013. Please note that an employee or officer of
Allahabad Bank cannot be appointed as authorized
representative as per provisions of Allahabad Bank (Shares &
Meetings) Regulations, 1999.
Date : 07.05.2013
1.
APPOINTMENT OF PROXY
APPOINTMENT OF AN AUTHORISED
REPRESENTATIVE
3. ={li {S--|{j :
3.
vE E v i ={li {S--|-{j E {] E
l Mx * vE / |C vE / |vEi |ixv
+xv E < + < nB MB lx { iI E <
È l { |ii E n* vE E |C/|vEi |ixv
E SB E +{x ={li {S--| {j { lli
|C +l |vEi |ixv E =J E*
For the convenience of the shareholders, attendance slipcum entry pass is annexed to the Annual Report.
Shareholders/Proxy holders/Authorised Representatives are
requested to fill in and affix their signatures at the space
provided therein and surrender the same at the venue. Proxy/
Authorised Representatives of shareholders should state on
their attendance slip-cum entry pass as 'Proxy' or 'Authorised
Representatives' as the case may be.
4. vE E V] E xn E Vx
4. CLOSURE OF REGISTER OF SHAREHOLDERS
M E + È E v + E u Pi ,
n E< , |{i Ex E En vE E {ji E xvh
Ex E |Vx E E vE E V] + +xih
x, 08 Vx, 2013 , 17 Vx 2013 iE
(nx nx ) n M*
The Register of Shareholders and the Share Transfer Books

th
of the Bank will remain closed from Saturday, the 8 June,
th
2013 to Monday, the 17 June, 2013 (both days inclusive) in
connection with the Eleventh Annual General Meeting and for
the purpose of determining the eligibility of the shareholders
entitled to receive the dividend, declared by the Bank.
5. E Mix
5. PAYMENT OF DIVIDEND
E + È vE u Pi E Mix, n
E< , =x vE E E VBM VxE x:
Payment of dividend, if declared by the Shareholders in the

Annual General Meeting, will be made to those shareholders
whose names appear:
E) E E { G 7 Vx, 2013 E lli

E {i { <C]xE J E v
Bx.B.b.B./.b.B.B. u i E Vx S
E +x +/+l
J) iE vh Ex vE 7 Vx, 2013 E
E E {i { |{i v +ih +xv E |
Ex E n G, 7 Vx, 2013 E vE E V]
M*
B vE E ] Vxx Bx<B u +{x
E V Ex i E{ x n , Pi x E iJ
30 nx E +xn V] + +ih BV], BB
. E v =xE {VEi {i { V VBM*
a) as Beneficial Owners as at the close of business hours on

th
Friday, the 7 June, 2013 as per the list to be furnished by
NSDL/CDSL in respect of the Shares held in electronic form
and/or
B vE Vxx Bx<B u +{x E V Ex

i E{ n , =xE <B +vn E +x{ =xE E Ji
v V Ei B Bx<B E v E
Mix E VBM* Bx<B x/{ Vx E n
] vi vE E V E VBM*
E Mix i E E +E +xnx xn E
+vvx M*
The shareholders who have opted for NECS credit of their

dividend will be paid dividend through NECS by directly
crediting the dividend amount to their Bank account as per
their ECS mandate. In case of failure/ return of NECS, the
dividend warrants will be issued to the respective shareholders.
E Mix E il 03 V<, 2013 M*

6. +nk/+nEi
The dividend payment date will be 3
6. UNPAID/UNCLAIMED DIVIDEND
EE E{x (={G E +Vx + +ih) +vx, 1970

E v 10 E +x +nk Ji +ii E M< E<
vx V B +ih E iJ i E +v i
+nk/+nEi i i < E{x +vx 1956 E v
205(1) E +iMi l{i xE I + Ih xv
+ii E VBM*
As per section 10B of Banking Companies (Acquisition and

Transfer of Undertakings) Act,1970 any money which is
transferred to unpaid dividend account and remains unpaid/
unclaimed for a period of seven years from the date of such
transfer, shall be transferred to "Investor Education and
Protection Fund" established under section 205C (1) of the
Companies Act,1956.
inx 2002-03 + =E n E <x +nk

Ji +ii EB Vx E iJ i E n xE
I + Ih xv +ii EB VBM*
Accordingly, the dividend for the year 2002-03 and onward

will be transferred to "Investor Education and Protection Fund"
after seven years from the date on which it has been transferred
to unpaid dividend account.
ATTENDANCE SLIP-CUM ENTRY PASS
b) in the Register of shareholders as on Friday, the 7th June,

2013 after giving effect to the valid transfer requests received
from the shareholders holding shares in physical form, before
th
close of business hours on 7 June, 2013.
Dividend warrants to such shareholders who have not opted
for credit of their dividend through NECS would be sent by the
Bank or through Registrar and Share Transfer Agents,
M/s MCS Limited, within 30 days from the date of declaration
of dividend on their registered addresses.
The payment of dividend is subject to approval/direction from

the Govt. of India/RBI, if any.
rd
July, 2013.
Vx vE x k 2011-12 iE +{x E n x
E =x +xv E V] + ] BV] .
BB ]b, EEi E { v n(n) nJ E*
Shareholders who have not claimed their dividend upto the

financial year 2011-12 are requested to lodge valid claim(s)
with Registrar and Share Transfer Agent, M/s MCS Ltd, Kolkata.
7. +l <C]xE CM : (Bx<B) i
E E +vn
7.
7.1 ] E E{]-{h xEnEh xE E I Ex E

=q n +xv E V E E u
Pi E Vi i V { xEnEh i ]
V Ex Si E E Ji J (S/Si), E
E x + J E =J E*
7.1 In order to protect the investors from fraudulent

encashment of warrants, the members are requested
to furnish their Bank Account
Number (Current/
Savings), the name of the Bank and Branch where they
would like to deposit the dividend warrants for
encashment, whenever dividend is declared by the Bank.
<x h E ] E SE { x E
l-l pi E VBM iE <x ] E vE
<i E +x H u x x V E*
These particulars will be printed on the cheque portion

of the Dividend Warrant besides the name of the
shareholders, so that these warrants cannot be encashed
by anyone other than the shareholder.
={H h |l / BE vE u v n J 12
=Ji EEi li +ih BVx] +li
BB .E |ii E VBM V J, J
MB E J, bM E h +n n VBM*
The above mentioned details should be furnished by the

first/sole holder holding shares in physical form, directly
to the Registrar and Share Transfer Agents of the Bank
i.e. M/s MCS Ltd. Kolkata at their address mentioned at
Point No. 12, quoting the folio number, number of Shares
held, details of the holdings etc.
7.2 E <C]xE v E Mix i E E vE

E Bx<B v ={v E * Bx<B E v
vE E E Ji v V Ex i
vE E Ji ExpEi EM x (B) J
+ Bx<B v E J x SB*
7.2 The Bank is offering the facility of NECS to the shareholders

of the Bank for payment of dividend through electronic
mode. For credit of dividend directly to the Bank account
of the shareholders through NECS, the Bank Account of
the shareholder should be with a Centralized Banking
Solution (CBS) and NECS enabled Branch of Bank.
+i: <C]xE { Jx vE +xv

E |{i x E +{x-+{x E Ji v
V Ex i +{x b{V] {]{] (b{) +{x E
Ji E +tix E *
iE { Jx vE +{x E Ji v
V u |{i Ex E B |l/BE vE
u vi iIi <B b] V] B +ih
BV], . BB . EEi E |ii E Ei *
The shareholders holding shares in electronic form are

therefore requested to get their Bank Account updated
with their Depository Participants (DPs) for receiving the
dividend by direct credit in their Bank Account.
BANK MANDATE FOR DIVIDEND OR NATIONAL

ELECTRONIC CLEARING SERVICE (NECS)
The shareholders holding shares in Physical form may

submit the ECS mandate duly signed by the First/Sole
holder for receiving the dividend by direct credit in their
Bank Account to Registrar and Share Transfer Agent,
M/s MCS Ltd. Kolkata.
8. E E E xnx +xi: b]<Vb(b])

{ E Vx
u n M xn E +xh E E E
xnx b] { Ex xE E B +x *
8. COMPULSORY TRADING OF SHARES OF THE BANK IN

DEMATERIALISED (DEMAT) FORM
E E E b]<Vx i E x xx C]
b{V] . (Bx.B.b.B.) + ] b{V] V (<b)
. (.b.B.B.) E l VEi E{x E { E E
*
b]<Vx i +xv vi b{V] M E v
V] + +ih BVx] E V V Ei *
The Bank has entered into an agreement with National

Securities Depository Ltd. (NSDL) and Central Depository
Services (India) Ltd. (CDSL) as an issuer Company for
dematerialization of Bank's Shares.
Pursuant to the directive given by SEBI, trading of Bank Shares

in Dematerialized form has been made compulsory for all
investors.
Request for dematerialization may be sent through respective

Depository Participants to our Registrar and Share Transfer
Agent.
10
9. +n :
9. UNCLAIMED SHARES
+n E h xxx :
i)
01.04.2012 E lli E /
+n
ii) 2012-13 E nx l E Ji
+ii
iii) 31.03.2013 E lli E/
+n
The details of unclaimed shares are as under:

i)
Shares outstanding/unclaimed as
on 01.04.2012
4126
ii) Shares claimed and transferred to Beneficiary account
during the year 2012-13
Nil
4126
-x
iii)
4126
Shares outstanding/unclaimed
as on 31.03.2013
4126
E/+n E v ivE { VV u n
EB Vx iE E M M*
The voting rights in respect of the unclaimed/outstanding

shares will remain frozen till the claim by the rightful owner.
10. ix-{j E |i
vE E Si E Vi E E |inx E |i
E + ` E l { ii x E VBM* +i: vE
+xv E E |inx E +{x |i +{x l E
+B V =x E u =xE {VEi {i { V M< *
10. COPIES OF BALANCE SHEET
11. vE E EB
11. SHAREHOLDERS' QUERIES
|zi M n vE i +{x EB |ii E

iE E E =xE | =k nx +x *
It will be appreciated if shareholders submit their queries, if

any, sufficiently in advance to facilitate effective response from
the Bank.
12. V] B +ih BVx] E l {jS
12. COMMUNICATION WITH REGISTRAR AND SHARE

TRANSFER AGENT
iE { Jx vE +xv E +{x
{VEi {i E |E E {ix x, +ih/]x i
+xv Ex + Mix vi E B E E
V] + +ih +Ei E xx {i { {E E*
The Shareholders holding shares in physical form, are

requested to approach the Registrar and Share Transfer Agent
(RTA) of the Bank, to intimate changes, if any, in their registered
address, lodge transfer/transmission request (s) at the
following address:-
Shareholders are advised that copies of the Annual Report

will not be distributed at the venue of the Annual General
Meeting and hence shareholders are requested to bring their
copies of the Annual Report, which are mailed by the Bank to
them at their registered addresses/email id.
M/s MCS Limited

(Unit: Allahabad Bank)
77/2A, Hazra Road
Kolkata-700029
Tel : 033-40724051 to 54
Fax: 033-24541961/40724050
E-mail:mcskol@rediffmail.com,
allahabadbank.grievance@yahoo.co.in
BB ]b
(x]: <n E)
77/2B, W b
EEi - 700029
n : 033-407204051 54
C : 033-24541961/40724050
<- : mcskol@rediffmail.com,
vE E, S =xE { iE { +l
<C]xE(b]) { , vi +{x E/Ei
V] B +ih BV] E =H {i { Vx SB*
The dividend related query/complaint by all the shareholders

whether holding shares in physical or electronic (demat) form
should also be addressed to the RTA at their above mentioned
address.
13. +x<x VxE/Ei E B E E vE .

BB ]b E <] www.mcsdel.com { M<x E Ei il +{x VxE /Ei E {VEh
i <x] { CE E Ei *
13. For on line queries/grievance, shareholders of the Bank

may login on the website of M/s MCS Limited i.e.
www.mcsdel.com and click on investor services to register
their queries/grievance, if any.
14. vE E ii + | |nx Ex E =q
<n E x +{x |vx E, EEi xE
Ei EI E l{x E * vE + xE E
|E E i i xxJi {i { < EI {E
l{i E Ei :
14. In order to facilitate quick and efficient service to the

shareholders, Allahabad Bank has set up Investors'
Grievances Cell at its Head Office, Kolkata. Shareholders
and investors may contact this Cell at the under mentioned
addresses for any assistance:
11
|vE (k B J), + B +x{x

+vE
<n E, |vx E 2, Bx.B.b,
EEi - 700 001
n : 033-22107680
C : 033-22420877
<- : gmfa@allahabadbank.in
` |vE
M B xE Ei EI
|vx E
2, Bx.B.b, EEi - 700 001
n : 033-22420878
C : 033-22623279
<- : investors.grievance@allahabadbank.in
The General Manager (F&A),CFO

and Compliance Officer
Allahabad Bank, Head Office
2, Netaji Subhas Road,
Kolkata- 700 001
Telephone No. -033-22107680
Fax No.-033- 22420877
E-mail - gmfa@allahabadbank.in
The Senior Manager

Share Deptt. & Investors' Grievance Cell
Head Office
2, Netaji Subhas Road, Kolkata- 700 001
Telephone No.033-22420878
Fax No. 033- 22623279
Email-investors.grievance@ allahabadbank.in
15. +x Sx :
15. OTHER INFORMATION
vE E{ x] E E È E< ={/E{x
ii x E VBM*
Shareholders may kindly note that no gift/coupon will be

distributed at the meeting.
lx : EEi
nxE : 07.05.2013
xnE b E +n
By order of the Board of Directors
(I {x)
+vI B |v xnE
( Shubhalakshmi Panse)
Place : Kolkata
Date : 07.05.2013
12
<n E
ALLAHABAD BANK
xnE E {]
+| 2012 S 2013
DIRECTORS REPORT
APRIL 2012 TO MARCH 2013
xnE b E 31 S 2013 E {i i E E J{Ii

J h i xnE E {] |ii Ei B |zi
*
The Board of Directors has pleasure in presenting the Directors'

Report along with the audited Statement of Accounts of the
Bank for the year ended 31st March 2013.
|vx SS B h
MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
] +lE {
MACRO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
E P]xG
k 2012-13 +ll E B r Ex{nx
E o] Sxi{h * E] E n E +v ilx E
|vx E r E |vx +vE * t{ MM
n + < E] =x E |G il{ =Jx
|k E Ei +ll+ E ix E n
E E r Mnx +v * c + =i +ll+
{< E |G E Mi zi nJ V * V { +
V{x r +r , H V r n Ei =i
+ll+ +SU {< *
EV E r + +E il Ij M ii
={ E i B +i] k V x g H pE
Mi E Eh +Vi E** il{ < r {xilx
x +* t{ xi VJ E +, il{ i{h
x VE B ix {j BC{V E ni Ex i |ir
E< B i GE | E r {{i |ivE i
Ex E +Ei {c*
+<BB (+i] p E) E +x, 2013 E P
=i{n r 3.3% x E +xx * 2014 E r gE
4.0% x E x * 2013 +<BB x H V
E P =i{n 1.9% E r E {xx M V
2012 E 2.2% r E * Ei Ij -0.3% E +{
r E x * n +, =i + E +ll+
u E 2013 5.3% + 2014 5.7% r EB Vx
E x *
P P]xG
-n- +v { n 2012 iE i E E P
=i{n 5.0% E r < + 2012-13 E nx <
5.0% E r x E +xx l* k 2012-13 E
nx +ll E iE li + n r
{o nJ M* xh, Jxx + =iJxx Ij n
E {x Ex V +tME E { n {c
+ 2012-13 P]E 1.0% M<* 2012-13 E nx
E B r Ij u 1.8% E r n |{i EB Vx E
x * r Miv i E E P =i{n E 8%
VE =tM E P =i{n E 27% * Ij E
Mnx +vEi +li 65% *
GLOBAL DEVELOPMENT
The Financial Year (FY) 2012-13 has been of challenges in
growth performance for world economy. In the post crisis
period, the problem of managing recovery was more than
managing growth. Though almost all the countries are still in
the process of recovery, the noteworthy trend is that developing
countries are accounting for half of the global growth in
comparison to the advanced economies. Large and emerging
economies are showing different speeds of recovery such as
stagnating growth in Europe and Japan, sluggish growth in
the US but good recovery in emerging economies.
Notwithstanding weak global growth and austerity measures
imposed in the US and in the Euro area, international financial
markets gained traction following unconventional monetary
easing. However, this has not translated into growth revival.
Although the tail risks have reduced, they remain significant,
calling for committed action to trim the balance sheet exposures
and prepare adequate buffers against possible contagion
effects.
As per IMF (International Monetary Fund), the world GDP is
expected to grow by 3.3% in 2013. The global growth is
expected to pick up to 4.0% in 2014. In 2013, IMF forecasted
GDP growth of 1.9% in the US which is less than the growth of
2.2% in 2012. But the expectation for the Euro area growth is
a meager -0.3%. On the other hand, the emerging and
developing economies are together expected to grow by 5.3%
in 2013 and 5.7% in 2014.
DOMESTIC DEVELOPMENT
India's GDP grew by 5.0% on YoY basis up to Dec'12 and was
expected to grow by 5.0% during FY2012-13. The economy
experienced sticky inflationary situation and moderating growth
scenario in FY2012-13. The deceleration in manufacturing and
mining and quarrying sector was quite disquieting and has
put downward pressure on industrial growth bringing it down
to 1.0% in 2012-13. Agriculture and allied sectors are estimated
to achieve a growth rate of 1.8% during 2012-13. Agriculture
including allied activities accounts for 8% of GDP whereas
Industry accounts for 27% of GDP. Contribution of Service
sector is the highest at 65%.
13
2014 E xB
k 2013-2014 i xB Sxi{h x M* S
k 2013-14 i +ll 6.0% E r x E
x * VE i +ll + v r = x {<
n E EM =tM E xxi @h (14.1%) B V (14.3%)
r E x Ex {c * <E +iH k 2013-14
@h B V r G: 14% B 15% x E x *
EM B k Ij P]xG
E k V E l i E gi BEEh x { B
{V Ji Sx E v n k vl { | E
{E { g * k 2012-13 E nx i
E E Ex{nx E E k V n +
+x {< |i * n E Eh EM Ij Bx{B
V S 2011 E @h E 2.36% l S 2012 gE
3.57% M* +i {]M G E lli -n-
+v { +xSi hVE E E V 14.3% +
@h 14.1% E r <* 2014 +xSi hVE E E
V 14% + @h 15% E r x E x *
{ n, ++ E]i E l 2012-13 pE xi
+xE x M< CE pi V x + M<
+ {U E |k E * Ei <x n E]i E EM
|h { | E {c V @h V SxiE Eì
+<*
<n E E Ex{nx
E E Ex{nx E h k 2012-13 E nx
={H ]-+lE B EM { E {|I b mbrJ; v
mu E Vx *
{SxMi {h
J xnb E E Ex{nx xxH h
|ii :
OUTLOOK FOR 2014

The outlook for the financial year 2013-14 continues to be
challenging. The Indian economy is expected to grow by
around 6.0% in current fiscal 2013-14. With the Indian economy
yet to recover from the slump in growth, the banking sector of
the country is confronted with lower credit (14.1%) and deposit
(14.3%) growth. Further, credit and deposit growth for FY201314 is likely to be 14% and 15%, respectively.
BANKING & FINANCIAL SECTOR DEVELOPMENT
India's growing integration with global financial markets has
an increasingly large impact on the financial intermediaries at
home through the trade and capital account channels. During
FY2012-13, performance of Indian banks were more or less
conditioned by slow and uneven recovery of the global financial
markets. Because of the slowdown there was a rise in the
NPA of the banking sector from 2.36% of total credit advanced
in March 2011 to 3.57% of total credit advanced in March'12.
On YoY basis the SCBs deposit grew by 14.3% and credit by
14.1% as on last reporting Friday of the Year. The overall
deposit of SCBs is expected to grow by 14% and credit by
15% in 2014.
The Monetary policy started becoming accommodative in 201213 with cuts in Repo rates, CRR as inflation started easing
and eased below the last year's trend. But the transmission of
these rate cuts to the banking system is less pronounced given
the structural rigidities in the market.
PERFORMANCE OF ALLAHABAD BANK
The performance of the Bank is to be analyzed concomitantly
with the aforesaid macroeconomic and banking environment
during FY2012-13.
OPERATING RESULTS
Bank's performance in key business parameters is presented
below.
(` Ec )/(` in Crore)
S 11
Mar11
S 12
(%)
S 13
Mar12
Growth (%)
Mar13
Growth (%)
226458
271843
20.04
309678
13.92
131887
159593
21.01
178742
12.00
94571
112250
18.69
130936
16.65
43545
54770
25.78
58617
7.02
1423
1867
31.18
1185
-36.51
3055
3770
23.42
3385
-10.20
2894
3657
26.34
2705
-26.00
1631
1903
16.65
2200
15.60
12385
16822
35.82
18913
12.43
Total Expenditure (Excl. Prov.)
9331
13052
39.89
15527
18.97
V |b / Interest Spread
4022
5163
28.35
4866
-5.74
xnb/ Parameter
E / Total Business
E V / Total Deposits
E +O / Total Advances
E x / Gross Investments
x /Net Profit
{SxMi / Operating Profit
(%)
]bM E UcE {Sx

Operating Profit Ex. Trading Profit
|vx B +EEiB
Provisions & Contingencies
E + /
Total Income
E (|vx E UcE)
14
Ex{nx ]iB
PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS
E E E {U E 2,71,843 Ec E {I
-n- +v { 13.92% E r ni B gE
`3,09,678 Ec M*
E E {Sx {U E . 3770 Ec E {I
-n- +v { 10.20% E E ni B P]E
` 3385 Ec M*
x {U E `1867 Ec E {I 31S 2013
E {i k E nx `1185 Ec < M] E
Eh Bx{B =SS r E { |vx B V E
|iix *
x V Vx (Bx+<B) {U E 3.48% E {I
S 2013 E {i k E nx 2.81% *
E E V 12%E r ni B {U E
`1,59,593 Ec gE `1,78,742 Ec M<*
E @h {U E `1,12,250 Ec E {I iV
gE `1,30,936 Ec M* -n- +v {
E @h 16.65% E r <*
k +x{i / FINANCIAL RATIO
xnb / Parameters
Total Business of the Bank increased to `3,09,678 crore

as against `2,71,843 crore in previous year showing a
YoY growth of 13.92 %.
Operating Profit stood at `3,385 crore as against `3,770

crore last year showing a YoY decline of 10.20%.
Net Profit stood at `1,185 crore during for 2012-13 as

against `1,867 crore last year showing degrowth on
account of provisions and reversal of interest due to high
accretion of NPA.
Net Interest Margin (NIM) stood at 2.81% for 2012-13 as

against 3.48% last year.
Deposits of the Bank went up to `1,78,742 crore from

`1,59,593 crore last year showing a growth of 12.00 %.
Gross Credit surged to `1,30,936 crore from `1,12,250

crore last year. Year-on-Year basis, the Gross Credit
increased by 16.65 %.
31.03.11
31.03.12
31.03.13
12.96
12.83
11.03
8.57
4.39
9.13
3.71
8.05
2.98
5.85
6.98
7.31
9.19
10.48
10.08
5.83
7.07
7.51
10.50
12.09
11.43
31.85
39.18
23.70
178.64
192.93
209.93
1.11
1.02
0.64
21.04
19.35
11.77
75.67
74.00
50.00
x Bx{B (%) / Net NPAs (%)

|i ES (` J ) /
0.79
0.98
3.19
Profit per Employee (ìn lacs)
6.70
8.36
5.25
1063
1217
1373
{V {{ii +x{i (%)/Capital Adequacy Ratio (%)

V / Out of which
] I (%) / Tier I (%)
] II (%) / Tier II (%)
xv E +i Mi (%) /
Average Cost of Funds (%)
xv { +i + (%) /
Average Yield on Funds (%)
V E +i Mi (%) /
Average Cost of Deposits (%)
+O { +i + (%)
Average Yield on Advances (%)
|i +Vx (`) /
Earnings per Share (`)
|i (`)
Book Value per Share (`)
+i { |i (%)
Return on Assets (%)
+i x]l { |i (%)
Return on Average Net Worth (%)
|vx EV +x{i (%)

Provision Coverage Ratio (%)
|i ES =i{nEi (` J ) /
Productivity per Employee (` in lacs)
S 2013 E lli @h V +x{i 74% *
Credit Deposit Ratio stood at 74% as on 31st March 2013.
Jn @h {U E `15,114 Ec E {I gE
`17,654 Ec M V k E nx 16.81% E
r * + E +O E 13.48% *
Retail Credit grew to `17,654 crore from `15,114 crore

last year with a growth of 16.81% constituting 13.48% of
gross advances.
15
S 2013 E {i k E nx M-xv M-V

+ {U E `953 Ec E {I `918 Ec *
31S 2013 E lli {V {{ii +x{i 11.03%
*
31S 2013 E lli E +O E ix E
Bx{B + x +O E ix x Bx{B G:
3.92% + 3.19% *
|vx EV +x{i 50% *
{V B +Ii xv
CAPITAL AND RESERVES
lli 31.03.2013 E E E |nk {V `500.03 Ec l*

E +i +Ii xv + +v lli 31.03.2012 E
`10,006.59 Ec fE `11,078.20 Ec MB*
The paid-up capital of the Bank stood at `500.03 crore as on

31.3.2013. The reserves & surplus went up to `11,078.20
crore as at the end of this year from `10,006.59 crore as on
31st March 2012.
E E xnE b x i E E +xnx E +vvx 60%

E n +li `10/- E |i <C] { `6.00 E
ii E *
E B JB
2716 P JB B MEM BE n J E E r E
* 2716 P J+ 1105 Oh, 553 +v-,
551 B 507 xM JB * 2012-13 E nx E x
200 x< JB J Vx 72 Oh, 60 +v-, 34
B 34 xM JB * 2013-14 E nx 300 x<
JB Jx E E E Vx *
Non-Fund Non-Interest Income during the Financial Year

ending March, 2013 stood at `918 crore as against `953
crore last year.
Capital Adequacy Ratio stood at 11.03% as on 31st March
2013.
Gross NPA to Gross Advances and Net NPA to Net

Advances Ratios stood at 3.92% and 3.19% as on 31st
March 2013 respectively.
Provision Coverage Ratio stood at 50%.
DIVIDEND
The Board of Directors of the Bank has recommended a
dividend @60% i.e. `6 per equity share of `10 each subject to
approval by the Govt. of India.
OFFICES & BRANCHES
2716 domestic branches and one overseas branch at
Hongkong has been the growth enabler for the Bank. Out of
2716 domestic branches, 1105 are at Rural, 553 at Semiurban, 551 at Urban and 507 at Metropolitan Centres. 200
new branches have been opened during 2012-13 out of which
72 are in Rural, 60 in Semi Urban, 34 in Urban and 34 in
Metro centers. Bank has plans to open 300 new branches
during 2013-14.
xM
METRO
19%
Oh
RURAL
41%
URBAN
20%
+v
SEMI URBAN
20%
V Oh
E E E V lli 31.03.2013 E 12% E r
ni B `1,78,742 Ec M<* E Mi V
lli 31.03.2013 E 12.87% gE `54930 Ec M<
V E V E 31.05% * (E x E Mi E V
E Oh { n + E n x +xE E V Oh
+x SB MB*)
@h +xVx
E E E +O lli 31.03.2013 E 16.65% gE
`1,30,936 Ec M* @h - V +x{i (E) Mi E
DEPOSIT MOBILISATION
Total deposits of the Bank showed a growth of 12.00 % to
`1,78,742 crore as on 31st March 2013. Low cost deposits
grew by 12.87 % to `54,930 crore as on 31st March 2013,
constituting 31.05% of aggregate deposits. (Bank emphasized
on low cost deposits mobilization and observed a number of
CASA deposit mobilization campaigns during the year.)
CREDIT DEPLOYMENT
Total advances of the Bank went up by 16.65 % to `1,30,936
crore as on 31st March 2013. Credit-Deposit ratio stood at
16
71.00% E {I 74% * < +v E nx E x |h

+{x V + 2.39% g E 2.41% E * 31.03.2013
lli E E +v n (+) 10.20% * x V
{o E +x{ +O { |i 2011-12 E 12.09% E
{I 2012-13 i 11.43% *
74.00% as against 71.00% last year. The Bank increased its

market share in the system to 2.41% from 2.39% during the
period. The Base Rate (BR) of the Bank was at 10.20 % on
31st March 2013. Yield on advances was 11.43 % for 2012-13
as against 12.09% for 2011-12 in line with the general market
scenario.
CORPORATE & MID CORPORATE CREDIT
E{] B b E{] @h
Advances of the Corporate/Mid Corporate Vertical were 56%

of the Gross Credit of the Bank. Corporate Advances registered
growth of 23.98%.
The Bank has major thrust on faster delivery and adoption of
best practices in credit administration. During the year, the
efforts were made to improve the response time for credit
sanction without compromising the quality of credit.
E{]/b E{] E n M +O E E E @h E
56% l* E{] E nB MB +O 23.98% E r <*
E x ii {nM B @h |x k {{] E
+MEh { |Ji n * E nx @h E Mhk
Zi EB x @h |i E Ei Mx
E E Ex E | EB MB *
+i E Mhk v x E +{x ix E hxi
E + E { +O E ix li E h Ex, xE]
+x + E { {i Mx + { Sh
E EV/i SE E xvh Ex E B E +{x +O
{] E Mi lx E V @h E Mhk
M] E Ex E B Si/ viE ={ EB V E*
] @h
] @h E +iMi E E {U E `15114.00 Ec E
{I 31S 2013 E lli `17654.41 Ec l V E
@h E 13.5% * < |E -n- 16.81% E r nV E
M<* =SS x {k H (BSBx+<) + +x
i(Bx++<) il i E H ({+<+)i +EE
V n E l {lE M @h Vx M E M<* I @h Vx
E +EE V n E l il |J l+ i xxi
|ii +{I+ E l + +vE tl i x M *
VE E E |G +{x Mn E + E { E
x Ex I B |Ih i @h Vx + E VE
u Vin tl `0.20 J E `1.50 J iE @h
|{i E Ei *
|lEi Ij @h
|lEi Ij @h 31 S 2012 E lli `37,396 Ec
g E 31S 2013 E lli `39,403 Ec M + <
|E <x -n- +v { `2007 Ec (5.37%) E x{I
r nV E*
E @h S 2012 E lli `16,590 Ec g E S
2013 E lli `17,688 Ec M + < |E <x
-n- +v { `1098 Ec (6.62%) E x{I r nV
E*
|iI E @h S, 2012 E lli `12,304 Ec g E
S 2013 E lli `13,712 Ec M + < |E
<x -n- +v { `1408 Ec (11.44%) E r x{I
nV E*
ix 2012-13 E nx E @h x @h ih
`6710 Ec E I E {I `7374 Ec iE {S M + <
|E I E 109.90% |{i E M*
{ Ex Eb(+E)
2012-13 E nx E x 1.90 J xB Ex Gb] Eb
V EB V `1953 Ec E @h xi *
E Ji B]B v |nx Ex { Ex Eb
09.02.2013 E + E M* i E E xn E
As a part of its ongoing business strategy to improve the quality

of assets, the Bank keeps a continuous churning of its
advances portfolio to analyze the prevailing position, problems
foreseen in near future and to identify weaknesses/potential
defaults at an early stage to take suitable/timely corrective
measures to prevent impairment in credit quality.
RETAIL CREDIT
Total Outstanding under Retail Credit as on 31st March 2013
stood at `17,654.41 crore as against `15,114.00 crore last
year constituting 13.5% of total credit. The growth so registered
on Y-o-Y basis is 16.81%. Separate Housing Loan Scheme
for High Net Worth individuals (HNIs) and for Non Resident
Indians (NRIs) & Persons of Indian Origin (PIOs) with attractive
Rate of Interest have been introduced. Education Loan
Scheme has been made more student friendly with attractive
rate of interest and lower security requirement for premier
Institutions. To be a part of social development process, the
Bank has introduced Loan Scheme for Vocational Education
& Training, whereby a needy student can avail bank loan
starting from `0.20 lacs to `1.50 lacs.
PRIORITY SECTOR CREDIT
Priority Sector Credit grew from `37,396 crore as on 31st March
2012 to `39,403 crore as on 31st March 2013, registering an
absolute YoY growth of `2007 crore (5.37%).
Agriculture Credit increased from `16,590 crore as on March
2012 to `17,688 crore as on March 2013, registering an
absolute YoY growth of `1098 crore (6.62%).
Direct Agriculture Credit increased from `12,304 crore as on
March 2012 to `13,712 crore as on March 2013, registering
an absolute YoY growth of `1408 crore (11.44%).
Fresh Credit Disbursal in Agriculture Loans reached `7374
crore during the current year 2012-13 against the target of
`6710 crore, achieving 109.90% of the target.
RUPAY KISAN CARDS (RKC)
The Bank issued 1.90 lacs fresh Kisan Credit Cards (KCC)
involving a credit availment of `1953 crores during 2012-13.
RuPay Kisan Card providing ATM facility in KCC accounts has
been launched on 9thFebruary 2013. As per instructions of
17
+x E x {j E vE E { Ex Eb V
Ex E n * S 2013 iE E x 28618 Eb V
EB + <x S k E nx i {j E vE
E Eb V Ex E Vx x< *
Government of India, Bank has started issuing RuPay Kisan

Cards to all eligible KCC account holders. The Bank has issued
28618 Cards till March 2013 and has planned to issue cards
to all eligible KCC account holders during the current financial
Year.
|lEi Ij B EV M E +iMi E E Ex{nx xxx :

Banks performance under Priority Sectors and Weaker Sections is presented below:
={ Ij
S / Mar-11
S /Mar-12
S /Mar-13
(` Ec )
/ (` in Crores)
r (-n-)/ GROWTH(YoY)
S 13 E {I S 12
Mar13 over Mar12
/ AMT.
/ AMT.
/ AMT.
/ AMT.
9807.88
(13.86%)
12304.38
(13.55%)
13711.99
(12.69%)
1407.61
+|iI E/Indirect Agriculture
3578.71
(4.50%)
4285.43
(4.50%)
3976.20
(3.68%)
-309.23
E E/Total Agriculture
(BBx E %)*/(% to ANBC)*
(xnb 18%)/(Norm 18%)
<G B P =n(BB<)/
13386.59
(18.36%)
16589.81
(18.05%)
17688.19
(16.37%)
1098.38
Micro & Small Enterprise (MSE)
11990.30
16182.28
16570.21
387.93
E |I@/Total PSC
(xnb 40%)/(Norm 40%)
v =t (B<)/Medium Enterprise(ME)
E BBB< (BB< +B<)/Total MSME (MSE+ME)
EV M/Weaker Section
(xnb 10%)/(Norm 10%)
l/Women Beneficiaries
(BBx E %)/(% to ANBC)
(xnb 5%)/(Norm 5%)
30763.73
(43.48%)
37396.43
(41.19%)
39403.44
(36.47%)
2007.01
2393.59
2264.07
2528.16
264.09
14383.89
18446.35
19098.37
652.02
7547.00
(10.67%)
9487.00
(10.45%)
10821.15
(10.01%)
1334.13
3582.45
(5.06%)
4765.13
(5.25%)
5658.22
(5.24%)
893.09
SUB-SECTOR
|iI E/Direct Agriculture
BB< Ij k{h
<G B P =t(BB<) Ij E @h S 2012 E lli
` 16182 E c g E S 2013 E lli
`16,570 Ec M Vx -n- +v { `388 Ec
(2.40%) E x{I r nV E *
{E H @h x V]BB< E +iMi EV
MSE SECTOR FINANCING
E x V]BB< E +iMi EB MB {E H @h
E {nM { i +vE n * 31 S 2013 E lli
V]BB< E +iMi; `1650.57 Ec E 41547 |i E
E E M *
The Bank has given much thrust on credit delivery to collateral

free loans covered under CGTMSE. As on 31st March 2013,
41,547 proposals have been covered under CGTMSE
amounting to `16,50.57 crore.
Credit to Micro and Small Enterprises (MSE) grew from `16182

crore as on March 2012 to `16,570 crore as on March 2013,
registering an absolute YoY growth of `388 crore (2.40%).
COLLATERAL FREE LOANS VIS--VIS COVERAGE
UNDER CGTMSE :
<G k l+ (BB+<) E E x
BANK'S EXPOSURE TO MICRO FINANCE INSTITUTIONS

(MFIs)
31 S 2013 E lli 10 BB+< Ji E

`67.83 Ec l*
As on 31st March 2013, outstanding prevails at `67.83 crores

in 10 number of MFI accounts.
V i E i (BB)
E x BB VE E { ZJb V E +lE =ilx
{ nx V J * E V E x B +{ E
STATE LEVEL BANKERS' COMMITTEE (SLBC)

The Bank as SLBC convenor, continued to give thrust for
economic upliftment in State of Jharkhand. The Bank played
18
Ij |lEi E +v { E JB Jx E Vx xx
JB Jx +Oh E x * E i E E E
E {ii Ex { n M*
a lead role in the state to plan and open Bank branches in

unbanked and under-banked areas on priority basis.
Unbanked blocks were given thrust to get converted as banked
blocks.
E x i E + ZJb E E EG l {
i i Gi x E EG E Exi Ex E B
+E En =`B * i E/i V E E nxn
E +iMi BB VE E { E x k B
|nx Ex i 2000 E VxJ M +x E E
+]i EB * E x ix k x Vx xE
|ii E n * ZJb V E 4 +xvi V b](|iI
+ih) E i{E Exi E M *
The necessary steps for implementation of special

programmes of Government of India and Government of
Jharkhand such as Bringing Green Revolution in Eastern
India were undertaken. Under the directions of Government
of India/Reserve Bank of India, our Bank, as SLBC convenor,
allotted villages having population less than 2000 to all Banks
for providing Banking facilities. We have prepared and
submitted 3 years Financial Inclusion Plan. DBT (Direct
Benefit Transfer) was successfully implemented in 4
identified districts in the state of Jharkhand.
+Oh E Vx
E =k |n E 13 ZJb E 2 il v |n + {S
M E BE-BE V i E 17 V +Oh E ni
E xx Ei *
V @h Vx 2012-13 E +iMi E x <x V |lEi
Ij @h E +iMi `2647.67 Ec E I E {I ` 2774.29
E @h ii E I E 104.78% E *
LEAD BANK SCHEME
+Oh E E { , E x V B Exp E E EgG E

Exx { E *
As Lead Bank, Bank has taken initiatives in implementing all

State and Central Government programmes.
Ij Oh E (++)
REGIONAL RURAL BANKS
i E E nxn E +x E u |Vi Oh E,
n Oh E E v |n n +x Ij Oh E E l
01.11.2012 E vS Oh E M V i
]] E u |Vi *
<n { Oh E, n(=|) E u |Vi +x Oh E
Vx +{x Ex{nx v V Ji B +{x x
E 2011-12 E `43.66 Ec g E 2012-13 E nx
`64.64 Ec E * B{V x `6351.00 Ec E I E
{I `6569.25 Ec E V V] E S 2012 (`577
Ec) E {I 13.78% E r nV E * ++ E +O
.3519.29 Ec gE .4264.08 Ec (I `4238.00)
MB V S 2012 E {I 21.16% E r E ni * B{V x
i 2012 ] Vx]b Bx{B xvh E |h E +{x
*
k x
E x 31S 2013 iE 2000 + +vE VxJ 2618 O E
<E b u +xni k x Vx E +iMi E E
VE +iMi Vn 116 n-n JB, 4 ]<] JB
J M< 22 O 3 < JB < x i J M< +
2476 O E b +vi +<] E v E E M
*
2476 O 217 +i P JB (B) J M< V BE
+vE E n E {Bx ExC]] {]{ E l O
E n Ei + =x |E E EM B |nx Ei *
As per directions of Government of India, Bank's sponsored

Gramin Bank, Sharda Gramin Bank was amalgamated with
two other RRBs in Madhya Pradesh on 1st November 2012 to
form Madhyanchal Gramin Bank under the Sponsorship of SBI.
The Bank is having Lead Bank responsibilities in 17 districts,

13 in Uttar Pradesh, 2 in Jharkhand and one each in Madhya
Pradesh and West Bengal.
The Bank disbursed `2774.29 crore under Priority Sector Credit
in these Lead Districts against a target of `2647.67 crore under
District Credit Plan 2012-13 achieving 104.78% of the target.
Allahabad UP Gramin Bank, Banda (UP) is Bank's other

sponsored bank which continued to improve the performance
with a net profit of `64.64 crore during 2012-13 as against
`43.66 crore during 2011-12. The AUPGB had Deposit of
`6569 crore against a Target of `6351 crore registering a
growth of 13.78% over March 2012 (`5774 crore). The
Advances of the RRB increased from `3519 crore to `4264
crore (Target `4238.00 crore) achieving a growth of 21.16%
over March 2012. AUPGB has adopted system generated
identification of NPA with effect from September 2012.
FINANACIAL INCLUSION
The Bank has covered 2618 villages with population of 2000
and above up to 31st March 2013 under its Board approved
financial Plan by way of 116 brick & mortar branches, 4 satellite
branches, 22 villages by 3 mobile branches provided with
mobile vans and 2476 villages through ICT based BC Model.
Out of 2476 villages, 217 Ultra Small Branches(USB) have

been opened , where one Officer visits the village on all working
days with Laptop having VPN connectivity to render all type of
banking solutions.
E x b +vi +<] E v 31 S 2013 iE

k x Exi O 761695 Oh VxJ E
xEi E + 516139 Si Ji J *
Bank has enrolled 761695 rural population, opened 516139

Savings accounts in the FI implemented villages up to 31st
March 2013 through ICT based BC model.
19
E x 31 S 2013 iE 496346 ] Eb V EB Vx
B E v xnx EB V *
Bank has issued 496346 numbers of smart cards up to 31st

March 2013, where transactions are being carried out through
BCAs.
EM B |nx Ex i x E i E B {c,
{k V il UkMg 1000-2000 E VxJ +
+x V 1600-2000 E VxJ O E +]x E
|G { E M< *
2000 E VxJ i E E +]i 12785 O
k x i ix Exx Vx E x i E
+ < /i E E |ii E n *
|iI +ih
|l Sh 43 b] |ME V E E 33 V
={li *15.04.2013 E lli 26 V J+
u 16598 l E Vx S |{i E M< *
To extend the "Swabhimaan" for providing banking services,

the process of allotment of villages of population of 1000-2000
in Hilly, N E states & Chattisgarh and for population 16002000 in other states has been completed.
J+ x b] Vx E +iMi 909 b] Eb V EB
+ E v b] E +iMi l E b]
Eb V Ex xSi E V *
b] Vx E n Sh 78 V E Ex i =k
|n V n +Oh V +li i + SjE] E
lx *
121 b] |ME V 95 V |ixvi
Vx 510 JB + 189 B]B *
Oh V M |Ih lx(+B<]+<) E li
Branches have issued 909 debit cards to beneficiaries under

DBT scheme and ensuring issue of debit cards to all
beneficiaries under DBT by camp mode.
E E E 21 +B<]+< Vx =k |n 15, ZJb

3, v |n 1 + {S M 2 +B<]+< li
V Oh + E Gi E l E E |Ih
|nx E + Oh Vxi E S k Ii stdfU;t
{n E *
Oh E j, i E u E M< I
E nx 21 +B<]+< 6 E B Ob |nx E M
VE S 2012 < {U I E nx BE lx E B
Ob l*
+B<]+<, i, =k |n E i E k lx
BE E { Sx M + Oh E j u Yx x
x< n 28.07.2012 Si { xi E M*
k Ii + @h { Exp(BB)
Bank has 21 RSETIs in all, in the states of Uttar Pradesh

(15), Jharkhand (3), Madhya Pradesh (1) and West Bengal
(2), which are actively imparting skill development training for
the rural youth and creating financial literacy awareness
among the rural people.
=k |n, {S M + v |n E E 13 BB
V Ji: E E +Oh V E ] Ei * ={H 13
BB E +iH E E 17 k Ii Exp V E E
17 +Oh V E E { E E *
Bank has 13 FLCC in the States of U.P, W.B, M.P predominantly

covering the Bank's lead districts. In addition to the above 13
FLCCs, there are 17 Financial Literacy Centre (FLCs)
functioning in the premises of all the 17 Lead District Offices
of the Bank.
31 S 2013 E +<bB+< E li
E x +v {Vx E |l Sh E E B +<bB+<
u xvi 380000 xEx E E {I =k |n,
=kS, SbMg, x< n, Vlx, {V, S |n,
{S M + MVi E 9 V ix Sr xEx BV
E u 380093 x E xEi E * ={H xEx
342487 x E +<b J V E M< * n Sh
E x 2012-13 E nx ] + ZJb V 20 J
xEx E I E {I 39.22 J x E xEi E
*
STATUS OF UIDAI AS ON 31st MARCH 2013
Three year plan for FI Implementation (2013-2016) for

population below 2000 in 12785 villages allotted to our Bank
has been prepared and submitted to RBI/GOI.
DIRECT BENEFIT TRANSFER
Out of 43 DBT pilot districts in 1st phase, our bank is having
presence in 33 districts. Scheme wise list of 16,598
beneficiaries has been received by our Branches in 26 districts
as on 15.04.2013.
In the Phase-II of DBT scheme covering 78 districts, our two

lead districts namely Shravasti and Chitrakoot in the state of
Uttar Pradesh have found place.
Out of 121 DBT Pilot districts we have representation in 95
districts, having 510 branches and 189 ATMs.
STATUS OF RURAL SELF EMPLOYMENT TRAINING INSTITUTE
(RSETIs)
In recent review by Ministry of Rural Development, GOI, out of

21 RSETIs 6 have been graded as 'A' as compared to one
during the previous review as on March'12.
RSETI, Tirwa, U.P has been adjudged one of the best in India
and suitably felicitated by Ministry of Rural Development
(MORD) in Vigyan Bhawan, New Delhi on 28th July 2012.
FINANCIAL LITERACY AND CREDIT COUNSELLING
CENTRES (FLCC)
The Bank has enrolled 3,80,093 residents by the three

empanelled enrollment Agencies against the set time lines and
limit of enrollment of 3,80,000 fixed by UIDAI for our Bank in
the first leg of the Aadhaar project in the 9 states of UP,
Uttaranchal, Chandigarh, New Delhi, Rajasthan, Punjab,
Himachal Pradesh, West Bengal & Gujarat. 3,42,487 UID
numbers have been issued to residents out of the above
enrollments. In second phase, Bank has enrolled 39.22 Lacs
residents in the states of Maharashtra & Jharkhand during
2012-13 against an enrollment target of 20 Lacs
20
+x{V +i (Bx{B) E |vx

31.03.2013 E lli E E E Bx{B + x Bx{B
G: `5136.99 Ec + `4126.76 Ec l* E +O
+ x +O E Bx{B il x Bx{B E |ii
G: 3.92% + 3.19% * E E x `2300 Ec E
E l Ei `5891.89 Ec E x Bx{B Vc Vx
E Bx{B g M* E E |vx EV +x{i 50% *
The Gross and Net NPA stood at `5136.99 crore and `4126.76
crore respectively as on 31st March 2013. The Gross & Net
NPAs as percentage to gross advances & net advances was
3.92 % & 3.19% respectively. Though the Bank was able to
recover `2300 crore, due to fresh addition of NPAs to the tune
of `5891.89 crore, the outstanding NPA has increased. The
provision coverage ratio stood at 50%.
E{] VE ni
CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
E x E{] VE ni Miv E +iMi xxJi

Ij 5 M`x E i |nx E :
M +xE H { V E l
+n Ex E I i BEM i
V E +lE { EV Jdtu E B nnV E Ij
=SS E] E bMx]E CxE E E i Mnx*
xE { +H + i vwlh:tl Exp E {x
Mnx
x]<Vb BCb] Bb ] V (B]B) E B
x, V Ij xIh i ={M i , i Sn*
Bank has provided support to five organizations under

Corporate Social Responsibility activity in the following areas:
+i] EM
INTERNATIONAL BANKING
E +{x +i] 53 |vEi/xq] J+ E

v Si Ei Vx 5 +xi] JB + M EM
li BE n J * 31.03.2013E lli E E
xi @h `3017.14 Ec * E xiE E + +vE @h
|nx Ex i En =` * E x |J n E E l
E{b] v xB J + <E { 15 n E E l
z E ]bb ]] <]Cx * E +{x J+
E v +x i E +Ei+ E { Ei *
The Bank carries out its International business in India

through its 53 authorized/designated branches, which include
5 International branches & through its overseas branch at
Hong Kong. Export credit of the Bank as on 31st March 2013
stood at `3017.14 crore. The bank is taking all steps to
increase the credit flow to exporters. The Bank maintains
correspondent relationship with prime banks abroad and has
'Standard Settlement Instructions' in various currencies with
15 foreign banks. The Bank is also catering to the needs of
Non-Resident Indians through its branches.
n ={li
OVERSEAS PRESENCE
E E MEM BE n J * MEM J E
31.03.2012 E `5327 Ec E {I 31.03.2013 E gE
`7354 Ec M* MEM J x 2012-13 `27.48 Ec
E x +Vi E *
Bank is having one overseas branch at Hong Kong. The

Business of Hong Kong branch has increased from `5,327
crore as on 31st March 2012 to `7,354 crore as on 31st March
2013. The Hong Kong branch has earned a net profit of `27.48
crore in 2012-13.
E E xZx, Sx BE |ixv E * E E fE,

Mn Ji Jx E +xnx i V E |{i
M + E x Mn E E =xE +xi i +nx
nJ E n *
The Bank is also having a Representative Office at Shenzhen,

China. Bank has received approval from the Reserve Bank of
India for opening a Branch at Dhaka, Bangladesh and has
filed the application with Bangladesh Bank for their permission.
E +vi +
FEE BASED INCOME
E E E E +vi + {U E `953 Ec E {I
2012-13 `917.88 Ec * E +vi + E +iMi
E E Ex{nx M-xv E Ij +SU * +ll
E z Ij i M +xE +lE { E Eh 2012-13
E @h E M |i <* <E v | E E E
+vi + { {c* <E +iH, +ll E E]{h Pc
E x |M E i ni B +{x OE E lx
n*
Total Fee based income of the Bank for 2012-13 was `918
crore as against `953 crore last year. The performance of the
Bank under fee based income was good in the area of non
fund business. The economic environment being nonconducive for various sectors of the economy, has affected
the demand for credit in the Banks in the year 2012-13. This
had direct impact on the fee based income of the Bank.
Moreover, the Bank supported its customers during the testing
times witnessed by the economy, by way of allowing
concessions in the processing fees.
NON-PERFORMING ASSETS (NPAs) MANAGEMENT
Provision of arsenic free drinking water in a village

One time support to tribal girl children for their education
Contribution towards development of the interior of high

quality diagnostic clinic meant for the economically
weaker sections of the society
Contribution towards renovation of a rehabilitation centre
for mentally challenged women
21
Donation of vehicle to Centralized Accident & Trauma

Services (CATS) to be useful for field inspection
Vx | -<VxM ({+)
OE E v{E B +EE B |nx Ex i |tME
li =i{n E E =i{nEi, nIi + |ni v
x { Vx |M -<VxM u |Ji vx Epi
E Vi *
< Vx E l =iE]i i {+ EI x |G B =i{n
E pi Miv OE E pi Miv E + J E *
|h B |G+ E S B xi B Vn |G+
E Mi I E V + l i vJvc +
VV E Ex i xE ={ EB Vi *
x< {-<-b
|{b M}] Eb:
E x 2012-13 |{b M}] Eb + E* + E x {
i +{x J+ E v k 2013-14
13500 Eb E G E I E l Eb Sx E Vx
x< *
Vx {{V b Eb:
E x +{x OE E B Vx {{V b Eb
EB * Eb E ={M {+B ]x, +x<x {M
+ B]B xEn +h i E VBM*
Sx |tME
B]B E E J gE 447 M< * E x +{x OE E 18.80
J +vE B]B b] Eb V EB * <]x] EM
Sx E v S] <] { +x<x {] M]
i{E S * bE + ]E | E
v M] 2300 +vE S] Vc * +<B{B(<]
E < {] ]), < x E v <C]xE b
] , OE E +{x < ] E ={M =xE E Ji
iE {Sx + vx |i Ex E v |nx Ei +
< 24.04.2012 E Bx{+< E xx <x S E
v S E M *
OE
E +{x OE E =iE] OE |nx Ex E B |ir *
nnx i E nB MB xn E +x E x
OE Ei E ii B {n x{]x i BE +iE E{
xH E * E OE E OE = xx i z
xB ={ + Vx+ E v Mi | E *
BUSINESS PROCESS RE-ENGINEERING (BPR)

Improvement in Productivity, Efficiency & Profitability with
introduction of technology enabled products for rendering
convenient, caring and attractive services to customers
continued to remain the prime focus of the Bank under
Business Process Re-engineering.
With this vision to strive for excellence, the Bank has moved
towards Customer Centric activities from Process and
Product Centric activities. The existing processes are being
reviewed continuously by streamlining & simplifying the
systems & processes and also as preventive steps against
possible frauds & forgeries.
+{x OE E VxB (fuUJtRome) + B] x =xbM

(YYbYt)
E x i V E E nxn E +x +{x OE E
VxB/B] x =xbM xnb vi ii xiMi nxn
+{xB * {BBB 2002 ={v E +x +x h
+li xEn xnx {] (]+), nMv xnx {] (B]+)
+ V p {] |ii Ex v nxn - {
V EB MB * <x <]V x] + <b (B+<+<Bxb) E +xn E +x {]M |h E +x<x x
M + {] E xvi E +n =xE <]
+{b E Vi *
Sx E +vE +vx 2005
Sx E +vE +vx 2005 E +vxx E +xh E
x +{x b E 49 Exp Vx Sx +vE B
|vx E 1 +{ +vE E xq] E * <E
KNOW YOUR CUSTOMER (KYC) & ANTI MONEY LAUNDERING

(AML)
NEW INITIATIVES - E-DELIVERY

Prepaid Gift Cards:
The Bank launched Prepaid Gift Cards in 2012-13. Bank
now plans to sell these cards through all its branches
Pan India.
General Purpose reloadable Cards:
Bank has launched General Purpose Cards to the

customers of the Bank. The cards will be used on POS
terminals, online shopping and to withdraw cash from
ATMs.
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Total number of ATMs has been increased to 447. The Bank
has issued more than 18.80 lacs ATM-cum Debit Cards to its
customers. Online Payment gateway services are running
successfully at the merchant websites through our Internet
Banking channel. More than 2300 merchants are added to
our gateway through M/s Bill Desk and M/s Tech Process.
IMPS (Inter Bank Mobile Payment System), an electronic fund
transfer service through mobile phones, facilitates customers
to use mobile instruments as a channel for accessing their
bank accounts and remitting funds from there and functional
through National Financial Switch of NPCI launched on
24.04.2012.
CUSTOMER SERVICE
The Bank is committed to excellent customer service. In line
with the directions of Damodaran Committee
Recommendations, Bank has appointed an Internal
Ombudsman for quick and transparent redressal
mechanism for customer grievances. The Bank is
continuously re-engineering its efforts to introduce various
new measures and schemes to make the customer service
as customer delight.
The Bank has adopted the comprehensive policy guidelines

on Know Your Customer / Anti Money Laundering Norms in
consonance with the Reserve Bank of India directives. The
guidelines for submission of reporting under Prevention of
Money Laundering Act, PMLA, 2002 viz. Cash Transaction
Reports (CTRs), Suspicious Transaction Reports (STRs) and
Counterfeit Currency Reports (CCRs) have been issued from
time to time. The reporting system has been made online as
per instructions of Financial Intelligence Unit of India (FIUIND) and all the reports are uploaded on their website within
prescribed time.
THE RIGHT TO INFORMATION ACT, 2005
In pursuance of the enactment of Right to Information Act,
2005, the Bank has designated 49 Central Public Information
Officers and one Appellate Authority at all its Zonal Offices
22
+iH, Exp Sx +M(+<) E nxnx E i

BE {ni +vE xq] E M * E +{x <]
{ i: |E]Eh E v i E xME E Sx ={v
Ei + <E l-l +vx E +iMi |{i +xv E
x{]x { Sx ={v Ei * 2012-13 E nx
E x +vx E +iMi Sx i 2866 +xv |{i EB +
|l +{ i 538 +nx |{i EB Vx 2797 +]+<
+nx B 538 +]+< +{ E xih E M*
VJ |vx
E x S 2008 xEEi o]Eh E +iMi -** xB
{V {{ii fS (BxBB) E Exi E * BEEi VJ
|vx vx(+<+BB) E Exx, VE B +x
{ E` VJ |vx |h E x V , + =zi
o]Eh E +iMi {V | E Mhx E E |Mi { *
and Head Office. Further, as per the directions of Central

Information Commission (CIC), one Transparency Officer for
the Bank, has also been designated. The Bank is providing
information to the citizens of India through suo-moto
disclosures on website as well as through disposal of
requests for information received under the Act. During FY
2012-13, the Bank received 2866 requests for information
and 538 First Appeals, under the Act, out of which 2797 RTI
applications and all the 538 RTI appeals were disposed of.
RISK MANAGEMENT
The Bank has implemented the Basel-II New Capital
Adequacy Framework (NCAF) under Standardized Approach
with effect from March, 2008. The implementation of
Integrated Risk Management Solution (IRMS) which
essentially entails having a robust risk management system
in place and calculation of capital charge under Advanced
Approach is under way.
E x i V E E xnx +{Ii Mxx fS E

+x{x Ex i E< + E n * +<+BB Exx
E {h |G . +x] Bb M E { E V *
The Bank has also taken initiatives to comply with the required
governance framework as per RBI guidelines. The entire
process of IRMS implementation is being carried out in
consultation with M/s Ernst & Young.
xIh B J{I
E x VJ +vi +iE J{I (++<B) E +{x
* <E +iH, k B M, k j, i
E |{i nxn E +x i J{I E VJ
+vi x M + < {Si E M * vJvc E
xh, x]M + VS E =q vJvc VJ |vx EI
E l{x E M< * i 2010 +<] x]M EI
(+BB) E l{x E M< * EI + i{h n
vi B+<B E I E + xjE E/
J+/M E, E |E E {lx {B Vx {, viE
E< i O x *
iEi
E x E xE B iEi E Ij +xE x<
{ E * E x 17 +Mi 2012 E EEi VxE
Ij E E (C]-***) E J iEi +vE E E
b Ij I È E Vx E* È Exp iEi
+H, nx iEi +H, Exp iEi +M E S, +{
S() x M * VxE Ij E E E 10 +
+{x Ex{nx E E I i È ={li B*
INSPECTION & AUDIT

The Bank has switched over to Risk Based Internal Audit
(RBIA). Further in terms of directives received from Department
of Financial Services, Ministry of Finance, Govt. of India,
Concurrent Audit has been made Risk Based and the same
has been made operational. A Fraud Risk Management Cell
has been set up with the objective of prevention, monitoring
and investigation of frauds. An Offsite Monitoring Cell (OSMC)
has been set up with effect from September 2010. The Cell is
now reviewing the MIS on critical items and sensitizing the
Controlling Offices / Branches / Departments for corrective
action, if any deviations are observed.
VIGILANCE
Bank has taken many new initiatives in the area of preventive
& predictive vigilance in the recent years. The Bank hosted
'Annual Zonal Sectoral Review Meeting of CVOs of Public
Sector Banks (Sector-III)' at Kolkata on 17th August, 2012.
Central Vigilance Commissioner, both the Vigilance
Commissioners, Secretary of Central Vigilance Commission,
Additional Secretary (CVC) and other top officers of CVC
attended the meeting. 10 CVOs of Public Sector Banks also
attended the meeting for annual review of their performance.
ii {I l(]{<) u vJvc E P]x+ { vx n

M* vJvc/P {, VE Eh E E x <, {i
]{< E x E E <]x] <] { |ni EB MB * <E +iH
Vx ]{< E z E u Sri ] M il i
E P E Si E M =xE x = |ni *
E x 7 2013 E iEi q { Exp +xh E
l VxE Ij E E E +/E{E E Ij i
x E Vx E V +< B EM n E `
+vE ={li l*
V
E EG xvi I E |{i E =q V xi
E +iMi z |vx E +x{x xSi E M * inx
V +vx E v 3(3) E +iMi niV E u {
V E Vx, xn |{i {j E =k xn n Vx,
x+ B i+ E uE { |Ex, Jx O E
Special attention is being given on frauds by Third Party Entities

(TPE). Names of TPEs who are involved in frauds/gross
negligence causing loss to the Bank are displayed on Bank's
intranet site. Further, names of TPEs who have been deempanelled by various Banks and reported by IBA are also
displayed therein.
Bank hosted Regional level conference of CVOs/Executives
of PSBs with Central Bureau of Investigation on vigilance
issues on 7th February, 2013 which was attended by very
senior officers from CBI and Banking fraternity.
OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
Compliance of various provisions under the Official Language
Policy was ensured in order to achieve the targets stipulated
in the annual programme. Accordingly, statutory requirements
as regards to bilingual issuance of documents under Section
3(3) of Official Language Act, reply of Hindi letters in Hindi,
23
uEh +n V vE +{I+ E xSi E M*

E nx xn E EvE Yx x Jx +vE B
ES E c J i E u Si z xn
{`G i xi E M* E nx 145 xn EB
(3108 +vE/ES E Mi) B 93 xn bE
|Ih EG (710 +vE/ES E Mi) +Vi
EB MB*
bilingual publication of manuals & codes, bilingualisation of

stationery items was ensured. During the year a large number
of officers and employees, not having working knowledge of
Hindi, were nominated for various Hindi courses conducted
by the Govt. of India. During the year, 145 Hindi Workshops
(3108 Officers/Employees participated) and 93 Desk Training
Programmes (710 Officers/Employees participated) were
organized.
V Exx E Ij x Ex{nx E B E
E +xE ] i E {E |{i B* E E 2010-11 i
V Exx E Ij =iE] Ex{nx E B V
M, M j, i E u |iì <n Mv V
{E E +iMi Sil {E |nx E M*
The Bank received several National level prizes for

outstanding performance in the area of implementation of
Official Language. Bank was awarded Fourth Prize under
prestigious "Indira Gandhi Rajbhasha Puraskar" for the year
2010-11 for commendable performance in the area of Official
Language Implementation from Official Language
Department, Ministry of Home affairs, Government of India.
E E 2010-11 i V E V b |iMi
E ii Ij E Sil lx B Ij J il M
G: Sil B ii lx |{i +*
Our Bank secured "Fourth Position" in linguistic Region 'A'

and "Fourth Position" in linguistic Region 'B' and "Third
Position" in Region 'C' respectively under "Reserve Bank
Rajbhasha Shield Competition" for the year 2010-11.
i V E u +Vi +J i +i E xn
xv |iMi 2011-12 E E E E +vE
E |l lx |{i + il = =x Mx u
{E |nx E M*
E n x n V i E i ={-i u
J, p |M J(.E. n nx) + E] J(.E.
Sz<) E xIh E M* n V i E +J B
I ={-i x b E V{ + b J(E
M) E xIh E*
One officer of our Bank secured 'First' Position in linguistic

group 'A' in the All India Inter Bank Hindi Essay Writing
Competition 2011-12 organized by the Reserve Bank of India
and was awarded by the Governor, RBI in the same ceremony.
The 3rd Sub-committee of Committee of Parliament on Official
Language inspected our Mussoorie branch, Rudraprayag
branch (Z. O. Dehradun) and Coimbatore branch (Z. O.
Chennai) during the year. The Drafting & Evidence Subcommittee of Committee of Parliament on Official Language
also inspected our Zonal Office, Jabalpur and Mandya branch
(Z. O. Bangalore).
x vx E
x vx E xi +i xx E E E l{i vh E
+x{ E x x {V E ni +Ei+ { Mi
|iG n< + E E hxi{E +Ei E +x
- { |h xB EE E i E Vn VxH E
Vi E *
i
2012-13 E nx E x 1415 +vE (Y +vE
i), {E M 388 M b +{] B E i E
* k 2013-14 E nx 1700 +vE (Y
+vE i), + 2500 M b +{] B E i E
|G *
+V/+VV B +{ EI :
E E H E li xxx
HUMAN RESOURCES DEVELOPMENT

In line with the Bank's established conviction that the Human
resources are the greatest asset, our bank has been
constantly responding to the changing needs of human capital
and strengthening the existing man power with the infusion
of fresh recruits from time to time in accordance with the
strategic needs of the Bank.
RECRUITMENT
During 2012-13, 1415 Officers (including Specialist Officers)

& 388 Single window operators-'A' in clerical cadre have been
inducted in the system. Further, we are in the process of
recruiting 1700 Officers (including Specialist Officers) & 2500
Single Window Operators 'A' during the Financial Year 201314.
SC/ST AND OBC CELL
The manpower complement of the Bank is depicted
hereunder:
lli/ As on 31.3.2012
lli/ As on 31.03.2013
h / Category
+vE / Officer
{E / Clerk
+vxl ] / Sub-staff
E ] / Total Staff
Vx / of which
+xSi Vi / Scheduled Castes
+xSi VxVi / Scheduled Tribes
+x {Uc M / Other Backward Class
/ Women
+x (B, {BS B BCBB) / Others (MC, PH & XSM)
24
9682
8279
4373
22334
11407
6829
4321
22557
5976
1456
2292
3314
1962
5827
1440
2666
3293
1824
E +V, +VV B + ES E Ei E vx
B < v - { V E nxn E Exx
i |vx E + b E G: J {E +vE
B {E +vE E +iMi +V/+VV B + EI l{i
EB MB *
|S |
SC/ST and OBC Cells have been set up in Head Office and
Zonal Offices under the Chief Liaison Officers and the Liaison
Officers respectively to deal with the grievances of SC, ST
and OBC employees of the Bank and also looking after the
implementation of Government guidelines issued from time
to time in this regard.
E x ]Vx, b + S{j/{jE+ bM +n E
v ]{ |S +x S* 2012-13 E nx
E E U + b {Sx gx E B E x +{x z =i{n
E {hx B <x E| xx i |S E*
The bank has gone for nation-wide campaign on Television,

Radio, and Newspapers/Magazines, hoardings etc. During
the year 2012-13 for enhancing visibility and Image of the Bank.
Bank has also made publicity for popularizing and marketing
various products of the Bank.
+xM l B H =t
+E <xx . <n E E {h i +xM
E{x V E{] E , {Vx Ex, <
|vx, @h x, bS + ]]{ +b<]M E E
M < + Vx 2012-13 E nx `3.63 Ec E nV
E* E E +i |vx E{x BB+< (<b) . 4
+x E + k l+, +li E + <b, +xw E,
<bx E B i Vx xM, E l 27% E <C]
vi * vh i E E H =t E{x
x { Vx < E{x ]b <bx +V
E, Ex]E E ., b <x]] . V{x E{x {
E l 30% E <C] vi *
SUBSIDIARY & JOINT VENTURE
VxB
E +x E EM Miv E +iH ] , @h
x, +n { vx Epi EM* E n i E
Vx x *
+ B Sxi
v i +lE r + =SS V n E Eh +i
Mhk |i < * +i Mhk v/ nOi
+i E Px x]M E E B BE Sxi *
FUTURE PLANS
PUBLICITY ENDEVOURS
All Bank Finance Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of Allahabad

Bank, engaged in Corporate Advisory Services, Project
Appraisal, Issue Management, Loan Syndication Debenture
and Trusteeship Underwriting, posted a profit of `3.63 crore
during 2012-13.The Bank holds 27% equity stake in Asset
Management Company "ASREC (India) Ltd" along with 4 other
Banks and Financial institutions viz. Bank of India, Andhra
Bank, Indian Bank and Life Insurance Corporation of India.
The Bank holds 30% equity stake in joint venture company
"Universal Sompo General Insurance Company Limited" for
general insurance business along with Indian Overseas Bank,
Karnataka Bank Ltd., Dabur Investment Ltd. and Japanese
insurance major Sompo.
The Bank will focus on Retail Business, Loan Syndication, etc

in addition to other core banking activities. The Bank is planning
for overseas expansion.
CHALLENGES & OPPORTUNITIES
In the face of slowing economic growth and high interest

rates, the asset quality has suffered. Improving the asset
quality / close monitoring of stressed assets is also a
challenge for the bank.
BE +x |J Sxi ix +lE {o E {|I

{SxMi nIi E gx + E{h VJ |vx
{{] E Exi Ex*
k x E E B E i Ij E Oh
Ij | Ex E BE + * |iI +ih(b])
E v v EM |h +BM* Ei
Ij EM B |nx EE E +{x VE =q E
I |{i E Ei + l l +Vi Ex
i < + E x Ei * xvi E +n
k x Vx E Exx E E B Sxi{h
E *
Another key challenge is to improve the operational

efficiency and implement prudent risk management
practices in the wake of current economic scenario.
Financial Inclusion is an opportunity for the Banks to

penetrate into unbanked areas especially the rural areas.
Through direct benefit transfer (DBT), huge amount of
money would be flowing into the banking system. Bank
can aim at attaining the social objective of providing
banking services to unbanked areas and simultaneously
encash this opportunity to garner new business.
Implementation of financial inclusion plan within the
allotted time lines is a challenging task for the Bank.
ii r i n V i S k
E E B BE + *
Expansion in overseas market for sustaining business

growth is also an opportunity for the Bank in the current
financial year.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
xnE b
i I {x x 01.10.2012 b +vI B |v
xnE E { {n Oh E* +{x ix xH {
20.11.2009 V E E{E xnE l*
Smt. Shubhalakshmi Panse joined the Board as Chairman

& Managing Director from 1st October 2012. Prior to her present
appointment Mrs. Panse was the Executive Director of Vijaya
Bank since 20.11.2009.
25
iE V S x 01.04.2012 b E{E xnE

E { {n Oh E* +{x ix xnx { nx E
J |vE l*
+h i x 18.06.2012 b E{E xnE E {
{n Oh E* +{x ix xnx { E + cn
E E{] E < |vE l*
nx n x 18.02.2013 b +EE M-E xnE
E { E Oh E* n n ] {jE+ {nE
xnE + BE nxE S {j E J {nE *
Shri Tilak Raj Chawla joined the Board as Executive Director

from 1st April 2012. Prior to his present assignment Shri.
Chawla was the Chief General Manager of Dena Bank .
2012-13 E nx b B <E i E +Vi ` E

E h xxx :
b/i
The details of meeings of the Board and its Committees during

the financial year 2012-13 are as under:
Shri Arun Tiwari joined the Board as Executive Director from

18th June 2012. Prior to his present assignment Shri. Tiwari
was the General Manager of Bank of Baroda at Corporate
office, Mumbai.
Shri Dinesh Dubey joined the Board as Part Time Non-Official
Director from 18th February 2013. Shri Dubey is an Editorial
Director of two national magazines and the Chief Editor of a
daily newspaper.
+Vi È E J
Board/Committee(s)
NO. OF MEETINGS HELD
xnE b/The Board of Directors

b E |vx i(B+)/The Management committee of the Board (MCBOB)
b E J {I i (B)/The Audit Committee of the Board (ACB)
xnE {nzi i(b{)/The Directors' Promotion Committee (DPC)
vE / xE E Ei (xh) i(BBS+<V)
16
22
9
4
Shareholders' / Investors' Grievance committee ( SHIGC)

b E Sx |tME i/I T committee of the Board
vJvc xMx i/Fraud Monitoring Committee
OE i/Customer Service Committee
{v i/Remuneration Committee
VJ |vx i/Risk Management Committee
+ih i/Share Transfer Committee
@h +xnx i/Credit Approval Committee
1
3
9
4
1
4
17
27
E nx V.{. n+, +vI B |v xnE, B. +.

xE, E{E xnE +{x EE { x { xnE b
G: 31.08.2012 B 31.05.2012 E xk B*
During the year, Shri J. P. Dua, Chairman & Managing Director

& Shri M. R. Nayak, Executive Director superannuated from
the Board of Directors after completion of their tenure on
31.08.2012 & 31.05.2012 respectively.
+
xnE b E E vE/xE E =xE ii lx
+ Ih i vxn Y{i Ei * xnE b i
W E, i E il +x xE BV E |i =xE
B E Mnx il lx E B +{x
+ H Ei B =xE ii lx B M E Ex
Ei * E E |i OE u H EB MB ii +
E B xnE b =xE vxn Y{i Ei * xnE
b n SE n E Mnx E x Ei +
xB {nvE E Mi Ei * xnE b E E E |i
=xE {i + E B x Y{i Ei *
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The Board of Directors records its appreciation for continued
support and patronage of the shareholders/investors of the
Bank. The Board of Directors gratefully acknowledges the
valuable and timely advice, guidance and support from the
Reserve Bank of India, Government of India and other
regulatory agencies and look forward to their continued support
and co-operation. The Board of Directors is thankful to the
customers for their continued trust and confidence on the Bank.
The Board records its appreciation for valuable contributions
of the outgoing members and welcomes the new incumbents.
The Board of Directors is pleased to place on record their
appreciation for the committed services of all the employees
of the Bank.
For and on behalf of the Board of Directors,
xnE b E B + =xE + ,
nxE : 7 <, 2013

lx : EEi
Date : 7th May, 2013

Place : Kolkata
(I {x)
+vI B |v xnE
26
-II E +iMi V |E]Eh

lli 31.03.2013 E x< {V {{ii Sx
VJ |vx
1.
Eh E {h{, nx E E B +x k lx E x z |E E VJ Vn *
-II Zi E +ii +x + nx <E gi |Vi E Si VJ |vx E H ij
E +Ei E M<* Sxi E E Ex E B E x i V E E - { V
nxn E +x{ z |E E VJ |vx |h x< *
2.
E E VJ |vx E =q |Ji: Si {Sx, {x, xMx/ xjh + VJ ={x u |ii

+M + i VJ E S Si V ]i B vE E E gx *
3.
E x +{x VJ |vx E Si M]xiE gS M]i E * VJ |vx |h { i V

E E Mn x] E +xh b E VJ |vx i xE BE b i ={-i E M]x E
M * i E u x EB MB VJ E Ex Ei + VJ E {Sx, {x, xMx il
xjh i | |h Ei Ei * <E +iH, b i i { z VJ |vx E E
Ex Ei +li @h VJ |vx i (+B), {Sx VJ |vx i (++B), V
VJ |vx i (B+B) + +i ni |vx i (BB+) E v Ex *
4.
|vE (BEEi VJ |vx) E E |vx E BEEi { VJ |vx E E E nJ , V

E =k VJ |vx |h + |l+ E Exx i M ij *
5.
i V E u V nxn E +x{ E x 31 S, 2008 x< {V {{ii Sx (-II)

Exi E * lni -II Sx, ix {{ r i { +vi * vi Sx E
i -1 @h VJ, V VJ B {Sx VJ i +E xxi {V +Ei E nJ Ei *
i -2 ({Ih I |G) xSi Ex E B E C E E { =E Vc i
VJ i VJ |< B xjh |h E +x{ {{i {V * E E { l{Ii, +iE {V {{ii
Ex |G (+<BB{) { b u +xni xi *
6.
i-3 V +xx vi * i V E u V xni E M , E VJ |vx E v

|E]Eh ( nx jiE B {hiE)E BE ] h bB 1 bB 10 (Mx ) iE |Ei E
M V V E M E Gxx, {V VJ BC{V, VJ Ex |G, E E VJ
|< B {VEh E i +n vi |J Sx+ E Ex Ex nn M* < V E
M E z xnb { E E Ex{nx E +E +Ec EM*
27
MARKET DISCLOSURE UNDER BASEL-II

NEW CAPITAL ADEQUACY FRAMEWORK AS ON 31.03.2013
RISK MANAGEMENT
1. Consequent upon globalization, Banks and other financial institutions all over the world are exposed to different
types of risks. The emergence of Basel-II accord and its increasing applicability throughout the world calls for sound
practices in risk management. To cope with the challenges, the Bank has put in place various risk management
practices and processes in line with the guidelines of the Reserve Bank of India issued from time to time.
2. The Banks risk management objectives broadly covers proper identification, measurement, monitoring / control and
mitigation of the risks towards enhancing and maximizing the shareholders value by addressing appropriate trade
off between an expected reward and potential risk.
3. The Bank has set up appropriate risk management organization structure. Board Level Sub-Committee known as
Risk Management Committee has been constituted in terms of RBI guidance note on Risk Management System.
The Committee evaluates overall risks faced by the Bank and put in place effective system to identify measure,
monitor and control risk. The committee further integrates various risk management functions at committee level.
i.e., integration through Credit Risk Management Committee (CRMC), Operational Risk Management Committee
(ORMC), Market Risk Management Committee (MRMC) and Asset Liability Committee (ALCO).
4. General Manager (Integrated Risk Management) is looking after functioning of risk management aspect in integrated
manner at Banks Head Office, who is independent of business departments, for implementing best risk management
systems and practices in the Bank.
5. In line with the guidelines issued by the RBI, the Bank has implemented New Capital Adequacy Framework (BaselII) with effect from March 31, 2008. The Basel-II framework, as referred, is based on three mutually reinforcing
pillars. While Pillar-1 of the revised framework addresses minimum capital requirement for Credit, Market and
Operational risk, Pillar2 (Supervisory Review Process) intends to ensure that the banks have adequate capital to
address all the risks in their business commensurate with Banks risk profile and control environment. As required,
the bank has put in place a Board approved policy on Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP).
6. Pillar-3 refers to Market Discipline. As directed by the RBI, a set of disclosures (both qualitative & quantitative) are
published in Tables DF 1 to DF 10 (annexed) with regard to risk management in the bank, which will enable market
participants to access key information on the scope of application, capital risk exposures, risk assessment processes,
banks risk profile and level of capitalization etc. This would also provide the market participants with the necessary
data to evaluate the performance of the bank in various parameters.
28
h bB - 1
|Vi
MhiE |E]Eh
E) E E x,V { Sx M *
J) J B xE |Vx i Ex +v {
Mi E {J, E +iMi E{x E
I{i h
i) V {hi: Ei ;
E) |E]Eh E fS <n E { |V V E
*
J) E E +xM/E E{x + H =t xxx
+xM E{x: E E BE xxJi +xM E{x :
+xM E{x E x
n xMx
i (%)
+ E <xx .
ii) V x{iE +v { Ei ;
31.03.2013 E lli
100%
E l: E u |Vi n Ij Oh E xxJi *
iii)V P]< M< ; il

iv)V x i Ei x P]< M< (+li
V x VJ +vi )
E E x
n xMx
<n .{. Oh E*
(%)
35%
* =k
|n V n {i Ij Oh E +li Jx> Ij
Oh E + jh Ij Oh E E n E BE x i
Ij +li <n .{. Oh E 02.03.2010 +ii +*
H =t : E x xxJi H =t E{x B +i
|iiEh x E :
E E x
n xMx
(%)
x { Vx
< E{x ]b
30%
BB+< (<b) .
27.04%
+xM, E E{x + H =t E i xn JE
lx (+<B+<) E J xE G: 21, 23 + 27 E +x
J h Ei E M *
i V E E nxn E +x E E +B+ E Mhx
i +xM, E E{x + Ci =t EB MB x E
]-I + ]-II {V x { P] M *
{hiE |E]Eh
(&
Ec )
Ex x E M< +xM {V Mi
E E E j +li V P]< M< + B
+xM E x*
E +xM E v {V E E< + x *
E{x V VJ i , E x E ll =x E E E x E E (+li
S ), =xE x xMx E n,
Ex E E + + n z , i <x
E{x ivE H E +x{i* <E +iH,
E]i |h E {I < |h E |M Ex
{ xE {V { jiE |*
E x H =t +li x { Vx < E{x

]b i xMi , <C] G{x E v ` 105.00
Ec E x E V <E E xMi {V E 30% V
E E nxnx VJ |nx E M * i V
E E nxn E +x Ci =t E{x x E E {V
P] M , CE E E x x l+ E |nk {V E
30% +vE x *
29
Table DF 1
SCOPE OF APPLICATION
Position as on 31.03.2013
Qualitative Disclosures
a) The name of the top Bank in the group to which
the framework applies.
a) The framework of disclosures applies to Allahabad Bank, which

is the top bank in the group.
b) An outline of differences in the basis of consolidation for accounting and regulatory purposes,
with a brief description of the entities within the
group
b) The Banks subsidiary /Associates and Joint venture are as

under:
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
that are fully consolidated;

that are pro-rata consolidate;
that are given a deduction treatment; and
That are neither consolidated nor deducted (e.g. where the investment is riskweighted).
Subsidiary: The Bank has one subsidiary as under:

Name of Subsidiary
Country of
Incorporation
Ownership
(%)
All Bank Finance Ltd.
India
100%
Associates: One Regional Rural Bank sponsored by the Bank is as

under.
Name of Banks
Country of
Incorporation
Ownership
(%)
Allahabad UP Gramin
Bank*
India
35%
* Our two erstwhile RRBs in the state of UP, namely Lucknow
Kshetriya Gramin Bank and Triveni Kshetriya Gramin Bank have
ceased to exist and a new amalgamated RRB, i.e., Allahabad UP
Gramin Bank has come into existence w.e.f. 02.03.2010.
Joint Venture: The Bank has invested in Joint Venture Insurance
company and Asset Securitisation company as under:
Name of Company
Country of
Incorporation
Ownership
(%)
M/S Universal Sompo

General insurance
Company Limited
India
30%
M/S ASREC (INDIA) LTD.
India
27.04%
The Subsidiary, Associates and Joint Ventures are consolidated

in the Statement of Accounts as per Accounting Standard 21, 23
and 27 respectively of Institute of Chartered Accountants of India
(ICAI).
For computation of CRAR of the Bank, investment in Subsidiary,
Associates and Joint Ventures are deducted from Tier-I and Tier-II
capital equally as per RBI guidelines.
SL
No
QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURES
(Amount: ` in crores)
The aggregate amount of capital deficiencies

in all subsidiaries not included in the
consolidation i.e. that are deducted and the
names of such subsidiaries.
There is no deficiency in respect of any subsidiary.
The aggregate amounts (e.g., current book

value) of the Banks total interests in insurance
entities, which are risk weighted as well as their
name, their country of incorporation or
residence, the proportion of ownership interest
and if different the proportion of voting power
in these entities. In addition, indicate the
quantitative impact on regulatory capital of
using this method versus using the deduction.
The Bank has made investment amounting to Rs 105.00 Crores by

way of equity subscription in an insurance joint venture i.e., Universal
Sompo General Insurance Company Limited incorporated in India,
representing 30% of the companys paid-up capital. Investment in
the joint venture insurance company is not deducted from Capital of
the Bank as per RBI Guidelines, since the Banks investment is not
above the level of significant investment, which is not more than 30%
of the investee entitys paid-up capital.
30
h bB - 2
{V Sx
31.03.2013 E lli
MhiE |E]Eh
{V Ji E, ]-I +{ ]-II
x E {j {V Ji E J ]i+ E xvx B
i E
{hiE |E]Eh
G .
1
3.
3.1
3.2
3.3
4.
4.1
4.2
4.3
5.
6.
E u - { V ]-I, ]-II b E i, <

v E u V nxn E +xh *
xxJi E {lE |E]Eh E l ]-I {V E :

1.1 |nk {V;
1.2 +Ii;
1.3 xx i @h Ji
1.4 +x {V Ji;
1.5 J B x i ]-I {V E]i E M<
1.6 E ]-I {V
]-II {V E E (]-II {V E]i Atu\zfU)
+{ ]-II {V Ex i {j @h {V Ji
E E
< S E nx =M M<
{VMi xv E { Mhx i {j
+ ]-II {V Ex i {j Mh @h
E E
< S E nx =M M<
{VMi xv E { Mhx i {j
{V +x E]i n E<
E {j {V (]-I + ]-II)
( ` Ec )
500.03
9967.70
300.00
18.34
10749.39
3972.88
1000.00
0.00
1000.00
2411.90
0.00
1787.14
18.34
14722.26
]-* E +iMi {j xx i @h Ji vi Sx:

G..
+]x
E il
b
( `
Ec )
E{x n
+v
V Mix il
Sr
]M
30.03.2009
150.00
9.20%
|i 30 S
BxB<
18.12.2009
150.00
9.08%
|i 18 n
BxB<
E-BB
G-BB+
E-BB
G-BB+
31
+{ ]-II E +iMi {j xx @h Ji vi Sx:

G..
+]x
E il
b
( `
Ec )
E{x n
19.03.2009
500.00
9.28%
180
18.12.2009
500.00
8.58%
180
+v
V Mix il
Sr
]M
|i 19 S
BxB<
|i 18 n
BxB<
E-BB
G-BB
E-BB
G-BB+
+ ]-II E +iMi {j Mh @h Ji vi Sx:

G..
+]x
E il
b
( `
Ec )
E{x n
+v
b
(]]Ei)
(Ec )
13.03.2006
500.00
8.00%
120
200.00
29.09.2006
561.90
8.85%
337.14
120
25.09.2007
500.00
10.00%
400.00
120
26.03.2009
400.00
9.23%
400.00
120
04.08.2009
450.00
8.45%
120
450.00
2411.90
1787.14
32
V Mix il
Sr
]M
13 S + i B< E- BB+
+v E
BxB< S-BB
E-BB+
29 i E
BxB< G-BB+
31 S E
BxB< E-BB+
G-BB+
26 S E
BxB< E-BB+
G-BB+
BxB< E-BB+
4 +Mi E
G-BB+
Table DF 2
CAPITAL STRUCTURE
Summary information on the terms and conditions of the main
features of all capital instruments, especially in the case of
capital instruments eligible for inclusion in Tier 1 or in Upper
Tier 2.
SL
No
1
The terms and conditions of Tier-I & Tier II Bonds issued

by the Bank from time to time adhere to applicable RBI
guidelines in this respect.
Quantitative Disclosures
(Amount ` In crores)
The amount of Tier 1 capital, with separate disclosure of:

1.1
paid-up share capital;
500.03
1.2
reserves;
1.3
innovative perpetual debt instruments;
1.4
other capital instruments;
1.5
amounts deducted from Tier 1 capital, including goodwill and investments.
9967.70
300.00
18.34
1.6 Total Tier-I Capital
10749.39
The total amount of Tier 2 capital (net of deductions from Tier 2 capital)
Debt capital instruments eligible for inclusion in Upper Tier 2 capital
3972.88
3.1
Total amount outstanding
1000.00
3.2
Of which amount raised during the current year
0.00
3.3
Amount eligible to be reckoned as capital funds
1000.00
Subordinated debt eligible for inclusion in Lower Tier 2 capital

4.1
Total amount outstanding
2411.90
4.2
Of which amount raised during the current year
4.3
Amount eligible to be reckoned as Capital funds
Other deductions from capital, if any.
Total eligible capital (Tier-I + Tier-II)
0.00
1787.14
18.34
14722.26
Information about Innovative Perpetual Debt Instruments eligible under Tier-I:

BOND
AMT. (in
Rs. Crores)
COUPON
RATE
TENOR
INTEREST PAYMENT
DATE
LISTED
ALLOTMENT
1
30.03.2009
150.00
9.20%
Perpetual
30th March every year
NSE
CARE- AA
CRISIL- AA+
18.12.2009
150.00
9.08%
Perpetual
18th December every

year
NSE
CARE- AA
CRISIL- AA+
S.N.
DATE OF
33
RATING
Information about Innovative Instruments eligible under Upper Tier-II:
19.03.2009
BOND
AMT. (In
Crores)
500.00
18.12.2009
500.00
S.N.
DATE OF
ALLOTMENT
COUPON
RATE
TENOR
INTEREST PAYMENT
DATE
LISTED
9.28%
180 months
19th March every year
NSE
CARE- AA
CRISIL- AA
8.58%
180 months
18th December every

year
NSE
CARE- AA
CRISIL- AA+
RATING
Information about Subordinated Debt Instruments eligible under Lower Tier-II:

S.N.
DATE OF
ALLOTMENT
1.
13.03.2006
BOND
AMT. (In
Crores)
COUPON
RATE
500.00
8.00%
TENOR
BOND AMT.
(Discounted)
(in crores)
120
200.00
months
INTEREST
PAYMENT DATE
13th March and
LISTED
NSE
September
RATING
CARE- AA+
CRISIL-AA+
(Semi annual)
2.
29.09.2006
561.90
8.85%
120
337.14
months
3.
25.09.2007
500.00
10.00%
26.03.2009
400.00
9.23%
120
400.00
04.08.2009
450.00
8.45%
120
400.00
NSE
26th March
120
450.00
4th August
Annual
2411.90
1787.14
34
CARE- AA+
CRISIL-AA+
NSE
annual
months
TOTAL
31st March
CARE- AA+
CRISIL-AA+
Annual
months
5.
NSE
Annual
months
4.
29th September
CARE- AA+
CRISIL-AA+
NSE
CARE- AA+
CRISIL-AA+
h bB - 3
{V {{ii
MhiE |E]Eh
31.03.2013 E lli
+{x ix + Miv E lx i +{x {V E {{ii E xvh Ex E E E o]Eh { SS E

1. i V E x +|, 1992 i E E E B {V {{ii ={ E { VJ +i +x{i |h M E
V @h VJ E P]E l* ix {j +i, M xvE n + +x ix{j x E xvi VJ
i xni E Vi + E E ii +v { E VJ i +i { xvi +x{i E i xxi
+Ihh {VMi xv xB Jx M* E E n M< l E xv +vi + M xv +vi x i E
VJ i +i { 31 S 1993 iE {V {{ii E 4% E xxi i E + 31 S 1996 iE 8% E xxi
i E xB J* inxxi {V {{ii +x{i E xxi i E 9% iE g M* nxn -* nxn E
{ Vx Vi *
2. 27 +|, 2007 E E x -II E +iMi x< {V {{ii Sx { +i nxn V EB* <E +iH
i V E x < vi EU i E 31 S 2008 E {]Eh V EB * EU +vE {ix
E ] Ei B i V E x 01 V<, 2010 E {V {{ii il V +xx v E{h nxnx< {V {{ii Sx E v BE ] {{j V E * <x nxn @h E] + {Sx VJ {]
n E M *
3. i V E E nxn E +x{, E x nxE 31.03.2008 x< {V {{ii Sx E +{x * E
Mi BC{V E +xh Ei B -II Sx E xi |G E V J + E{h vi nxn
E +x{x xSi Ex E o]Eh jE +v { E E +B+ { | E +vx E *
4. -II Sx @h VJ, V VJ + {SxMi VJ E B {V E +Ei xSi Ex i +xE E{
={v Ei * i V E E nxnx E x 31 S 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 B 2012 E i
lli 31 S 2013 E {V E Mhx i @h VJ E B xEEi o]Eh (BB) + {SxMi VJ E B
EiE o]Eh (+<B) E +{x * E V VJ E B {V +{I E Mhx i 31 S 2008 xEEi
+v o]Eh (BbB) E +{x * ii:, + iE @h VJ + V VJ E B {V xB Jx E +iH,
E nxE 31.03.2008 {SxMi VJ E B {V xB Ji *
5. i V E x E u ii +v { @h VJ, V VJ + {SxMi VJ E v , niV
xvi 8 |ii E {I 9 |ii +B+ xB Jx xvi E * -II nxn E +x VJ i
{{k +x{i(+B+) E ix E {V lli 31.03.2013 E 11.03% xEi * ] I +B+
E E 6.00% E xvh E {I 8.05% * xEEi o]Eh E +iMi @h VJ E B {V E Mhx , E
x B |h E u |iE J |{i =vEi +Ec { E * VE xEEi o]Eh E +iMi
E E nxn xvi , E x @h VJ E B {V E Mhx @h VJ ={x E |M E *
{Sx VJ B V VJ i +Ec E Ex |vx E i { E M *
6. E xxi +{x {V Vi E Ex E * i Vx xM u E +vx +]x E v MB
MB ` 23.81 Ec E {V E E 58% P]E 55.24% M , V E S B E
gx i {V Sx E +iCi { lx Ex B +{Ii +B+ E { Ex E B E E { ] I + ]
II {V Oh E B {{i b ={v *
G .
1
3
4
{hiE |E]Eh
VJ |vx i {V +EiB
1.1 xEEi o]Eh E +vvx M
1.2 |iiEh BC{V
V VJ i {V +EiB
(xEEi +v o]Eh)
2.1 V n VJ
2.2 n p x VJ(h i)
2.3 <C] VJ
{SxMi VJ i {V +EiB
( EiE o]Eh)
E B ]-I {V +x{i :
4.1 E +B+
4.2 ] I +B+
( ` Ec )
10383.72
10383.72
0.00
726.48
639.04
2.71
84.73
905.62
11.03%
8.05%
35
Table DF 3
CAPITAL ADEQUACY
A summary discussion of the Banks approach to assessing the adequacy of its capital to support current and future
activities:
1.
The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) introduced a Risk Asset Ratio System for banks in India as a capital adequacy
measure covering the elements of Credit Risk in April 1992.The Balance sheet assets, non-funded items and other offbalance sheet exposures are assigned prescribed risk weights and banks have to maintain unimpaired minimum
capital funds equivalent to the prescribed ratio on the aggregate of the risk weighted assets on an on going basis.
Banks were advised to ensure capital adequacy at a minimum level of 4% on the aggregated risk weighted assets
including both fund based and non-fund based exposures by 31st March-1993 and 8% by 31st March-1996. The Minimum
level of Capital Adequacy was increased to 9% subsequently. These guidelines together are known as Basel-I guidelines.
2.
On 27th April, 2007, the RBI released the Final Guidelines for implementation of the New Capital Adequacy Framework
under Basel-II. In addition, the RBI issued clarifications on 31st March, 2008 on certain issues related to the subject.
Incorporating some intermittent changes, the RBI released the master circular on Prudential Guidelines on Capital
Adequacy and Market Discipline- New Capital Adequacy Framework on July 01, 2010. These guidelines make clear
distinction between Credit, Market and Operational risks.
In line with the RBI guidelines, the Bank migrated to the New Capital Adequacy Framework (Basel-II) with effect from
31.03.2008. The Bank is continuing with the parallel run of Basel I norms and studying the impact on Banks CRAR on
quarterly basis with a view to ensuring compliance with the guidelines under prudential floor.
3.
4.
Basel-II Framework provides a range of options for determining the capital requirements for Credit Risk, Market Risk
and Operational Risk. In accordance with the RBIs guidelines, the Bank has adopted Standardized Approach (SA) for
Credit Risk, and Basic Indicator Approach (BIA) for Operational Risk to compute capital as on 31 st March, 2013 also
like as on 31st March 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 & 2012. The Bank continues to apply the Standardized Duration Approach
(SDA) for computing capital requirement for market risks with effect from 31st March, 2008. As such, in addition to
maintaining capital for credit risk and market risk as hitherto, the Bank maintains capital for operational risk from
31.03.2008.
5.
Reserve Bank of India prescribes Banks to maintain a minimum Capital to Risk-weighted Assets Ratio (CRAR) of 9
percent with regard to credit risk, market risk and operational risk on an ongoing basis, as against 8 percent prescribed
in Basel Documents. The total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets Ratio (CRAR) as per Basel II guidelines works to
11.03% as on 31.03.2013. The Tier-I CRAR stands at 8.05% as against RBIs prescription of 6.00%. In computation of
capital for credit risk under Standardized Approach, the Bank has relied upon the data captured from each individual
branch through the CBS system. The Bank has used the credit risk mitigants in computation of capital for credit risk, as
prescribed in the RBI guidelines under Standardized Approach. The data for Operational Risk and Market Risk have
been consolidated at Head Office.
6.
The Bank is continuously evaluating its capital requirement. The capital infusion of Rs 23.81 crores by the LICI through
allotment of shares has reduced the Govt.s share to 55.24% from 58%, still leaving sufficient headroom for the Bank
to mobilize Tier I and Tier II capital to additionally support capital structure and meet the CRAR requirements against
current and future business expansion.
SL
No
(Amount ` in Crores)
Capital requirements for Credit Risk:
1.1
portfolios subject to standardized approach
1.2
securitization exposures
Capital requirements for Market Risk(Standardize Duration Approach
3
4
2.1
interest rate risk
2.2
2.3
foreign exchange risk(including gold)

equity risk
10383.72
10383.72
0.00
726.48
639.04
2.71
84.73
Capital requirements for Operational Risk (Basic Indicator Approach)

Total and Tier-1 Capital Ratio:
905.62
4.1
4.2
11.03%
8.05%
Total CRAR
Tier-I CRAR
36
h bB - 4
@h VJ : x |E]Eh
MhiE |E]Eh
31.03.2013 E lli
1.@h VJ
1.1 =v nx E< i E VJ * @h VJ =vEi+ +l |i{I E @h Mhk vi x E
x *
1.2 @h VJ SE VJ OE +l |i{I u =v, ]bM, VM, x{]x B +x k xnx vi
|iri+ E { Ex +xSU +Ii E Eh i * @h VJ +i { xnx VJ SE VJ B
M VJ =i{z i *
1.3 @h +xnxEi |vE, E{h x , =tM x , @h VJ ]M |h, VJ +vi |<M, @h
I ij + @h VJ x V ={Eh E |M E u @h VJ |vx E B E Vi * @h VJ
E {E |ii + M] |i Ei B z =tM + Ij Jb x , E{h x + {{i x
=SSi + VJ x E v xji E Vi *
2. @h VJ |vx xi :
2.1 E E { b u vi +xni BE li @h VJ |vx xi * xi niV M]xiE Sx, E
B ni il |G+ E {i Ei VE v E E x @h VJ E {Sx, +Ex Ex nn
i + =xE |vx = Sx E +iMi E Vi V E +{x +vn B VJ xi E +x{ ={H
Zi *
2.2 E u Ji @h VJ E xMx E Vi + b u +xni VJ +/BC{V E{ E +x{x E
xSi E Vi * +iE xjh |h E Mhk E xMx E Vi + @h VJ vi q
E Ex i +iE nIi Ei E Vi *
2.3 =k @h VJ |vx |h Ei Ex i E x i{h En =` * @h VJ |vx xi E +iH, E
E { b u +xni @h xi, x xi, n VJ |vx xi xi +n V @h VJ E xMx
E +z +M * + z xE +{I+ E { /+x vE |vE E x xnb, |lEi
Ij xnb, + +Yx + +i MEh nxn, {V {{ii, @h VJ |vx +n v nxn E n
+x{x xSi Ei *
2.4 <E +iH E E @h VJ x + {E |ii |vx E v b u +xni xi V E E
i E I E B |ii + B |ii E |x E h xvi EB MB * |ii = @h VJ
E r ={x E { E Ei V E BC{Vb *
3. E E Sx B |h :
3.1 E VJ |vx |E E xMx + x i xnE b u VJ |vx i (+B) xE
xnE E ={i E M`x E M *
3.2 @h xi i z @h VJ Exi xx + <xE Exx i il xi +v { E E VJ |vx
E E xMx i @h VJ |vx i E M`x E M *
4. @h Ex /+iE ]M :
4.1 E +{x @h VJ E |vx E =vEi B M i { VJ E ii {x B xMx E v Ei *
E E { BE H +iE Gb] ]M Sx + li xEEi @h Ex/+xnx |h *
4.2 +iE VJ ]M/ObM b |vx VJ vi {hiE B MhiE q, VJ, =tM VJ,
k VJ B {Vx VJ * <E +iH, < i E ]M =vEi E O ]M E Ex Ei
] xnx i @h {vx ]i+ { S E Vi * V li E +v { =tM VJ E
+Ec xi +tix E Vi *
4.3 |iE =vEi E ]M E I E Vi * H @h VJ |vx |G E ={ E { E x |vx E i
{ Ei @h |i i i Gb] ]M |G + b E/J i { Ei |i i Gb] ]M
|G E ji |h Exi E V @h M <i ]M E vi (i Sh ) * E E |vx
E E H E +iMi +x |i E ]M E vi VJ |vx M u E Vi *
4.4 E @h E Ei i li -i Evx H Sx E +xh Ei * xB/{vx |i {
S Ex E B |vx E + Ij |vE i { Gb] Ob E M]x E M * xn] E]-+ +vE
E xB @h |i { rii: +xnx |nx Ex i +vI B |v xnE E +vIi |vx E i { x
(BxV) xE Sx E M`x E M * E E { xB =i{n i VJ |vx Sx V xB =i{n
E v =xE { xxi |G/Ex xnb E xvi Ei *
37
{hiE |E]Eh
G .
1
4.
E E @h VJ BC{V , xv +vi B M-xv +vi +M-+M

1.1 xv +vi
1.2 M-xv +vi
2.BC{V E ME ih
2.1 n :
2.1.1 xv +vi
2.1.2 M xv-+vi
2.2 P :
2.2.1 xv +vi
2.2.2 M xv-+vi
=tM { E BC{V E ih
xv +vi
M-xv +vi
Ec )
130936.26
18622.35
149558.61
6283.35
7.89
6291.24
124652.91
18614.46
143267.37
59211.00
3431.28
68642.28
(` Ec )
+i E +] nMi {{Ci (31.03.2013 E lli +i E ] li)
+i
6
7
8
10
11
12
+M
nx
2-7 nx
8-14 nx 15-28 nx
29-3
4131.12
5823.34
4269.54
17052.62 15156.09 12535.52 62442.45
2696.82
Bx{B E (E)
5.1 +xE
5.2 nMv 1
5.3 nMv 2
5.4 nMv 3
5.5 xMi
x Bx{B
Bx{B +x{i
7.1 E +O E Bx{B
7.2 x +O x Bx{B
Bx{B E Sx (E)
8.1 +l
8.2 r
8.3 E
8.4 <i
Bx{B i |vx E Sx
9.1 +l
9.2 < +v E nx EB MB |vx
9.3 <] +
9.4 +iH |vx E <] E
9.5 <i
+xVE x E
+xVE x i EB MB |vx E
x E i |vx E Sx
12.1 +l
12.2 < +v E nx E M |vx
12.3 <] +
12.4 +iH |vx E <] E
12.5 <i
3-6
6-12
1-3
B
+vE
3-5
23622.01 40065.8
E
187795.51
5136.99
4576.89
391.57
162.05
4.78
1.70
4126.76
3.92%
3.19%
2058.98
5891.89
2813.88
5136.99
967.28
1481.22
0
1444.09
1004.41
4.60
4.60
486.91
31.34
0.00
207.17
311.08
38
Table DF 4
CREDIT RISK : GENERAL DISCLOSURES
1. Credit Risk:
1.1.
Lending involves a number of risks. Credit Risk is broadly the probability of losses associated with diminution in
the credit quality of borrowers or counterparties.
1.2.
Credit Risk or default risk involves inability or unwillingness of a customer or counterparty to meet commitments
in relation to lending, trading, hedging, settlement and other financial transactions. The Credit Risk is generally
made up of transaction risk or default risk and portfolio risk.
1.3.
Credit approving authority, prudential exposure limits, industry exposure limits, credit risk rating system, risk
based pricing, loan review mechanism and Credit Risk Mitigants are the instruments used by the bank for credit
risk management. Credit risk is controlled through segmental exposure limits to various industries and sectors,
prudential exposure and substantial exposure ceilings and risk mitigation by obtaining collateral and guarantees.
2. Credit Risk Management Policies:

2.1
The Bank has put in place a well-structured Credit Risk Management Policy duly approved by the Board. The
Policy document defines organizational structure, role and responsibilities and the processes whereby the Credit
Risks carried by the Bank can be identified, quantified, managed and controlled within the framework which the
Bank considers consistent with its mandate and risk tolerance limits.
2.2
Credit Risk is monitored by the Bank account wise and compliance with the risk limits / exposure cap approved
by the Board is ensured. The quality of internal control system is also monitored and in-house expertise has
been built up to tackle all the facets of Credit Risk.
2.3
The Bank has taken earnest steps to put in place best Credit Risk Management practices. In addition to Credit
Risk Management Policy, the Bank has also framed Board approved Lending Policy, Investment Policy, Country
Risk Management Policy, Recovery Policy etc. which form integral part in monitoring of credit risk and ensures
compliance with various regulatory requirements, more particularly in respect of Exposure norms, Priority Sector
norms, Income Recognition and Asset Classification guidelines, Capital Adequacy, Credit Risk Management
guidelines etc. of RBI/other Statutory Authorities.
2.4
Besides, the Bank has also put in place a Board approved policy on Credit Risk Mitigation & Collateral Management
which lays down the details of securities and administration of such securities to protect the interests of the
Bank. These securities act as mitigants against the credit risk to which the Bank is exposed.
3. Architecture and Systems of the Bank:

3.1
A Sub-Committee of Board of Directors termed as Risk Management Committee (RMC) has been constituted to
specifically oversee and co-ordinate Risk Management functions in the bank.
3.2
A Credit Risk Management Committee of executives has been set up to formulate and implement various credit
risk strategies including lending policy and to monitor Banks Risk Management functions on a regular basis.
4. Credit Appraisal / Internal Rating:

4.1
The Bank manages its credit risk through continuous measuring and monitoring of risks at each obligor (borrower)
and portfolio level. The Bank has robust internally developed credit risk grading / rating modules and wellestablished credit appraisal / approval processes.
4.2
The internal risk rating / grading modules capture quantitative and qualitative issues relating to management
risk, business risk, industry risk, financial risk and project risk. Besides, such ratings consider transaction specific
credit enhancement features while assessing the overall rating of a borrower. The data on industry risk is
constantly updated based on market conditions.
4.3
The rating for every borrower is reviewed. As a measure of robust credit risk management practices, the bank
has implemented a three tier system of credit rating process for the loan proposals sanctioned at Head Office
Level and two tier system at Zonal Office/ Branch level which includes validation of rating independent of credit
department. For the proposals falling under the powers of Banks Head Office, the validation of ratings is done at
Risk Management Department.
4.4
The Bank follows a well defined multi layered discretionary power structure for sanction of loans. Credit Grid has
been constituted at Head Office and Field General Managers levels for considering fresh / enhancement proposals.
A structure named New Business Group (NBG) headed by CMD has been constituted at Head Office level for
considering in-principle approval for taking up fresh credit proposals above a specified cut-off point. The Bank
has put in place a risk management framework for new products which lay down minimum processing / assessment
norms to assess risk in a New Product prior to its introduction.
39
SL
No
1
Total gross credit risk exposures, Fund based and Non-fund based separately.
1.1
Fund Based
1.2
Non Fund Based
130936.26
18622.35
Geographic distribution of exposures

2.1
Overseas
2.1.1 Fund Based
6283.35
2.1.2 Non Fund Based

2.2
7.89
6291.24
Domestic
2.2.1 Fund Based
124652.91
2.2.2 Non Fund Based

3
149558.61
18614.46
143267.37
Industry type distribution of exposures

Fund based
59211.00
Non Fund based
3431.28
68642.28
4. Residual contractual maturity breakdown of assets (bucket wise position of assets as on 31.03.2012)
ASSETS
SL
No
5
6
7
10
11
12
Next
day
2-7 d
8-14 d
15-28 d
4131.12
5823.34
4269.54
2696.82
29-3m
3-6m
6-12 m
1-3y
17052.62 15156.09 12535.52 62442.45
Amount of NPAs (Gross)
5.1
Substandard
5.2
Doubtful 1
5.3
Doubtful 2
5.4
Doubtful 3
5.5
Loss
Net NPAs
NPA Ratios
7.1 Gross NPAs to gross advances
7.2 Net NPAs to net advances
Movement of NPAs (Gross)
8.1
Opening balance
8.2
Additions
8.3
Reductions
8.4
Closing balance
Movement of provisions for NPAs
9.1
Opening balance
9.2
Provisions made during the period
9.3
Write-off
9.4
Write-back of excess provisions
9.5
Closing Balance
Amount of Non-Performing Investments
Amount of provisions held for non-performing investments
Movement of provisions for depreciation on investments
12.1 Opening balance
12.2 Provisions made during the period
12.3 Write-off
12.4 Write-back of excess provisions
12.5 Closing balance
40
3-5y
5 y
& above
23622.01 40065.8
Total
187795.51
5136.99
4576.89
391.57
162.05
4.78
1.70
4126.76
3.92%
3.19%
2058.98
5891.89
2813.88
5136.99
967.28
1481.22
0
1444.09
1004.41
4.60
4.60
486.91
31.34
0.00
207.17
311.08
h bB - 5
@h VJ : xEEi o]Eh E +vvx M i |E]Eh
MhiE |E]Eh
1.
2.
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
x ri :
E E nxnx{, E x 31.03.2008 @h VJ i {V E {Ex E B x< {V {{ii Sx
(BxB) E xEEi o]Eh E +{x * {V E {Ex i E x z +i M E B E u
l|ii VJ xni EB *
Gb] ]M :
i V E x E E +xi |nx E E P x E VJ i {x i xxJi Gb] ]M
BV, xi: (E) Gb] Bx] Bb S . (E) (J) G . (M) S <b . (P) <E . B (R)
EE ]M <b . + +i] x i (E) ]bb B {+ (J) bV (M) S ]M E ={M E* ={H
nxn { S Ei B E x xh E b u l+xni <..+.B. E n E ]M { xi E
+iMi <x <+B u xni ]M E E E VB*
]M |G E Ei xx + OE E =xE BC{V i ]M Ex E B E x <x S <+B
Gb] ]M BV E l Zi Y{x x{ni E * E <x Gb] ]M BV u =vEi+ E E
|E E BC{V E B xni ]M E |M EM* {U 15 E nx x< xni IEi ]M
E E u {V {Ex i Yx VBM* Vx =vEi E { Gb] ]M BV E BE
+vE ]M , {V |l E {Ex i VJ xni Ex E B E u xvi nxn E
+x{x E V* inx, E x 31.03.2013 E lli E{] B {B< Jb E +iMi @h VJ i {V E
{Ex E B E E +xni Gb] ]M BV u =vEi E @h BC{V i xni ]M { S
E *
E{] / {B< E < E E x E +xni Gb] ]M BV E = J < i
xni ]M E Yx M + inx, E E nxn n MB ]M E { {M E
={i VJ +]i E M *
E c E{]/ {B< =vEi+ E <+B ]M |{i Ex E B |ix ni + V ]M ={v
E x VJ i +i E Mhx i <x ]M E |M E *
{hiE |E]Eh
G .
1
31.03.2013 E lli
( ` Ec )
xEEi o]Eh E +vx VJ ={x E n E

BC{V i xxJi ix |J VJ Ij E E E
(xvi B +xvi) l V P]B MB *
1.1.(E) 100% VJ i E - (xvE)
54410.11
1.1.(J) 100% VJ i E -(M- xvE)
3691.97
1.2.(E) 100% VJ i -(xvE)
37869.37
1.2 (J) 100% VJ i- (M-xvE)
14871.56
1.3 (E) 100% VJ i +vE -(xvE)
27176.85
1.3 (J) 100% VJ i +vE- (M-xvE)

1. 4 P] M
1428.32
41
Table DF 5
CREDIT RISK : DISCLOSURES FOR PORTFOLIOS SUBJECT TO THE STANDARDIZED APPROACH
1.
General Principle:
In accordance with the RBI guidelines, the Bank has adopted Standardized Approach of the New Capital Adequacy
Framework (NCAF) for computation of capital for credit risk with effect from 31.03.2008. In computation of capital, the
Bank has assigned risk weights to different asset classes as prescribed by the RBI.
2.
External Credit Ratings:
2.1
The Reserve Bank of India has permitted Banks to use the external ratings of the following External Credit Rating
Agencies (ECRAs) namely (a) Credit Analysis and Research Ltd. (CARE), (b) CRISIL Ltd., (c) India Ratings, (d) ICRA
Ltd and (e) Brickwork Ratings India Ltd. for mapping of risk weights for domestic exposures and (a) Standard & Poor
(b) Moodys (c) Fitch for international exposure. In consideration of the above guidelines, the Bank has decided to
accept the ratings assigned by all these ECRAs, under the Policy on Rating of Claims by ECRAs duly approved by the
Board.
2.2
In order to facilitate the process of external rating and enabling the customers to solicit external ratings for their
exposures smoothly, the Bank has taken initiatives by entering into separate MOU with all these four ECRAs. The
Bank shall use the ratings assigned for any type of exposures by any of these ECRAs as accepted and provided by
the borrowers. External ratings assigned, fresh or reviewed, at least during the previous 15 months shall only be
reckoned for capital charge computation by the bank. Wherever, a borrower possesses more than one rating from
ECRAs, the guidelines prescribed by the RBI is followed as regards to assignment of risk weight for computation of
capital. Accordingly, the Bank has taken into consideration the borrowers loan exposure ratings assigned by approved ECRAs, while computing capital for credit risk as on 31.03.2013 under segments namely Corporates and
PSEs.
2.3
In case of Banks investment in particular issues of Corporate / PSEs, the issue specific rating of the approved ECRAs
are reckoned and accordingly the risk weights have been applied after a corresponding mapping to rating scale
provided in RBI guidelines.
2.4
The Bank encourages large corporate/ PSE borrowers to solicit ratings from ECRAs and has used these ratings for
calculating risk weighted assets wherever such ratings are available.
SL
No
1
For exposure amounts after risk mitigation subject to the standardised approach,
amount of the Banks outstandings (rated and unrated) in the following three
major risk buckets as well as those that are deducted;
1.1
(a) Below 100 % risk weight (Funded)
1.1
(b) Below 100 % risk weight (Non- Funded)
1.2
(a) 100 % risk weight (Funded)
1.2
(b) 100 % risk weight (Non- Funded)
14871.56
1.3
(a) More than 100 % risk weight (Funded)
27176.85
1.3
(b) More than 100 % risk weight (Non- Funded)
1.4
Deducted
54410.11
3691.97
37869.37
1428.32
42
h bB - 6
@h VJ {x : xEEi o]Eh i |E]Eh
31.03.2013 E lli
MhiE |E]Eh
1.
{k, j + x E x v BE {E xi b u +xni E M< *
2.
VJ x i E u xi ={M EB Vx {E k {E (+li E V , E/bE

|ii, Vx {, h +h, S+ b x] +n), z h E S + +S +i/ {k +n
i *
3.
V HMi/E{] M] +{Ii i , =vEi E{x/E{] E }M{ O{ E{x Jx E

|J n E M] E i n Vi * xSi E Vi E =xE +xxi x {k =xE M]Ei xx
E B {{i *
4.
xE +{I+ E +x{ E x b u vi +xni {E |vx B @h VJ {x E v BE {] xi

+{x< *
5.
i V E E xnx E x xEEi o]Eh E ii @h VJ {x E v BE {E o]Eh +{x

VE ii |ii xi iE x] E | { E Ei B x] E n |ii (|lE B
{E) E {h Vx E +xi n M< * < |E @h VJ {V E {Ex @h x] E E Ex i {j
k x] E {h ={M E Vi * < |E E x < v i W E E nxn E +x{ <x ]
|ii E +Yi E : (E) E V (J) Vx { (M) BxB/E{ (P) E |ii>
6.
<E +iH, @h VJ {x E +x +xni { : +x ] x]M + {j M] E ={vi*

i W E E nxn E +x =vEi E n M @h/ +O E {I ={v V E iE (x]
E iE) +x ] x]M E +Yi E M* <E +iH, @h VJ {V E {Ex i i W E
E nxn E +x {x B M VJ i <x M] E { E Vi : (E) Exp E E M]
(0%), (J) V E (20%) (M) V]BB< (0%) (P) <V (20%) (b.) J {j E ii G EB MB/xB MB
E { M] (20% n E E ]M E +x )*
7.
x i {j |E E |ii k |ii E { +x n Vi * < |E E u +Yi @h VJ

x |G Exph VJ E xEh i E< /=SSi xvi x E M< *
G .
{hiE |E]Eh
E.
{lE { |E]Ei |iE @h VJ M i, E BC{V (V |V

+x +l + ] E x]M E {Si) V E]i E {Si, {j k
{E { Ii
J.
{lE { |E]Ei |iE @h VJ M i, E BC{V (V |V

+x +l + ] E x]M E {Si) V M]/Gb] b<] u
Ii (V E E u { +xi n M< )
43
( ` Ec )
11479.94
Table DF 6
CREDIT RISK MITIGATION : DISCLOSURES FOR STANDARISED APPROACHES
1.
A comprehensive policy on valuation of property, plant & machinery, has been approved by the Board.
2.
The collaterals commonly used by the Bank as the risk mitigants comprise of the financial collaterals (i.e., bank
deposits, govt./postal securities, life insurance policies, gold jewellery, units of mutual funds etc.), various categories
of movable and immovable assets/landed properties etc.
3.
Where personal/corporate guarantee is considered necessary, the guarantee is preferably that of the principal members of the group holding shares in the borrowing company/ flagship Group Company of corporate. It is ensured that
their estimated net worth is substantial enough for them to stand as guarantors.
4.
In line with the regulatory requirements, the Bank has put in place a well-articulated Policy on Credit Risk Mitigation
and Collateral Management duly approved by the Banks Board.
5.
As advised by RBI, the Bank has adopted the comprehensive approach relating to credit risk mitigation under
Standardised Approach, which allows fuller offset of eligible securities against exposures, by effectively reducing the
exposure amount by the value ascribed to the securities. Thus the eligible financial collaterals have been used to
reduce the credit exposure in computation of credit risk capital. In doing so, the Bank has recognised specific
securities namely (a) Bank Deposits (b) Life Insurance Policies (c) NSCs / KVPs (d) Government Securities, in line
with the RBI guidelines on the matter.
6.
Besides, other approved forms of credit risk mitigation are On Balance Sheet Netting and availability of Eligible
Guarantees. On balance sheet netting has been reckoned to the extent of the deposits available against the loans/
advances of the borrower (to the extent of exposure) as per the RBI guidelines. Further, in computation of credit risk
capital, the types of guarantees recognized for mitigation and applicable Risk Weights, in line with RBI Guidelines are
(a) Central Government Guarantee (0%) (b) State Government (20%) (c) CGTMSE (0%) (d) ECGC (20%) (e) Bank
guarantee in form of bills purchased/discounted under Letter of Credit (20% or as per rating of foreign banks).
7.
All types of securities eligible for mitigation are easily realizable financial securities. As such, presently no limit/
ceiling has been prescribed to address the concentration risk in credit risk mitigants recognized by the Bank.
SL
No
(a)
(b)
For each separately disclosed credit risk portfolio the total exposure
(after, where applicable, on - or off balance sheet netting) that is covered by
eligible financial collateral after the application of haircuts.
11479.94
For each separately disclosed portfolio the total exposure (after, where applicable, on or off-balance sheet netting) that is covered by guarantees/credit
derivatives (whenever specifically permitted by RBI)
Nil
44
h bB - 7
|iiEh : xEEi o]Eh i |E]Eh
MhiE |E]Eh
E.
G
.
P.
R.
S.
U.
V.
Z.
\.
31.03.2013 E lli
|ii + =xE v x MhiE |E]Eh +{I xxJi { SS

:
z
|iiEh Miv E v E E =q, = iE VE ii Miv
31.3.2013 E {i i E<
|iiEi BC{V E @h VJ E E <i i +ii Ei *
|iiEh x*
z
+x VJ (+li ii VJ) |iiEi +i +ixi *
z
E u |iiEh E< x< M< z EB (+li +Vx], xE,
, @h r |ni, ii |ni) + |iE E E Mi E E
E i
z
|iiEh BC{V E @h + V VJ {ix E x]M Ex
|G E h (+li {vE +i E |E |iiEh BC{V { |
bi V E nxE 01.07.2009 E BxBB v ] {{j E {
5.16.1 {i * )
z
|iiEh BC{V E v VJ E x i @h VJ x E |M E
i Ex E E xi E h
|iiEh Miv i E E J xi E , V xxJi :
x
z
C xnx E G k{h x Vi *
z
vi +l G E M< li E x i |M < M< {ri + |J
{xx*
z
{U +v {ri + |J {xx {ix + <x {ix E |*
z
|iiEi +i i k i E B +{Ii l Ex i ix{j v
ni+ E +Yi Ex E xi
+|V
EM , |iiEh i |H <B+< E x + |iiEh BC{V E |E
VE B +M-+M BV E M Vi *
MhiE |E]Eh: EM
E u |iiEi E E BC{V
S +v E n x E u |iiEi BC{V + BC{V E { (+li Gb]
Eb, + @h, +] @h +n)E +x E u +Yi x*
E +n |iiEi i +|i +i E
(S) , E +n =i{z +i E
|iiEi BC{V (BC{V { E +x) + BC{V { E G {
+xYi +l x
xxx E
z
BC{V { E h E +x |ivi +l G EB MB +x ]
|iiEh BC{V*
z
BC{V { E h E +x + ] |iiEh BC{V
BC{V { E +x MEi vi G EB MB |iiEh E E
+ x E S il |iE xE {VMi o]Eh i z VJ i b
+iH E b=x EB MB vi {V |
z
{hi ] 1 {V P]B MB BC{V, E {V P]B MB @h r
+</+ il E {V P]B MB +x BC{V (BC{V { E +x)
45
( ` Ec )
G
.
MhiE |E]Eh: ]bM
].
E u |iiEi BC{V E E VE B E x EU BC{V vi

E + V BC{V { E +x{ |iiEh V VJ o]Eh E
+vvx *
` .
xxx E
z
BC{V { E h E +x |ivi +l G EB MB +x
] |iiEh BC{V*
z
BC{V { E h E +x + ] |iiEh BC{V
|ivi +l G EB MB |iiEh E E xxx {lE { :
z
xn] VJ i {E VJ ={ E +vvx |ivi +l G E M
|iiEh BC{V
z
z VJ i b xn] VJ h i |iiEh Sx E
+vvx |iiEh BC{V
xxJi E E
z
|iiEh BC{V i , z VJ i b i |iiEh
Sx E +vvx
z
{hi ] 1 {V P]B MB BC{V, E {V P]B MB @h r
+</+ il E {V P]B MB +x BC{V (BC{V { E +x)
b.
f.
46
( ` Ec )
Table DF-7
SECURITISATION: DISCLOSURE FOR STANDARDISED APPROACH QUALITATIVE
DISCLOSURES
(a) The general qualitative disclosure requirement with respect to securitisation, including a discussion of:
z
the banks objectives in relation to securitisation activity, including the extent to
which these activities transfer credit risk of the underlying securitised exposures
away from the bank to other entities;
z
the nature of other risks (e.g., liquidity risk) inherent in securitized assets
the various roles played by the Bank in the securitization process (e.g., originator,
investor, servicer, provider of credit enhancement, liquidity provider) and an indication of the extent of the Banks involvement in each of them
a description of the process in place to monitor changes in the credit and market
risk of securitization exposures (e.g., how the behavior of the underlying assets
impacts securitization exposures as defined in para 5.16.1 of the Master Circular
on NCAF dated 01.07.2009)
a description of the Banks Policy governing the use of credit risk mitigation to
mitigate the risks retained through securitization exposures
(b) Summary of the banks accounting policies for securitisation activities, including:
z
Whether the transactions are treated as sales or financings
z
Methods and key assumptions (including inputs) applied in valuing positions

retained or purchased
Changes in methods and key assumptions from the previous period and impact
of the changes
Policies for recognizing liabilities on the balance sheet for arrangements that
could require the Bank to provide financial support for securitised assets.
(c)
No securitization during the

year ended 31.03.2012.
In the banking book, the names of ECAIs used for securitisations and the types of
securitisation exposure for which each agency is used.
Nil.
Not Applicable
Quantitative Disclosures : Banking Book
SL
No
(d) The total amount of exposures securitised by the bank
(e) For exposures securitized, losses recognised by the bank during the current period
broken down by exposure type (e.g., credit cards, housing loans, auto loans, etc.
detailed by underlying security)
(f) Amount of assets intended to be securitized within a year
(g) Of (f), amount of assets originated within a year
(h) Total amount of exposures securitized (by exposure type) and unrecognized gain or
losses on sale by exposure type.
(i) Aggregate amount of:
z
on-balance sheet securitisation exposures retained or purchased broken

down by exposure type and
off-balance sheet securitisation exposures broken down by exposure type
(j) Aggregate amount of securitisation exposures retained or purchased and the

associated capital charges, broken down between exposures and further
broken down into different risk weight bands for each regulatory capital
approach
z
Exposures that have been deducted entirely from Tier 1 capital, credit enhancing I/Os deducted from total capital, and other exposures deducted from total
capital (by exposure type).
47
Nil.
SL
Quantitative Disclosures : Trading Book

No
(k)
Aggregate amount of exposures securitised by the bank for which the bank has
retained some exposures and which is subject to the market risk approach, by
exposure type.
(l) Aggregate amount of:
z
on-balance sheet securitisation exposures retained or purchased broken
down by exposure type;
z
Off-balance sheet securitisation exposures broken down by exposure type.
(m) Aggregate amount of securitisation exposures retained or purchased separately
for:
z
securitisation exposures retained or purchased subject to
Comprehensive Risk Measure for specific risk; and
z
Securitisation exposures subject to the securitisation framework for specific
risk broken down into different risk weight bands.
(n) Aggregate amount of:
z
the capital requirements for the securitisation exposures, subject to the
securitisation framework broken down into different risk weight bands.
z
securitisation exposures that are deducted entirely from Tier 1 capital, credit
enhancing I/Os deducted from total capital, and other exposures deducted
from total capital(by exposure type).
48
Nil.
h bB - 8
{ V VJ
31.03.2013 E lli
MhiE |E]Eh
(E)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
V VJ :
V VJ E V n, n p x n, <C] + {h i+ E V V E =i-Sg
{ix/Sx =i{z li E Eh E E x x E x E { {i E Vi * V VJ
E E BC{V (BBB + BSB] h) P x (V v Ji B <C]), n
p x li =i{z i * V VJ |vx E =q +M B <C] { x E | E E Ex*
E EM V VJ |vx i x, n p {Sx, ]bM B C E], b<], +i ni |vx
B ix {Ih v b u +xni xi * xi xSi Ei E l + |ii, <C],
n p + b<] {Sx og {{] + Vn xE nxn E +x Si E
Vi *
E ii VJ E {x, x]M + |vx i 'xEn | o]Eh' il ']E o]Eh' E ={M Ei *
xEn | o]Eh E +iMi z E +iMi i E h x E l E Vi * ]E
o]Eh E +iMi z +x{i l E +i i +i +x{i, i +i G E M< xv E +x{i,
E V @h E +x{i +n E Mhx E Vi + BBB xi xn] x E {I =E h
E Vi * V E +{Ii i +E/b E xnx viE ={ EB Vi * E x n
{li E +iMi E E +xxE ii li E xvh i +EE xvx Vx E |G +{x< *
n n +i B ni+ E VB{ h E v V n VJ E |vi E Vi + xvi xEEi
+ E v =xE xMx E Vi * E +{v +li 1 iE +{x x V + { V n VJ E
| E xvh Ex E B {{E +i h (]VB) E |M Ei * <C]/x {k E V E
v V n {ix E nPv | E xvh Ex E B E bx M{ Bx (bVB) E |M Ei *
E x V VJ E {x, x]M + |vx i z B i E * b <] ], +x<] ], BOM]
M{ ], B+ ], b <V ], E=] {] ], <]] <V ], b<V ], ]{
] +n* <x + E nxE +v { x]M E Vi + |vx E {]M Ex E |h Vn *
E x V VJ { {V | E Mhx i u lxvi xEEi +v o]Eh E +{x *
{hiE |E]Eh
G .
1.
( ` Ec )
V VJ i E {V +EiB
726.48
1.1
V n VJ
1.2
<C] li VJ
84.73
1.3
n x VJ
2.71
639.04
49
Table DF 8
MARKET RISK IN TRADING BOOK
(a) Market Risk:
1.
Market Risk is defined as the possibility of loss caused by changes/movements in the market variables such as
interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, equity prices and commodity prices. Banks exposure to Market risk
arises from investments (interest related instruments and equities) in trading book (both AFS and HFT categories) and
the Foreign Exchange positions. The objective of the market risk management is to minimize the impact of losses on
earnings and equity.
2.
The Bank has put in place Board approved Policies on Investments, Foreign Exchange Operations, Trading in Forex
Market, Derivatives, Asset Liability Management and Stress Testing for effective management of market risk. The
policies ensure that operations in fixed income securities, equities, foreign exchange and derivatives are conducted in
accordance with sound business practices and as per extant regulatory guidelines.
3.
Bank uses Cash-flow Approach and Stock Approach for measuring, monitoring and managing Liquidity Risk. Under
cash flow approach, mismatches under various time buckets are analyzed vis--vis tolerance limits. Under stock
approach, various ratios like Liquid Assets to Total Assets, Purchased Funds to Liquid Assets, Loans to Core Deposits
etc. are calculated and analyzed against tolerance limits specified in the ALM Policy. Appropriate corrective measures,
wherever required are taken as per directives of ALCO / Board. The Bank has also put in place mechanism for
Contingency Funding Plan to assess the projected liquidity position of the Bank under stressed scenarios.
4.
Interest Rate Risk is managed through use of Gap analysis of rate sensitive assets and liabilities and monitored
through prudential tolerance limits. Bank uses Traditional Gap Analysis (TGA) for assessing the impact of Interest
Rate Risk on its Net Interest Income over a short term i.e. upto 1 year. For assessing long term impact of interest rate
changes on Market Value of Equity / Net Worth, Duration Gap Analysis (DGA) is carried out.
5.
The Bank has put in place various limits to measure, monitor and manage market risk. Day Light Limits, Overnight
Limits, Aggregate Gap Limits, VaR Limit, Deal Size Limits, Counterparty Limits, Instrument-wise Limits, Dealer-wise
limits, Stop Loss Limits etc. The limits are monitored on daily basis and a reporting system to the top management is
in place.
6.
The Bank has adopted Standardised Duration Approach as prescribed by RBI for computation of capital charge for
Market Risk.
SL
No
1.
The total capital requirements for Market Risk
1.1
Interest rate risk
1.2
Equity position risk
1.3
Foreign exchange risk
726.48
639.04
84.73
2.71
50
h bB - 9
{SxMi VJ
31.03.2013 E lli
MhiE |E]Eh
1. {Sx VJ ii{, +{{i + +iE |G+, H |v P]x+ E Eh x
x E VJ * {SxMi VJ Exx VJ {xi hxiE |i`Mi VJ x *
2. E x b u +xni { {SxMi VJ |vx xi x{i E * {SxMi VJ E |vx Vc <
b u +MEi +x xi : (E) +x{x VJ |vx xi (J) n p VJ |vx xi (M) +{x OE E
Vx (E<) + Bx] x xbM (BBB) vi xiMi niV (P) Sx |tME xii B
+{n xh Vx (R) vJvc VJ |vx xi +n*
3. E u +MEi {SxMi VJ |vx xi M`xiE Sx B {SxMi VJ E |vx i
|G+ E {] E M * < xi E =q {SxMi VJ E | { xji, {i, +Yi,
Ei B Sxi Ex + iE {SxMi x i {SxMi VJ E { {]M i ni E
{] xnx E u E E nx-|inx E VJ |vx |G {SxMi VJ |h E BEEi Ex *
E x {SxMi VJ E {E B r, +iE xjE E E v |vi E *
4. E u V +i nxn E +x E x {SxMi VJ i {V E +Ex E B EiE
n]Eh E +{x *
G .
{hiE |E]Eh
1.
i W E u V +i nxn E +x E x {SxMi VJ i {V E +Ex E B

EiE o]Eh E +{x *
2.
nxn E +x {SxMi VJ i {V, i W E u l{i Mi 3 E vxiE E

E + E 15 |ii E * inx lli 31.03.2013 E {SxMi VJ i {V +{I ` 905.62
Ec *
51
Table DF 9
OPERATIONAL RISK
1.
Operational Risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems
or from external events. Operational risk includes legal risk but excludes strategic and reputation risks.
2.
The Bank has framed Operational Risk Management Policy duly approved by the Board. Supporting policies
adopted by the Board which deal with management of various areas of operational risk are (a) Compliance Risk
Management Policy (b) Forex Risk Management Policy (c) Policy Document on Know Your Customers (KYC) and
Anti Money Laundering (AML) Procedures (d) Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery Policy (e) Fraud Risk
Management Policy etc.
3.
The Operational Risk Management Policy adopted by the Bank outlines organization structure and detailed
processes for management of operational risk. The basic objective of the policy is to closely integrate operational
risk management system into the day-to-day risk management processes of the bank by clearly assigning roles
for effectively identifying, assessing, monitoring and controlling / mitigating operational risks and by timely
reporting of operational risk exposures, including material operational losses. Operational risks in the Bank are
managed through comprehensive and well articulated internal control frameworks.
4.
In line with the final guidelines issued by RBI, the Bank has adopted the Basic Indicator Approach for computing
capital for Operational Risk.
1. In line with the final guidelines issued by RBI, the Bank has adopted the Basic Indicator Approach for computing capital for Operational Risk.
2. As per the guidelines, the capital for operational risk is equal to 15% of average positive annual Gross Income
of previous three years as defined by RBI. Accordingly, the capital requirement for operational risk as on
31.03.2013 is Rs. 905.62 Crores.
52
h bB - 10
EM E V n VJ (+<++)
31.03.2013 E lli
MhiE |E]Eh
(E)
EM E V n VJ :
1. V n VJ, VJ E B li V V V n {ix E E k li |i Ei *
V n {ix E iiE | E E +Vx +li x V + (Bx+<+<) { {ci * V n {ix
E nvv | E E <C] E V (B<) +l x {k {ci CE E E +i, ni+ +
ix{j li E +lE V V n +i +x |i i *
2. + { | (Vx o]Eh) E VB{ h E ={M E v { Vi V n n ni+ + n
n +i (ix{j li i) E S i E z +i { E n M< iJ E {i *
Bx+<+< { V n VJ E E E BBB { lxvi BE z E v 100,200,300
{B E +xxE n Mi B xvi E Vi *
3. E x +lE {|I +{x ix {j V n VJ E {x i bx M{ Bx E +{x * E
/+E u xvi x {{Ci, E{x + +M {] E ={M Ei B n n ni+ +
+i E E] vi +v E Mhx Ei * vi +v +i E Mhx E n n +i +
ni+ E i +i vi +v E Vi x {k { V n {ix E | E h 100,200
+ 300 {B E +xxE V n E E Mi B E Vi *
4. V n VJ E h E u +E E +xnx E {Si E +v { E Vi <E {] b/
E E Vi *
{hiE |E]Eh
G .
1.
2.
V n {ix
1.00%
V n {ix
1.00%
( ` Ec )
Bx+<+< { |
328.44
x {k { |
950.19
53
Table DF 10
INTEREST RATE RISK IN THE BANKING BOOK (IRRBB)
(a) Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book:
1.
Interest Rate Risk is the risk where changes in market interest rates might adversely affect a banks financial
condition. The immediate impact of changes in interest rates is on banks earnings i.e.
Net Interest Income (NII). A long -term impact of changing interest rates is on banks Market Value of Equity (MVE) or
Net Worth as the economic value of banks assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet positions get affected due to
variation in market interest rates.
2.
The impact on income (Earnings perspective) is measured through use of Traditional Gap analysis, which measures
mismatch between rate sensitive liabilities and rate sensitive assets (including off-balance sheet positions) over
different time intervals, as at a given date. The impact of interest rate risk on NII is assessed by applying notional rate
shock of 100,200 & 300 bps on gaps in various time bucket up to a period of one year as prescribed in Banks ALM
Policy.
3.
The bank has adopted Duration Gap Analysis (DGA) to measure interest rate risk in its balance sheet from the
economic value perspective. The bank computes bucket-wise Modified Duration of Rate sensitive Liabilities and
Assets using the suggested common maturity, coupon and yield parameters, prescribed by RBI/ALCO. The modified
Duration Gap is computed from weighted average modified duration of total rate sensitive assets and rate sensitive
liabilities. The impact of change in interest rate on net worth is analyzed by applying a notional interest rate shock
of100, 200 & 300 bps.
4.
The analysis on Interest rate risk is done by the bank over monthly basis after approval of the ALCO and the same is
reported to the Board/RBI.
SL
No.
1.
2.
Change in Interest Rate
Impact on NII
1.00%
328.44
Change in Interest Rate
Impact on Net Worth
1.00%
950.19
54
E{] Mxx { {]
REPORT ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
1. E{] Mxx E nx
1.
<n E E E{] xi, E{] Mxx E og rxi

{ +vi * +l-l E Vi, ] |lEi+
il E{] E E l l vE E i E +ivE
x ni * E +{x i Miv E Ij =iE]i
Ex E B =SS xiE , {ni il +xi o]Eh
Ji * E J{x il { {]i E l k
+i] |Si xnb E +x{x E B |ir V E
E OE il vE E E {{ M* E
xxJi E v E{] =iE]i Ex Si *
Allahabad Bank's corporate policy is based on sound

principles of Corporate Governance. It holds high the
shareholders' value while catering to the needs of the
economy, national priorities and corporate growth. The Bank
believes in high standard of ethical values, transparency and
disciplined approach to achieve excellence in all fields of
activities. It is also committed to comply with the best
international practices coupled with openness and fairness,
which will lead the Bank to enjoy from customers and
shareholders a Tradition of Trust. The Bank seeks to proclaim
corporate excellence by
Upholding the shareholders' value within the principles of

ethics and legal framework of the country.
Extending best of services to its customers.
Proclaiming a free and fair environment for its customers

and employees, investors and other sections of the society
at large.
Ensuring a proactive management free from bias, ensuring
fair justice to all sections of the society.
n E Exx fS il xiE E ri E +vx vE

E x xB Jx*
+{x OE E k |nx Ex*
+{x OE il ES, xE + V E +x iE
E B BE J B l {li i Ex*
V E M E B x{I B x x xSi Ex
E B +iG |vx xSi Ex*
2. xnE b
2.1 xnE b E M`x EM x +vx 1949, EM
E{x (={G E +Vx B +ih) +vx 1970 il
]Ei E (|vx B |Eh |vx) Vx 1970 u
i i * xnEMh b E x{hi E vi il
ii +x |nx Ei V E E nI B x{I
xn |{i i *
2.
Corporate Governance Philosophy
Board of Directors
2.1 The constitution of Board of Directors is governed by the

provisions of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, Banking
Companies (Acquisition and Transfer of Undertakings)
Act, 1970 and Nationalized Banks (Management &
Miscellaneous Provisions) Scheme, 1970. The Directors
bring in wide range of expertise and experience to the
Board, facilitating proficient and unbiased direction to
the Bank.
+vI B |v xnE il n E{E xnE i

E u xH ix {hEE xnE * +x xnE
xxJi :-
The Chairman & Managing Director and two Executive

Directors are three whole time Directors appointed by the
Government of India. The other Directors include the
following:-
(E) xxJi |iE E BE |ixv

i) i E
ii) EM ES
iii) +vE ES
(a) A representative each of
(J) hVE E E xx +l {Ih E E v

+E Yi + +x Jx BE xnE E
i V E E ii { Exp E u xi E
Vi *
(M) ix ij vE xnE
(P) i E u xH xn JE xnE
(b) One director possessing necessary expertise and

experience in the matter relating to regulation or
supervision of commercial bank, to be nominated by the
Central Govt. on the recommendation of RBI
(R) ix +EE M-E xnE(ix ,BE {n H )
(e) Three part-time Non-Official Directors (one post presently

lying vacant)
2.2. b E i
2.2 Committees of Board
b x xxx z i E M`x E V i{h

EiE Ij B Expi Mxx |nx Ei B
E E E xjh Ei - :
The Board has constituted various committees as mentioned

hereunder which provide specific and focused governance in
the important functional areas and control the affairs of the
Bank: -
i)
Government of India (GOI)
ii)
Workmen Employee
iii) Officers Employee
(c) Three Independent Shareholders' Directors

(d) One Chartered Accountant Director appointed by
Government of India
55
b E |vx i (B+b)
b E J{I i (B)
VJ |vx i (+B)
xnE E {nzi i (b{)
vE/xE E Ei i (BBS+<V)
Sx |tME i (+<] i)
vJvc xMx i (BB)
OE i (B)
{v i ({.)
xEx i (x. )
@h +xnx i(B)
2.3 b E ni xi E xvh, x< {, Ex{nx
I il xjh B E E z EvE E |iVi
+vE E {cx E Ei *
b x z i E M` x E il z EiE
Ij +vE E |iVx E * b il =E
i +vE +i { È Ei *
2.3 The responsibilities of the Board include formulation of

policies, new initiatives, performance review and control
and sanction of cases falling beyond the powers delegated
to various functionaries of the Bank. The Board has
constituted various committees and delegated powers for
different functional areas. The Board as well as its
committees meet at periodic intervals.
2.4 31.03.2013 E lli xnE b E M`x xxi

:
2.4 The composition of the Board of Directors as on

31.03.2013 was as under:
{nx
Name
Designation
1.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
Management Committee of the Board (MCBOD)

Audit Committee of the Board (ACB)
Risk Management Committee (RMC)
Directors' Promotion Committee (DPC)
Shareholders'/ Investors' Grievances Committee (SHIGC)
Information Technology Committee (IT Com.)
Fraud Monitoring Committee (FMC)
Customer Service Committee (CSC)
Remuneration Committee (Remu. Com.)
Nomination Committee ( Nom. Com.)
Credit Approval Committee (CAC)
xH/xEx
E il
E fuU ctuzo B
mrbr;gt fUe
m=g;t
+x b B
i
E ni
ctuzo/mrbr;gt fuU
rl=uNfU;t/m=g;t
fUe
fwUt mkgt
Date of
Membership of
Membership
Total No. of
Appointment/
Bank's Board
of other Board
Directorship/
Nomination
and
Committees
and
Committees
01.10.2012
12
01.04.2012
10
18.06.2012
15.11.2011
13.10.2011
--
Shri R.M. Chaturvedi
Chartered Accountant Nominee Director 14.07.2010
--
b.Bx.
+EE M-E xnE
Shri D.N. Singh
Part Time Non-Official Director
19.07.2011
--
nx n
+EE M-E xnE
Shri Dinesh Dubey
18.02.2013
x E
+vE ES xnE
13.07.2011
--
16.08.2010
--
10.02.2012
--
10.02.2012
10.02.2012
i I {x
]. +. S
Membership of
Board/Committees
+vI B |v xnE
Smt. Shubhalakshmi Panse Chairman and Managing Director

2.
E{E xnE
Shri T.R. Chawla
Executive Director
+h i
E{E xnE
Shri Arun Tiwari
Executive Director
b. E Cx
E u xi xnE
B. =nMi
..E u xi xnE
Shri A. Udgata
+.B. Sin
xn JE xi xnE
M n
EM ES xnE
Shri Gour Das
b. n{ Sv
vE xnE
Dr. Sudip Chaudhuri
+E V
vE xnE
Shri Ashok Vij
B.{..Bx.
vE xnE
Shri A.P.V.N. Sarma
56
x] :
Note:
(i)
b E E< xnE 10 +vE i E n x

=x i E{x , VxE xnE , 5 J{I
i/vE Ei i E +vI x *
(ii)
E< xnE BE n E in x *
(i)
None of the directors on the Board is a member in more

than 10 committees or acts as Chairman of more than 5
Audit Committee/ Shareholders Grievance Committees
across all companies in which he is a director.
(ii) None of the Directors are relative of each other.
2.5. k 2012-13 E E xnE b u xH/

xSi xnE E B E Oh Ex xnE
E h xS n M *
2.5 The profile of the directors who were appointed/nominated

on the Board of the Bank and assumed office during the
financial year 2012-13 is furnished hereunder:
2.5.1 i I {x, +vI B |v xnE
2.5.1 Smt. Shubhalakshmi Panse, Chairman and

Managing Director
i I {x x 01.10.2012 E E E +vI B |v
xnE E E Oh E* ix xH { i {x
21.11.2009 V E E{E xnE l*
{] E E nJ l + |x B E E
=kni =x { l*
Smt. Shubhalakshmi Panse has assumed the office of

Chairman and Managing Director of Bank on 01.10.2012. Prior
to her present appointment Smt. Panse was the Executive
Director of Vijaya Bank since 20.11.2009. She was managing
all portfolios and was responsible for administration and
business development.
i {x x +{x EM E 01.09.1976 E E +
] {Ivx +vE E { + E* i {x
E i {E +x + E + ] +{x EE E
nx n E z Ij z i { v {] l
@h |vx, , ]V B Sx |tME =xx Yi
E * +{ nIh E E E |J V Ex]E,
+xw |n, ixb, E, M + {bS *
Smt. Panse started her Banking career by joining Bank of

Maharashtra as Probationary Officer on 01.09.1976. Smt.
Panse has wide exposure and expertise in diverse disciplines
like Credit Management, Recovery, Treasury and Information
Technology at various levels at several locations in the country
during her tenure at Bank of Maharashtra. She was also Circle
Head of South Circle covering Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh,
Tamilnadu, Kerla, Goa and Pondicherry.
=xx z |iì lx +xE |Ih |{i EB V

Bx+<B, {h, BB+<+< B VBx+<b+<, nn,
Bb+<, McM, ], ..E, <, {x E +
xV],nx, .E. B {, , E + <]xx ]]
, ]Vb B B<B]<, x*
She has undergone many trainings and courses at various

prestigious institutes like NIBM, Pune, ASCII & JNIDBI,
Hyderabad, MDI, Gurgaon, BTC, RBI, Mumbai, European
School of Management, London, UK & Paris, France, Bank of
International Settlement, Basle, Switzerland and MEFTEC,
Bahrain.
=x 2000 EM Ij =xE Mnx E B {h xM xM

u xi E M* =x +xE {E |{i B V V]C
=bx (<) +b + E + n < 2005, < 2008
EM =tM Sx |tME E Ij Mnx i V Mv
=bx,=c u V Mv nx +b, Vx 2008
EM =tM Sx |tME E Ij Mnx i B<B
<] {h u x Six +b B EM B k E Ij
=iE]i i nk xx +b 2011 xi E M*
BE VxJ E + =x og |xE + xii E
B k {h x E B +{x ] E B BE M
=i|E *
She was felicitated by Pune Municipal Corporation for

contribution in the field of Banking in 2000. She has won various
awards such as the Wisitex Foundations (Mumbai) award of
Banker of the year in 2005, Rajiv Gandhi Sadbhavna Award
for contribution in the field of IT in Banking Industry by Rajiv
Gandhi Foundation, Orissa in May 2008, Nari Chetna Award
for contribution in the field of IT in banking by MES Society
Pune in June 2008 and Suryadatta National Award for 2011
for Excellence in the field of Banking and Finance. She is a
market oriented Banker with strong administrative and
leadership skills and able motivator of her team to bring about
the best results.
2.5.2
2.5.2 Shri T.R. Chawla, Executive Director
].+. S, E{E xnE
].+. S x 01.04.2012 E E E E{E xnE E

E Oh E* S E EM 34 E +x *
=xx +{x EM E {V xx E 28 x 1977
E xV] ]x E { + E* =xx 5 1996 E
{V xx E E-*** E {n iM E nx E E
|vE (BBV-V) E {n Oh E* S 24.04.1999
E ={ |vE M + 21.02.2002 E |PE M
{nzi B + 21.07.2011 J |vE {n { xq]
B* nx E +{x EE E nx =xx <, +x
Shri T.R. Chawla assumed the office of Executive Director of

the Bank on 01.04.2012. Shri. Chawla has 34 years experience
in Banking. He had started his Banking career by joining Punjab
National Bank on 28 th November 1977 as Management
Trainee. He left PNB in Scale-III to join Dena Bank as Asstt.
General Manager (SMG-V) on February 05, 1996. Shri Chawla
was promoted to Dy. General Managers cadre on 24.04.1999,
to General Managers cadre on 21.02.2002 and designated
as Chief General Manager from 21.07.2011. During his tenure
57
], Sz< +n Ij |J E ni x + E E
i{h Jb E | l EE/x vx E, b
S, +x{x, vE , MVi {Sx, ]V B C ,
E , + Bb B vx, OE/b{V] , Sx
|tME B Eb |vx, BEEi VJ |vx, |vx,
|S B {hx, ] EM, +i] |M, |lEi Ij B
++, xIh B +iE J{I, ph B Jx O,
I +n*
in Dena Bank, he worked as Regional Head of Mumbai,

Suburban & City, Chennai etc. and was in-charge of various
important segments of the Bank such as Personnel/HRD,
Board Sectt., Compliance, Legal, Insurance, Gujarat
Operations, Treasury & Forex, Govt. Business, O & M
Resources, Customer / Depository Services, Information
Technology & Cards Management, Integrated Risk
Management, Recovery Management, Publicity & Marketing,
Retail Banking, International Division, Priority Sector & RRBs,
Inspection & Internal Audit, Printing and Stationery, Security
etc.
2.5.3 +h i, E{E xnE

+h i x 18.06.2012 E E E E{E xnE E
E Oh E* ix xnx { i E +
cn E E{] E, < |vE (lE EM) l*
2.5.3 Shri Arun Tiwari, Executive Director
i x +{x EM E 1979 E + cn
{Ivx +vE E { + E* E + cn
+{x EE E n x =xx J+, b E B E{]
E z i E E* =xx n E z M
B C{ B M{ E n Exp vi Ij E
J E{E E { E E < |E i <x nx
Exp {Sx E + Ex |J H l* =xx
+vI B |v xnE S n iE E E*
Shri Tiwari started his Banking career by joining Bank of

Baroda as Probationary Officer in 1979. During his career in
Bank of Baroda (BOB), he has worked in various capacities at
Branches, Zonal Office, and Corporate Office. He has worked
in various geographies of the country and in overseas centers
at Kuala Lumpur and Singapore, as Chief Executive of the
respective Territories. As such, he had the privilege to set up
operations at both these Centers. Also, he had worked in
CMDs Secretariat for two years.
E + cn E c J ""E{] <x
J"", < E |J * i |vE E { E +
cn E k < b E |J VE `1,12,000
Ec +vE l* =xx E + cn E ""|VC] xxh""
B ""|VC] {"" { Ex i{h E x< l*
He was Head of Corporate Financial Branch, Mumbai, the

largest branch of BOB. Shri Tiwari had headed Greater
Mumbai Zone of Bank of Baroda, in the rank of General
Manager with Business size over 1,12,000 crore. He had
played a critical role in two most important initiatives of the
BankProject Navnirman and Project Sparsh.
E E iivx =xx i xixJ P =tM i

+E + { +vx xnx E* <E l l
i x z |iì l+ +xE |Ih B {` G
M V +l b,], ]x, .B.B., EM E
+ xV], xl]x x], EM, <bx E +
Vx, nn, Bx+<B, {h, E ]xM EV, <,
i |tME lx, < +n*
Under aegis of World Bank he did Study assignment in USA

and Europe for export oriented Small Scale Industries from
India. Also, he had under-gone many trainings and courses at
various prestigious institutes, like Arthur DLittle, Boston, USA,
Kellogg School of Management, Northwestern University,
Chicago, Indian School of Business, Hyderabad, NIBM, Pune,
Bankers Training College, Mumbai, Indian Institute of
Technology, Mumbai, etc.
2.5.4
nx n, +EE M-E xnE
2.5.4 Shri Dinesh Dubey, Part Time Non-Official Director
n x 18.02.2013 E ix E +v E B +EE
M-E xnE E { b E Oh E*
Shri Dinesh Dubey has joined the Board of the Bank as Part
Time Non-Official Director w.e.f. 18.02.13 for a period of 3
years.
Yx B v xiE n n ] {jE+ E {nE

xnE B BE nxE S{j E J {nE * Vlx
E u xi |{i BE ij {jE * =x +{x
] E {]M i E k {jE E {E |{i +
* BE =i {]x B =xx E], +x Eb
S Bb Mn E + {]x, {] +vE E
{ Ebb E{ Mi E* ix Vlx
V +{E bx E ={vI *
=xx E {Ex |<] . E l{x E VE v
=xx S B E E h + iE, +
iE + iE E |b E V bb-1 { h Vi
A science and law graduate, Shri Dubey is editorial director of

two national magazines and the Chief Editor of a daily
newspaper. He is a freelance journalist accredited by the
Government of Rajasthan. He was awarded as the Best
Journalist of the year for reporting of Operation Blue Star. He
is a keen sportsman & participated in Second Beach Asiad at
Muscat, Oman and Kabaddi World Cup at Patna, Bihar as a
Sports Officer. Presently, he is the Vice President of Rajasthan
State Olympic Federation
Shri Tiwari has assumed the office of Executive Director of the

Bank on 18.06.2012. Prior to his present assignment,
Shri Tiwari was General Manager (Wholesale Banking) of
Bank of Baroda at Corporate Office, Mumbai.
He established Lalak Publication Private Limited through which

he produced Abhi Tak, Ab Tak and Sab Tak in the News and
Current Affairs category celebrating golden jubilee on
58
x * =xx nnx i '']x]'' xE ]

x< *
{S + =k {S E b V
E]] i B <{i j, i E ] E]]
i r *
Doordarshan DD-1. He also made a Tele-film Stonemart for

Doordarshan.
3. 2012-13 E nx +Vi b / i E ` E E
h
3. Details of the Board/Committee meeting held during

financial year 2012-13
3.1 ` E ix B {U xnE E ={li E h*
3.1 Details of the meetings attended by Present and Past

Directors.
G0
0
xnE
E x
Sl.
No.
Name
of Director
i I {x
+
B
b
{
B BS
+< V
+<
]
i
B
B
BOARD
MCB
ACB
RMC
DPC
SHIGC
ITCOM.
FMC
CSC
Remu.
Com.
13
17
10
15
19
3#
19
12
17
1#
20
15
22
16
22
15
16
12
16
15
10
12
11
Smt.Shubhalakshmi Panse
2
V.{. n+
]. +. S
*
Shri J.P. Dua *
Shri T.R. Chawla

4
Shri Arun Tiwari
b. E Cx
. +. B. Sin
Shri R.M.Chaturvedi
. n xh
Shri Deveshwar Narain Singh
10
. nx n
Shri Dinesh Dubey
11
. x E
12
. M n
Shri Gour Das
13
b. n{ Sv
Dr. Sudip Chaudhuri
14
. +E V
Shri Ashok Vij
15
Nom. CAC
Com
. B. =nMi
Shri A. Udgata
B.+. xE
**
Shri M.R. Nayak **
{v x.
B i i
+h i
He was associated with Zonal Railway Users Consultative

Committee, Western Railways and North West Railways and
Steel Consultative Committee in the Ministry of Steel,
Government of India.
. B.{..Bx.
Shri A.P.V.N. Sarma
* {
+vI B |v xnE
* Past Chairman and Managing Director
** {
E{E xnE
** Past Executive Director
59
-E{E
# Co-opted
3.2 ]Ei E (|vx B |Eh |vx) Vx 1970 E Jb

12 E +iMi xvi xxi 6 ` E E {I Ivx
+v E nx xxH il E 16 b ` E +Vi E
3.2 During the period under review 16 Board Meetings were

held as against requirement of minimum 6 meetings under
clause 12 of Nationalized Bank (Management and
Miscellaneous Provisions) Scheme, 1970. The details are
given below:-
M< l*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
` E E il
b xnE E J
={li xnE E J
Date of meeting
No. of Directors on Board
No. of Directors attended
18.04.2012
24.04.2012
05.05.2012
30.05.2012
28.06.2012
20.07.2012
30.07.2012
29.08.2012
28.09.2012
11.10.2012
05.11.2012
27.11.2012
17.12.2012
19.01.2013
31.01.2013
04.03.2013
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
11
12
12
12
12
12
12
13
12
12
11
12
10
10
9
10
9
10
10
12
9
11
11
11
4. b E i
4.
4.1 b E |vx i
4.1 Management Committee of the Board:
k j, i E E nxn E l {ì ]Ei

E (|vx B |Eh |vx) Vx 1970 E Jb-13 E +x
b E |vx i E M` x E M*
In pursuance of clause 13 of Nationalized Bank (Management

& Miscellaneous Provisions) Scheme, 1970 read with the
directives of the Ministry of Finance, Government of India, a
Management Committee of the Board has been constituted.
4.1.1 |vx i E M` x
4.1.1 Composition of the Management Committee of the

Board
lli 31.03.2013 E b E |vx i xxH n

l :
i I {x
1.
The members of the Management Committee of the Board as

on 31.03.2013 were as under:
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Committees of the Board
+vI B |v xnE
]. +. S
E{E xnE
Shri T. R. Chawla
Executive Director
+h i
E{E xnE
Shri Arun Tiwari
Executive Director
B. =nMi
E u xi xnE
Shri A.Udgata
V B. Sin
xn JE xi xnE
Shri Rajesh M. Chaturvedi
Chartered Accountant Nominee Director
M n
EM ES xnE
Shri Gour Das
b. n{ Sv
vE xnE
Dr. Sudip Chaudhuri
Shareholders Director
B.{..Bx.
vE xnE
Shri A.P.V.N. Sarma
i E +vIi i I {x, +vI B |v xnE

u E Vi *
The Committee is chaired by Smt. Shubhalakshmi Panse,

Chairman and Managing Director.
60
4.1.2 b E |vx i E E :
4.1.2 Function of the Management Committee of the Board:
|vx i E E =SS E |i E Ei, Zi/

]] Ji bx, {V Mi il V E Ei V i{h
E { S Ex il +vI B |v xnE B
E{E xnE E |iVi +vE E ={M E I
Ex * i x M, +x{V +i V i{h
Ij Ex{nx il b u i E ni +x i{h
|vx xh E I Ei *
The function of the Management Committee is to consider

various business matters of material significance like sanction of high value proposal, compromise/write off, sanction of
capital & revenue expenditure and review the exercise of delegated authority by the Chairman & Managing Director and
the Executive Director(s). The Committee also reviews the
performance of key areas like investment portfolio, non-performing assets and other important management decisions
referred to the Committee by the Board.
4.1.3 i E ` E E h :
4.1.3 Details of meetings:
01.04.2012 31.03.2013 E nx xxJi il E |vx

i x 22 È +Vi E:
The Committee met 22 times during the period 01.04.2012

to 31.03.2013 as detailed below:-
` E E il
b E |vx i xnE E .
={li xnE E .
Date of meeting
No. of Directors on the Management

Committee of Board
No. of Directors attended
20.04.2012
04.05.2012
30.05.2012
14.06.2012
28.06.2012
20.07.2012
07.08.2012
12.09.2012
24.09.2012
11.10.2012
04.11.2012
19.11.2012
27.11.2012
17.12.2012
27.12.2012
19.01.2013
02.02.2013
22.02.2013
04.03.2013
12.03.2013
23.03.2013
30.03.2013
4.2. b E J{I i (B) :
4.2 Audit Committee of the Board (ACB)
i W E E nxn il E{] Mxx E ri

E +x E x 31.05.1994 E BE J{I i E M` x
E il = - { {xM` i E*
In pursuance to the directives of Reserve Bank of India and

having regard to the fundamentals of Corporate Governance,
the Bank originally constituted an Audit Committee on
31.05.1994 and reconstituted the same from time to time.
61
4.2.1 b E J{I i E M`x :
4.2.1 Composition of the Audit Committee of the Board:
lli 31.03.2013 E b E J{I i xxH

n l:-
The member of the Audit Committee of the Board, as on

31.03.2013 were as under:-
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
]. +. S
E{E xnE
Shri T.R. Chawla
Executive Director
+h i
E{E xnE
Shri Arun Tiwari
Executive Director
b. E Cx
E u xi xnE
B. =nMi
E u xi xnE
Shri A.Udgata
V B. Sin
xn JE xi xnE
. n xh
+EE M-E xnE
i E +vIi V B. Sin, xn JE xnE,

u E Vi *
The committee is chaired by Shri Rajesh M. Chaturvedi,

Chartered Accountant Nominee Director.
4.2.2 b E J{I i E E :
4.2.2 Function of the Audit Committee of the Board:
J{I i E J E E E k {]M |h E
Ex B =E I Ex iE h E ii, {{ii
B xi xSi E* b E I |ii EB Vx
{ i |vx E l E k {h E I Ei
*
J{I i xn ni il E E +iMi M`x,
{Sx il +iE J{I + xIh E Mhk xjh
i E E i J{I E E {Sx E {Ih Ei
il E E vE/ J{I B E E xIh {
+xi E< Ei *
The main function of Audit Committee is to assess and review

the financial reporting system of the Bank to ensure that the
financial statements are correct, sufficient and credible. It
reviews with the management the annual financial statements
before their submission to the Board.
i +iE xjh |h E {{ii, +iE J{I

M E Sx, <E ]M {]x E I Ei il
E i{h xE { +iE J{IE/xIE E l
S- + =x { +xi E< Ei * <E +iH
E E k B VJ |vx xi E I Ei *
The Committee also reviews the adequacy of internal control

system, structure of internal audit department, its staffing
pattern and discussion with the internal auditors/Inspectors
on any significant finding and follow-up action thereon. It further
reviews the financial and risk management policies of the Bank.
vE J{I E , J{I i E/i

k J+ + {] E +i { nx { Exp vE
J{IE E l S- Ei * M J{I
{] (BBB+) =`B MB z q { +xi E<
Ei *
Regarding Statutory Audit, the Audit Committee interacts with

the Central Statutory Auditors before finalization of Annual/
Quarterly Financial Accounts and Reports. It also follows up
on various issues raised in the Long Form Audit Report (LFAR).
The Audit Committee provides direction and oversees the

operations of total audit function of the Bank including the
organization, operation and quality control of internal audit and
inspection within the Bank and follow up on the Statutory/
External audit of the Bank and RBI inspections.
62
4.2.3 ` E E h :
01.04.2012 31.03.2013 E nx xxJi il E b

E J{I i E xxx 9 ` E +Vi E M<:
During the period 01.04.2012 to 31.03.203, 09 meetings of

the Audit committee of the Board were held as detailed below:-
` E E il
b E J{I i xnE E .
={li xnE E .
Date of meeting
No. of Directors on the

Audit Committee of Board
No. of Directors
attended
05.05.2012
30.05.2012
20.07.2012
30.07.2012
05.11.2012
27.11.2012
18.12.2012
31.01.2013
22.02.2013
4.3 b E VJ |vx i :
4.3 Risk Management Committee of the Board:
i V E E nxn E +x 04 S, 2003 E b
E VJ |vx i E M`x E M B - {
<E {xM`x E M *
In pursuance of the directives of the Reserve Bank of India, a

Risk Management Committee of the Board was constituted
on March 4, 2003 and it was reconstituted from time to time.
4.3.1 b E VJ |vx i E M`x :
4.3.1 Composition of the Risk Management Committee of

the Board:
lli 31.03.2013 E b E VJ |vx i xxH

n l :i I {x
1.
The members of the Risk Management Committee of the Board

as on 31.03.2013 were as under:-
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
+vI B |v xnE
]. +. S
E{E xnE
Shri T.R. Chawla
Executive Director
+h i
E{E xnE
Shri Arun Tiwari
Executive Director
V B. Sin
xn JE xi xnE
x E
+vE ES xnE
Officer Employee Director
+E V
vE xnE
Shri Ashok Vij
. n xh
+EE M-E xnE

u E Vi *

4.3.2 b E VJ |vx i E E :
4.3.2 Function of Risk Management Committee of the

Board:
VJ |vx i @h, V + {Sx VJ i E

E z VJ x E B BEEi VJ |vx i xi
il hxi x{i Ei *
The Risk Management Committee devises the policy and

strategy for integrated risk management containing various
risk exposures of the Bank including Credit, Market &
Operational risk.
63
4.3.3 È E h :
01.04.2012 31.03.2013 E nx VJ |vx i E 4 The Committee met 4 times during the period 01.04.2012 to
31.03.2013 as detailed below:
` E +Vi < VxE h xxx ` E E il
b E VJ |vx i xnE E .
={li xnE E .
Date of Meeting
No. of Directors on the

Risk Management Committee of Board.
No. of Directors
attended
30.05.2012
28.09.2012
17.12.2012
04.03.2013
4.4 b E xnE {nzi i (b{) :
4.4 Directors Promotion Committee of the Board:
E x i E, k j (EM |M)E xn E +xh

xnE {nzi i E M`x E + < - {
{xMì E M *
4.4.1 b E xnE {nzi i E M`x :
The Bank in pursuance to the directives of Govt. of India,

Ministry of Finance (Banking Division) constituted Directors
Promotion Committee and the same was reconstituted from
time to time.
4.4.1 Composition of the Directors Promotion Committee
of the Board:
lli 31.03.2013 E xnE E {nzi i xxH

n l :1.i I {x
: +vI B |v xnE
2.b. E Cx
: E u xi xnE
3. B. =nMi
: E u xi xnE
The members of the Directors Promotion Committee of the

Board as on 31.03.2013 were as under:-
i E +vIi, i I {x, +vI B |v xnE

u E Vi *

4.4.2 b E xnE {nzi i E E :
xnE E {nz i i E M`x iEi B M- iEi +xxE

E x{]x E I Ex B E{] Mxx B VJ
|vx |h E v i V E B i E E
nxn E +x +ii{h +x E I Ex E
B E M *
4.4.2 Function of the Directors Promotion Committee of

the Board:
The Directors Promotion Committee has been constituted to
review disposal of vigilance and non-vigilance disciplinary
cases and other cases of strategic importance in terms of
Reserve Bank of India (RBI) and Government of India (GOI)
guidelines on Corporate Governance and Risk Management
System.
4.4.3 ` E E h :
01.04.2012 31.03.2013 E nx xxH il E i x

4 ` E +Vi E :
The Committee held 4 meetings during the period 01.04.2012

to 31.03.2013 as detailed below:
` E E il
Date of Meeting
1. Smt. Shubhalakshmi Panse
2. Dr. Shashank Saksena
3. Shri A. Udgata
xnE E {nzi i xnE E .
={li xnE E .
No. of Directors on the Directors

Promotion Committee
No. of Directors
attended
3
3
3
3
3
3*
3*
3*
26.05.2012
28.06.2012
28.09.2012
17.12.2012
* BE
E{E xnE E{ *
4.5 b E vE/xE E Ei i :
* One Executive Director Co-opted.
E x vE + xE E Ei E xh E |Vxl
i: 04 S, 2003 E vE/xE E Ei (xh)
i E M`x E* i E - { {xM`x E M*
The Bank originally constituted the Shareholders/ Investors

Grievances Committee on March 4th , 2003 with a purpose of
monitoring the redressal of shareholders and investors
grievances/ complaints. The committee was reconstituted from
time to time.
4.5 Shareholders/Investors Grievances Committee of the

Board:
64
4.5.1 b E vE/xE E Ei i E M`x :
4.5.1 Composition of the Shareholders/Investors

Grievances Committee of the Board:
31.03.2013 E lli i E xxH n l :
The members of the Shareholders/Investors Grievances

Committee of the Board as on 31.03.2013 were as
under:-
1. ].+. S
2. +h i
3. nx n
4. b. n{ Sv
5. +E V
6 B.{..Bx.
E{E xnE
E{E xnE
+EE M E xnE
vE xnE
vE xnE
vE xnE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Shri T.R. Chawla

Shri Arun Tiwari
Shri Dinesh Dubey
Dr. Sudip Chaudhuri
Shri Ashok Vij
Shri A.P.V.N. Sarma
Executive Director
Executive Director
E.B. E]x, |vE, (k B J) + B+ E

E E +x{x +vE E { xq] E M *
Shri K.S. Venkataraman, General Manager (Finance &

Accounts) and CFO has been designated as Compliance
Officer of the Bank.
4.5.2 vE/xE E Ei i E E :
4.5.2 Function of Shareholders/Investors Grievances

Committee of the Board:
i xSi Ei E |h{j lxxih, The Committee ensures that all share certificates are issued
bVx Ex, xEh +n i +nx E il BE x E within a period of one month of the date of lodgment for transfer,
+v E +n V VB* <E +iH, i xE E sub-division, consolidation, renewal etc. The committee further
monitors the redressal of investors complaints in a time bound
Ei E r xh E x]M Ei * E E manner. The Bank received 1553 number of complaints during
Ivx E nx 1553 Ei |{i < Vx E the year under review and all the complaints have been
resolved to the satisfaction of investors.
xh xE E i] E +x{ E V SE *
4.5.3 Details of meetings
4.5.3 È E h
01.04.2012 31.03.2013 E nx i x BE ` E +Vi The Committee held one meeting during the period 01.04.2012
E VxE h xxx *
` E E il
vE/xE E Ei i.
={li xnE E .
xnE E
Date of Meeting
28.06.2012
No. of Directors on the Shareholders/

Investors Grievances Committee
5
No. of Directors
attended
4
4.6 b E Sx |tME i (+<]-i)
4.6 Information Technology Committee (IT Committee) of

the Board:
E E z Sx |tME {Vx+ E Exx E xMx

i E x 24 +| 2003 E +<] ={-i Mì E V
- { {xMì E M*
The Bank constituted the IT Committee on April 24th, 2003

and it was further reconstituted from time to time to monitor
the implementation of various information technology projects
of the Bank.
4.6.1 b E +<] i E M`x :
4.6.1 Composition of the IT Committee of the Board:
lli 31.03.2013 E i xxH n l :-
The members of the IT Committee of the Board as on

31.03.2013 were as under:
1. i I {x
+vI B |v xnE
2. ].+. S
E{E xnE
3. +h i
E{E xnE
4. b. E Cx
E u xi xnE
5. M n
EM xnE
6. b. n{ Sv
vE xnE
7. B.{..Bx.
vE xnE
u E Vi *
4.6.2 b E +<] i E E :
i E M`x E E z +<] {Vx+ E Exx
E xMx i E M *

2. Shri T.R. Chawla
3. Shri Arun Tiwari
5. Shri Gour Das
6. Dr. Sudip Chaudhuri
7. Shri A.P.V.N. Sarma

Executive Director
Executive Director

4.6.2 Function of the IT Committee of the Board:
This Committee was constituted to monitor the implementation
of various IT projects of the Bank.
65
4.6.3 È E h :
01.04.2012 31.03.2013 E n x i E ix È xxJi

il E +Vi < :
The Committee held three meetings during the period

01.04.2012 to 31.03.2013 as detailed below:
` E E il
b E +<] i xnE E .
={li xnE E .
No. of Directors on the IT

Committee of Board
No. of Directors
attended
24.04.2012
14.06.2012
17.12.2012
Date of meeting
4.7 b E vJvc xMx i :
4.7. Fraud Monitoring Committee of the Board:
E x BE Ec {B + +vE E vJvc E E
xMx + +xi E< i 28.02.2004 E vJvc xMx
i E M`x E + < - { {xM` i E M
*
4.7.1 b E vJvc xMx i E M`x :
The Bank has constituted Fraud Monitoring Committee on

28.02.2004 and reconstituted it from time to time with a
purpose to monitor and follow up cases of frauds involving
amount of rupees one crore and above.
lli 31.03.2013 E i xxH n l :-
The members of the Fraud Monitoring Committee of the Board

1. i I {x
+vI B |v xnE
2. V B. Sin
xn JE xnE
3. n xh +EE M E xnE
4. M n
EM xnE
5. B.{..Bx.
vE xnE
i E +vIi +vI B |v xnE u E M< B E E
E{E xnE i E È +ji E {
={li B*
4.7.2 b E vJvc xMx i E E :
1. Smt. Shubhalakshmi Panse Chairman and Managing Director
vJvc E z {+ +li vJvc E {i Mx, xE

+ |ix BV E {] Ex, il vJvc E +V nx
E r E< Ex x E nJi B +xx
{ BE Ec {B + +vE E E vJvc E
E x]M + =x { +xi E< Ex i i E M`x
E M*
4.7.3 È E h
01.04.2012 31.03.2013 E nx vJvc xMx i E
9 ` E xxx +Vi E M< :
The Fraud Monitoring Committee has been constituted

exclusively for monitoring, review and follow up cases of frauds
involving amount of Rs. one crore and above, keeping in view
the delay caused in various aspects of fraud like detecting,
reporting to regulatory and enforcement agencies and action
against perpetrators of the fraud.
` E E il
Date of Meeting
24.04.2012
30.05.2012
28.06.2012
20.07.2012
29.08.2012
28.09.2012
27.11.2012
19.01.2013
04.03.2013
4.7.1 Composition of the Fraud Monitoring Committee of

the Board:
2. Shri Rajesh M. Chaturvedi Chartered Accountant Nominee Director

3. Shri Deveshwar Narain Singh Part Time Non-Official Director
4. Shri Gour Das
5. Shri A.P.V.N. Sarma
The Executive Director of the Bank attended the meeting of

committee as special invitee and the meetings of the committee
were chaired by Chairman and Managing Director.
4.7.2 Function of the Fraud Monitoring Committee of the
Board:
4.7.3 Details of meetings

The Fraud Monitoring Committee held 9 meetings during the
period 01.04.2012 to 31.03.2013 as detailed below:-
b E vJvc xMx i
E xnE E .
No. of Directors on Fraud
Monitering Committee of the Board
5
5
5
5
5
4
5
5
5
={li xnE E .
No. of Directors
attended
5
5
5
4
5
4
5
4
5
66
4.8 b E OE i :
xnE b x 9 i 2004 E +Vi ` E i V
E E Mx E nxE 14 +Mi, 2004 E {j E +x{x OE
4.8 Customer Service Committee of the Board:

In compliance with RBI letter dated August 14th , 2004, the
Board of Directors at its meeting held on September 9, 2004
constituted Customer Service Committee and reconstituted it
from time to time. The committee has been constituted with a
view to bring out improvements in the quality of customer
service in the Bank on a continuous basis.
i E M`x E + < - { {xMì E

M * i E M`x < =q E M iE ii +v
{ OE E Mhk v V E*
4.8.1 b E OE i E M`x :
4.8.1 Composition of Customer Service Committee of the

Board:
31.03.2013 E OE i xxJi xnE l*
The members of the Customer Service Committee of the Board

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

2. Shri T.R. Chawla
3. Shri Arun Tiwari
4. Shri Nirmal Kumar Bari
5. Shri Gour Das
7. Shri Ashok Vij
i I {x
].+. S
+h i
x E
M n
b. n{ Sv
+E V
+vI B |v xnE
E{E xnE
E{E xnE
+vE ES xnE
EM xnE xnE
vE xnE
vE xnE

Executive Director
Executive Director
Officer Employee Director

u E Vi *
4.8.2 b E OE i E E:

|E E OE E OE i] i v Ex
+ OE E Mhk E gx i xx ={ Ex*
To innovate measures for enhancing the quality of customer

service and improve the level of customer satisfaction to all
categories of clientele at all times.
4.8.3 ` E E h :
01.04.2012 31.03.2013 E nx i E 4 È xxJi
The Committee held 4 meetings during the period

01.04.2012 to 31.03.2013 as detailed below
4.8.2 Function of the Customer Service Committee of the

Board:
il E +Vi E M< ` E E il
Date of Meeting
30.05.2012
28.09.2012
17.12.2012
04.03.2013
OE i
xnE E .
={li xnE E .
No. of Directors on the Customer

Service Committee
No. of Directors
attended
7
6
7
7
7
5
6
6
4.9 b E {v i :
4.9 Remuneration Committee of the Board:
i E, k j, +lE E M, EM |M E
nxE 9 S 2007 E +vSx B. . 20/1/2005-++< E
+x VxE Ij E E E {hEE xnE x{nx r
|ix E {j M i E I + MhiE {] v
+ h + {U E nx z +x{x {]
vi SE { +vi Ex{nx Ex ]C i i
jiE {] E b u |{i E M * Ex{nx
E Ex b E ={ i- ''{v i'' u E
VBM V E u xi xnE, E u xi
xnE il n +x xnE M*
In terms of Govt. of India, Ministry of Finance, Department of

Economic Affairs (Banking Division) notification F.No. 20/1/
2005-BOI dated 9th March, 2007, whole time directors of the
Public Sector Banks will be entitled to performance linked
incentives, subject to achievement of broad quantitative
parameters fixed for performance evaluation matrix, based on
the Statement Of Intent on goals and qualitative parameters
and bench marks based on various compliance reports during
the last year. Sub Committee of the Board called
Remuneration Committee consisting of Govt. Nominee
Director, RBI Nominee Director and two other Directors would
do the evaluation of performance.
4.9.1 xnE b x 23.03.2007 E +{x ` E Ex{nx
4.9.1 The Board of Directors in its meeting dated 23.03.2007

constituted the Remuneration Committee to evaluate the
performance of the whole time directors for the purpose of
performance linked incentives. The Committee has since been
reconstituted from time to time.
Vc |ix E |Vx i {hEE xnE E Ex{nx

E Ex Ex E =q {v i E M`x E*
i E - { {xM`x E M *
67
4.9.2. b E {v i E M`x :
4.9.2 Composition of Remuneration Committee of the

Board:
lli 31.03.2013 E i E M`x xxx l :
The members of the Remuneration Committee of the Board

1.
2.
3.
4.
Govt. Nominee Director
2. Shri A.Udgata
b. E Cx
B. =nMi
V B. Sin
b.n{ Sv
E u xi xnE
E u xi xnE
xn JE xnE
vE xnE
3. Shri Rajesh M. Chaturvedi Chartered Accountant Nominee Director

4.9.3.b E {v i E E :
4.9.3 Function of Remuneration Committee of the Board:
Ex{nx r |ix E |Vxl {hEE xnE E

Ex{nx E E Ex*
4.9.4. È E h :
01.04.2012 31.03.2013 iE i E BE È +Vi <*
To evaluate the performance of the whole time directors for

the purpose of performance linked incentives.
` E E il
Date of Meeting

The Committee held one meeting during the period 01.04.2012
b E {v
i xnE E J
={li xnE E .
No. of Directors on the Nomination

Committee of Board
No. of Directors
attended
30.05.2012
4
4.10 Nomination Committee of the Board:
4.10 b E xEx i :
i V E E nxE 1 x 2007 E {jE b+b .
.. 47/29.32.001/2007-08 E +x 21.04.2008 E b
In terms of Reserve Bank of India letter DBOD No. BC. No.

47/29.39.001/2007-08 dated Nov. 1, 2007, the Bank constituted
Nomination Committee of the Board on 21.04.2008. The
Committee was reconstituted from time to time.
E xEx i E M`x E M* i E {
{M`x E M*
4.10.1 b E xEx i E M`x :
4.10.1 Composition of Nomination Committee of the

Board:
31.03.2013 E lli i E M`x xxx l:
The members of the Nomination Committee of the Board as

on 31.03.2013 were as under:-
1. b. E Cx
2. V B. Sin
3. n xh
4. nx n
Govt. Nominee Director
2. Shri Rajesh M. Chaturvedi
Chartered Accountant Director
E u xi xnE
xn JE xnE
+EE M-E xnE
+EE M-E xnE
3. Shri Deveshwar Narain Singh Part Time Non Official Director

4. Shri Dinesh Dubey
Part Time Non Official Director
4.10.2 b E xEx i E E :
xEx i E EE E{x (={G E +Vx + +ih)
+vx 1970 E v 9(3)(i) E +iMi Vn xSi xnE/
xnE E { xSi x H E ''M B =Si'' i
E Si iEi E l xvh Ex E |G { Ex i
*
k 2012-13 E nx xEx i E E< È +Vi
x E M<*
4.10.2 Function of Nomination Committee of the Board:
4.11 @h +xnx i :
4.11
i E, k j E nxE 05.12.2011 E V{ji

+vSx J 13/1/2006 + < v +iH {]Eh E
+x E x `250 Ec iE E @h |i E +xnx +
`2 Ec iE E @h Zi/<]-+ |i E +xnx E
=q 22.02.2012 E b E @h +xnx i E M`x
E *
In terms of Govt. of India, Ministry of Finance Notification vide

Gazette Notification no. 13/1/2006 dated 05.12.2011 and
further clarification in this regard, the Bank has constituted
a Credit Approval Committee of the Board on 22.02.2012
for the purpose of approval of the credit proposals upto ` 250
Crore and Loan Compromise/Write-Off proposals upto
` 2 Crore.
The Nomination Committee have to undertake a process of

due diligence to determine the Fit & Proper status of existing
elected directors/the person to be elected as a director under
Sec. 9 (3) (i) of the Banking Companies (Acquisition and
Transfer of Undertakings) Act, 1970.
During the Financial Year 2012-13, no meeting of the
Nomination Committee was held.
68
Credit Approval Committee of the Board:
4.11.1 b E @h +xnx i E M`x :
4.11.1 Composition of the Credit Approval Committee of

the Board:
b E @h +xnx i E M`x xxx l
The Credit Approval Committee of the Board consists of the

following:-
(E) +vI B |v xnE

(J) n E{E xnE
(M) |vE (k B J)
(P) |vE (@h)
(R) |vE (+<+B)
(a)
(b)
Two Executive Director(s)
(c)
General Manager (F&A)
(d)
General Manager (Credit)
(e)
General Manager (IRM)
4.11.2 @h +xnx i E E :
4.11.2 Function of Credit Approval Committee of the

Board:
E) `250 Ec iE E @h |i(xvE B M-xvE) E Ei
a) Sanctioning of Credit Proposals of upto ` 250 Crore

[Funded and Non-Funded]
J) `2 Ec iE E @h Zi/<] + |i E +xnx
b) Approval of Loan Compromise/Write-Off proposals of upto

` 2 Crore
4.11.3 ` E E h :
01.04.2012 31.03.2013 E nx @h +xnx i E 27
The Credit Approval Committee held 27 meetings during the

period 01.04.2012 to 31.03.2013 as detailed below:-
È xxx +Vi E M<:
` E E il
Date of Meeting
05.04.2012
19.04.2012
28.04.2012
15.06.2012
23.06.2012
04.07.2012
11.07.2012
17.07.2012
28.07.2012
26.08.2012
16.10.2012
05.11.2012
14.11.2012
17.11.2012
01.12.2012
08.12.2012
12.12.2012
22.12.2012
03.01.2013
18.01.2013
25.01.2013
21.02.2013
07.03.2013
21.03.2013
22.03.2013
28.03.2013
30.03.2013
b E @h +xnx i E n E J
={li n E J
No. of members on the Credit approval Committee of Board
No. of Members attended
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
5
5
4
5
5
5
5
5
4
6
6
4
4
6
6
69
E E xnE b E 17.12.2012 E +Vi È b

i +ih i E M Ex E xh M +
+vI B |v xnE E E{E i +ih i E
M`x i |vEi E M* inx E E +vI B |v
xnE x +ih, ]x +xv E +xnx i B M
B/ JB B/S B E n b{E] V Ex i
E{E i +ih i E M`x E +xni E*
E{E i +ih i E È E Ek +vE
{ xnE b E I |ii EB Vi *
The Board of Directors of the Bank in its meeting dated

17.12.2012 decided to discontinue the Board level Share
Transfer Committee and authorised the Chairman and
Managing Director to constitute an Executive Level Share
Transfer Committee. Accordingly, the Chairman and Managing
Director of Bank, approved constitution of an Executive Level
Share Transfer Committee for approving Share Transfer,
Transmission requests and issue of duplicate shares against
the shares reported to have been lost/misplaced/stolen. The
minutes of the Executive Level Share Transfer Committee
meetings are placed periodically before the Board of Directors.
5. xnE E {v :
5. Remuneration to Directors:
M-E{E xnE E j B k i n Vx
{v i E/i V E E nxn E +x
|nx E V *
The remuneration including traveling and halting expenses

to the Non- Executive Directors is paid as decided by the
Government of India /RBI guidelines.
5.1 2012-13 E nx E E {hEE xnE +li +vI
5.1 The details of salary including incentives paid to the

whole-time Directors of the Bank past and present, i.e.
Chairman and Managing Director and Executive Director
during the year 2012-13 are as under:
B |v xnE B E{E xnE E Mix EB MB ix

B |ix E h xxx :
G
Sl
No.
Name
ix
M< k
|ix
+E
xEnEh
Basic Pay
Dearness
Allowance
(` )
Arrear
Incentives
Leave
Encashment
Total
(` )
(` )
(`
`)
(` )
(` )
1.
i I {x (+.|.x.)
Smt. Shubhalakshmi Panse (CMD)
2.
774970.96
400000.00
254400.00
33600.00
519200.00 1207200.00
780000.00
529750.00
18200.00
- 1327950.00
613166.67
425858.33
13650.00
- 1052675.00
14481.60
14481.60
137920.00
84820.80
19308.80
261703.20
503752.80
b. E (.{.E.x.)
Shri D. Sarkar (Ex-ED)
6.
+h i (E.x.)
Shri Arun Tiwari (ED)
5.
].+. S (E.x)
Shri T.R. Chawla (ED)
4.
324406.45
V.{. n+ (i{ +.|.x.)

Shri J.P. Dua ( Ex-CMD)
3.
450564.51
B.+. xE (.{.E.x.)
Shri M. R. Nayak (Ex-ED)
ix +{x xnE i E E ]E +{x {x x *
At present the Bank does not have stock option plan for its
directors.
5.2 18.10.2011 M-E{E xnE E |iE b ` E

={li x i `10,000/- + b E i E ` E ={li
x i `5,000/- E Mix E V * il{, E E +vI
B |v xnE, E{E xnE + E u xi xnE,
E ]M E E Mix x E Vi*
5.2 With effect from 18.10.2011, the Non-Executive Directors

are being paid a sitting fee of `10,000/- for attending each
Board Meetings and ` 5000/- for Committee Meetings. Sitting
fees are, however, not paid to the Chairman and Managing
Director, Executive Directors of the Bank and Government
Nominee Directors.
70
6. Vx b ` E:
6.1 E E Mi ix E vh ` E E h xxx
6.1 Particulars of past three Annual General Meetings of the

Bank.
:
È E {
Nature of Meeting
General Body Meetings:
È E iJ
lx
|Vx
Date & Time
Venue
Purpose
+` E + È
M 10 Vx 2010
{x 10.30 V
<]x Vx ES x],
1-201, C]-***, ] E
],
EEi -700 106
Eighth Annual
General Meeting
Thursday, the 10th

June, 2010,
10.30 A.M.
Eastern Zonal Cultural

Centre, IB-201, Sector-III,
Salt Lake City,
Kolkata-700 106
x E + È
G 10 Vx 2011
{x 10.30 V
<]x Vx ES x],
1-201, C]-***,
] E ],
EEi -700 106
Ninth Annual General

Meeting
Friday, the 10th June,

2011, 10.30 A.M.

Salt Lake City,
Kolkata-700 106
n E + È
M 14 Vx 2012
{x 10.30 V
<]x Vx ES x],
1-201, C]-***,
] E ],
EEi -700 106
Tenth Annual
General Meeting
Thursday, the 14th

June, 2012,
10.30 A.M.

Salt Lake City,
Kolkata-700 106
71
31.03.2010 E lli E E ix{j, 31

S 2010 E {i i -x J,
tuFtyt u E E M< +v i E E
GE{ E v xnE b E {]
il tuFtyt B ix {j { J{IE E
{] { SS, +xnx + +MEh il <C]
{ Pi Ex, EEk ]E
BCSV . E E <C] E SUE
{ +Sr Ex + +EE H {
BE vE xnE E xSi Ex E
+xnx*
To discuss, approve & adopt the Balance
Sheet of the Bank as at 31-03-2010,
Profit & Loss Account of the Bank for the
year ended 31st March, 2010, the Report
of the Board of Directors on the working
and activities of the Bank for the period
covered by the Accounts, the Auditors
Report, to Declare Dividend on Equity
shares, and to elect one shareholders
director in casual vacancy.
31.03.2011 E lli E E ix {j,

31 S 2011 E {i i E E
x J, J+ u E E M< +v
i E E G E{ E v xnE
b E {] il J+ B ix{j {
J{IE E {] { SS, +xnx
+ +MEh, <C] { Pi
Ex*

Sheet of the Bank as at 31-03-2011, Profit
& Loss Account of the Bank for the year
ended 31st March, 2011, the Report of
the Board of Directors on the working and
activities of the Bank for the period
Report and to Declare Dividend on Equity
shares.
31.03.2012 E lli E E ix {j,

31 S 2012 E {i i E E
x J, J+ u E E M< +v
i E E G E{ E v xnE
b E {] il J+ B ix{j {
J{IE E {] { SS, +xnx
+ +MEh, <C] { Pi
Ex*
Sheet of the Bank as at 31.03.2012, Profit
& Loss Account of the Bank for the year
ended 31st March, 2012, the Report of
the Board of Directors on the working and
activities of the Bank for the period
Report and to declare Dividend on Equity
shares.
6.2 ={H ix E + E< E{ {i x
6.2 No Special Resolution was passed in the aforesaid three

Annual General Meeting.
E M l*
6.3 14.06.2012 E +Vi {U E vh ` E
xxJi xnE ={li l*
V.{. n+
].+. S
V B Sin
b.Bx.
x E
M n
b. n{ Sv
6.3 The following Directors were present in the last Annual

General Meeting held on 14.06.2012.
+vI B |vxnE
E{E xnE
xn JE xnE
+EE M E xnE
+vE xnE
EM ES xnE
vE xnE
6.4 k 2012-13 E nx {] ] u E<
Shri J.P. Dua
Shri T.R. Chawla
Executive Director
Shri R. M. Chaturvedi
C.A. Nominee Director
Shri D.N. Singh
Shri Gour Das
Dr. Sudip Chaudhuri
6.4 No Special Resolution was passed by postal ballot during

the financial year 2012-13.
E{ {i x E M*
7. + xi
E +{x Miv + {Sx , V Si Ei
, SS xi{E xnb, x` B Ei E B |ir
+ <x E E ES/+vE u ]S, EnS,
+vE E n{M E Ex E B |h + |Gv
xvi E * E x ] n/+vE, OE + E E
{E +x + Vxi E n E S E Ei
+l xnx Ei H B {n |h E |ii E
* E Exp iEi +M E {v +i * + < |E
E x < v i E E nxn E +x BE
+ { i E * { E x + E
+ { VE =q {lx E ii {i Mx
+ =E xxi x{]x Ex* E E +vE
B ES |Si E M E =xE u x E
|E]Eh E M{xi xSi E VBM + + E
E |E E HMi |iv, V +{xi Ex, {x Ex
+l +x +xSi E< Ex +l =E VxE i
|E]Eh E Eh < x E {< Ex V E<
Ih |nx E VBM* xi E i E E <]
www.allahabadbank.in { ={v !
E E E EE E J{I i x <xE
x M *
8. |E]Eh :
E x x EM EB Vx E <i +{x
|]/xnE, |vx + =xE v +n E l E< B
i{h xnx x EB Vx Oi: E E i E l
]E E x *
7. Whistle Blower Policy

The Bank is committed to the highest standards of ethics,
integrity & professionalism in all the activities and operations
that it conducts and has defined systems and procedures in
place to root out corruption, malpractices and abuse of authority
by the employees/ officers in the Bank. The Bank encourages
an open and transparent system of working and dealings
between the members of staff/officers, customers and
members of general public coming into contact with the Bank.
The Bank comes within the purview of Central Vigilance
Commission. As such, the Bank has framed a Whistle Blower
Policy in line with the Govt. of India guidelines in this regard.
The policy namely ALL-Bank Whistle Blower Policy aims
at quickly spotting aberrations and dealing with it in the shortest
possible time. It has been disseminated among the employees
and officers of the Bank ensuring them full confidentiality
against disclosure of names and protection to the Whistle
Blower against any personal vindictive actions such as
humiliation, harassment or any other form of unfair treatment
or subjecting to any kind of loss on account of his public interest
disclosures. The content of the policy is made available on
Banks website www.allahabadbank.in.
No personnel of the Bank has been denied access to the Audit
Committee.
8. Disclosures:
Other than those in the normal course of banking business,
the Bank has not entered into any materially significant
transactions with its Promoter/Directors, Management, their
relatives etc. that may have potential conflict with the interest
of the Bank at large.
E x {V V vi i +{I+ E +x{x E
il +x ]E BCSV +l vE/xE |vEh
u {U ix E { E< +lnb x M M +
x <E +Sx E M< *
E i l|V ]E BCSV E l S E E Jb 49 E
+x +{I E E x {x E *
The Bank has complied with all the requirements regarding

capital market and has not been imposed with any penalty or
stricture by the Stock Exchanges or SEBI or by any Statutory
Authority related to capital market, during the last three years.
2012-13 i E{] Mxx { vE Exp J {IE

E |h{j < {] E l Mx *
A certificate of the Statutory Central Auditors on Corporate

Governance for the year 2012-13 is annexed to this report.
The Bank has complied with mandatory requirement of Clause

49 of the Listing Agreement with the Stock Exchanges as
applicable to the Bank.
72
+vI B |v xnE +li E E J EE +vE il

|vE (k B J) B B+ +li ]E BCSV E
l ]M E E Jb 49V l xvi E E k E
E |J H |h{j |{i E M + b E I |ii
E M V < E {] E l Mx *
A Certificate from the Chairman and Managing Director i.e

Chief Executive Officer of the Bank and General Manager
(F& A)& CFO i.e. the person heading the finance function of
the Bank, as stipulated in Clause 49 V of the Listing Agreement
with Stock Exchanges, has been placed before the Board and
is annexed to the Annual Report.
|vx SS + h {] xnE {] E + *
Management discussion and analysis report forms part of the

Directors Report.
8.1 M-+vniE +{IB :
8.1 Non-Mandatory Requirements:
M-+vniE +{I+ E Exx xxx
The extent of implementation of non-mandatory requirements

is furnished hereunder
+{I
+x{x
REQUIREMENT
COMPLIANCE
E{x b E n E E{x E b E l-l E{x E

{] E VJ |<,xnE E { =kni +
=x i fM xx E |Ii E
+<B/]/Bx+<B il +x +vEi l+ u +Vi EB

Vx |Ih EG xnE E |Ih i xi E Vi
*
Company may train its Board members in the Business model

of the Company as well as the risk profile of the business
parameters of the company, their responsibilities as Directors
and the best way to discharge them
The Directors are nominated for training programs as and when

organized by IBA/BTC/NIBM and other accredited institutions.
9. |h E v :
9. Means of Communication:
E |tME + S v E =zx + E V E
x E xi + <E l E x +{x
ivE E =xE v +x SxB |nx Ex E +Ei
E E E * E =x i ]E BCSV E i/
U/E k {h |i Ei V E E Sr
* <x vE +{I E +x BE ] S {j il
BE EEi li Ij E S {j |Ei E
Vi * 2012-2013 E n x i k {h <xx
BC| (+OV) Vx ]hbb (+OV) Vxk (xn), n
xn Vx<x (+OV), n <bx BC| (+OV), +V(xn)
il ix (M) |Ei EB MB l* {h E E E
<] www.allahabadbank.in { |ni E M*
The Bank appreciates the benefit accruing to the society with

the advent and advancement of technology and means of
communications and further recognized the need of keeping
its stakeholders informed of the events of their interest. The
quarterly/half yearly/ annual financial results of the Bank are
informed to all the Stock Exchanges where the shares of the
Bank are listed. These are published in one national newspaper
and one regional language newspaper based at Kolkata as
per statutory requirement. During the year 2012-13, the
quarterly financial results were published in leading
newspapers namely Financial Express(English), Business
Standard (English), Jansata (Hindi), The Hindu-Businessline
(English), The Indian Express (English), The Aaj (Hindi) and
Bartman (Bengali)etc. The results are also displayed on the
web site of the Bank www.allahabadbank.in.
E/lMi xE E EB MB |Vx]x E E <]

{ nB MB *
10. vE i vh Sx
The presentation made to the analysts/institutional investors

are hosted on the Banks Website www.allahabadbank.in
10.1 11 E vh È E h
10.1 Particulars of 11th Annual General Meeting:
www.allahabadbank.in
nx + nxE
lx
10. General Shareholders Information:
, 17 Vx, 2013
{x 10.30
< ]x V x ES ] ,
+< -201, C]-***,
] E ], EEi - 700106
Day & Date
Monday, the 17th June, 2013
Time
10.30 A.M.
Venue
Eastern Zonal Cultural Centre,

IB-201, Sector-III, Salt Lake City,
Kolkata-700 106
10.2 k {h (+xi) E |Ex i k B E.b :
10.2 Financial Year and Calendar for Publication of

Financial Results (Tentative):
E E k +| S * xxJi iJ E {i
+v i i {h E +xnx
The Financial Year of the Bank is April to March
30
30
31
31
Vx, 2013
i 2013
n 2013
S 2014
Approval of quarterly results for the period ending
V<, 2013 E +i
+H, 2013 E +i
Vx 2014 E +i
J{Ii E J
+|-< 2014
June 30, 2013

September 30, 2013
December 31, 2013
March 31, 2014
73
End of July, 2013

End of October, 2013
End of January, 2014
Audited Annual Accounts:
April- May, 2014
10.3 E CV E iJ ( B BVB)
E CV - x 8 Vx, 2013 17 Vx, 2013
(nx nx )
10.4 Mix E il: v, 3 V<, 2013
10.3 Date of Book Closure (Dividend & AGM):

Book closure- Saturday, the 8th June, 2013 to Monday, the
17th June, 2013 (Both days inclusive)
10.4 Dividend Payment Date: Wednesday, the 3rd July, 2013.
10.5 ]M
10.5 Listing:
E E <C] xx ]E BCSV(BxB<) + ]E
BCSV (B<) Sr * +x h xxx *
The equity shares of the Bank are listed with National Stock
Exchange (NSE) and Bombay Stock Exchange (BSE). The
other details are as under:-
]E BCSV
]E Eb
]M E il
Date of Listing
Stock Exchange
Stock Code
xx ]E BCSV (BxB<)
BBE
National Stock Exchange (NSE)
ALBK
27.11.2002
532480
27.11.2002
< ]E BCSV (B<)

Bombay Stock Exchange (BSE)
k 2013-14 i E Sri E ={H ]E BCSV

E { |i E V SE *
The advance annual listing fee for the financial year 2013-14
has already been remitted to the above Stock Exchanges.
10.6 +x{x +vE
10.6 Compliance Officer
E.B. E]x, |vE (k B J) B B+ E

E z |vx, +x vE |vE + ]E BCSV E
l Sri E E +x{x Ex i +x{x +vE E
{ xq] E M *
Shri K.S. Venkataraman, General Manager (F&A) & CFO has

been designated as the Compliance Officer for complying with
various provisions of SEBI, other statutory authorities and
Listing Agreements with the Stock Exchanges.
10.7 V b]/E E x{nx :
10.7 Market Price Data:
k 2012-13 E nx xx ]E BCSV (BxB<) +

]E BCSV (B<) ]bM EB MB E j +
E =SS B xx E]x E h xxi :
The monthly high and low quotations and the volume of shares
traded on National Stock Exchange (NSE) and Bombay Stock
Exchange (BSE) during the financial year 2012-13 were as
under:
BxB<
/ Month
=SS
/ NSE
xx
j ( E J)
195.30
159.00
23272963
195.10
159.00
2739217
12
173.50
126.80
34235359
173.50
127.00
4675249
Vx/June 12
150.80
124.10
41840370
151.60
124.00
5069444
V</July
12
153.50
127.35
32894070
153.70
127.50
3881776
+Mi/Aug
12
135.75
116.55
25373140
136.80
103.00
4319984
150.40
118.05
38660693
150.50
118.55
4478114
12
153.00
128.70
42226070
153.00
128.55
4205044
x/Nov 12
149.95
130.60
46503693
149.95
127.95
5603295
n/Dec 12
171.70
140.00
40334655
172.75
144.40
5344714
Vx/Jan 13
191.10
162.05
56918354
190.80
162.20
5824966
/Feb 13
163.20
137.00
37372587
163.50
136.95
4468028
S/Mar 13
144.80
122.35
31648039
146.90
122.10
3779208
High
(`)
+|/April
</May
12
i/Sep
+H/Oct
12
Low
(`)
Volume (Number
of shares)
74
=SS
B< / BSE
xx j ( E J)
High
(`)
Low
(`)
Volume (Number
of shares)
10.8 B Bb { BxBC x}] E ix E E E
10.8 Performance of Banks share in comparison with the

movement of CNX Nifty is shown hereunder:
Ex{nx xxi :
nxE
BxB< E E E CVM
BxBC x}]
Date
(`)
Closing Share Price of Bank at NSE (`)
CNX Nifty (Closing)
02.04.2012
188.50
5317.90
02.05.2012
170.15
5239.15
01.06.2012
128.55
4841.60
02.07.2012
150.60
5278.60
01.08.2012
134.80
5240.50
03.09.2012
119.95
5253.75
01.10.2012
148.80
5718.80
01.11.2012
137.00
5645.05
03.12.2012
146.95
5870.95
01.01.2013
174.70
5950.85
01.02.2013
159.45
5998.90
28.03.2013
126.40
5682.55
10.9 V] B ]x BV] :
10.9 Registrar and Share Transfer Agent:
BB . 77/2A W b , EEi 700 029 E E

V] B ]x BVx] *
M/s MCS Ltd. 77/2A, Hazra Road Kolkata-700029 is Banks

Registrar and Share Transfer Agent.
10.10 +ih |h :
10.10 Share Transfer System:
nxn E +x xEMh BE l E +ih-b]<Vx E v +{x Ei * E iih

E n V] B iih BV] iii E iih E
Sx VM* iii E +Mi E Vi E <
b]<Vx i +{x +xv b{V] {]{] E |ii
E* b] i +xv |{i x { E b]<V E
n Vi * n 30 nx E +n b] i +xv |{i x i
i iii |h{j iii E iE { V
n Vi *
As per SEBI guidelines, investors can avail the facility of

simultaneous transfer-cum-dematerialization of shares.
Registrar and Transfer Agent, on transfer of shares, would be
sending the intimation of transfer to the transferee. Transferees
are apprised to submit their request for de-materialization to
their Depository Participant. On receipt of Demat request, the
shares are dematerialized. If the demat request is not received
within a period of 30 days, the transferred share certificate is
dispatched to the transferee in physical form.
10.11 Distribution of shareholding as on 31.03.2013
10.11 31.03.2013 E lli vi E {

vi
shareholding
vE E J
E E |ii (%)
E J
E E |ii (%)
No. of shareholders
Percentage of Total
No. of shares
Percentage of Total
shareholders (%)
shares (%)
upto 500 iE
168197
88.95
28266060
5.65
501 to 1000
15008
7.94
10557376
2.11
1001 to 2000
3633
1.92
5237103
1.05
2001 to 3000
864
0.46
2128270
0.43
3001 to 4000
359
0.19
1266772
0.25
4001 to 5000
205
0.11
949231
0.19
5001-10000
334
0.18
2366147
0.47
483
0.25
449255230
89.85
189083
100.00
500026189
100.00
10001 and above /
E/Total
B +vE
10.12 E b]<Vx
10.12 Dematerialization of shares
E E E ]bM +x { b] E Vi * E
E <C] E +<B+<Bx Eb INE428A01015.
31.03.2013 E lli E E 483718738 , b]<V
V <C] E 96.74% *
The Banks shares are compulsorily traded in demat form. The

ISIN code of Banks Equity Shares is INE428A01015.
75
As on 31.03.2013, 483718738 shares constituting 96.74% of

the equity shares are in dematerialized form.
31.03.2013 E lli vE u b] + VE
J MB E h xxx :
Particulars of shares in Demat and Physical form held by the

shareholders as on 31.03.2013 are as under:
vE E J
E J
No of shareholders
No. of shares
% of shareholding
52092
16307451
3.26
99308
196982626
39.39
37683
286736112
57.35
189083
500026189
100.00
VE / Physical form
b] / Dematerialized form
BxBbB / NSDL
bBB / CDSL
E /TOTAL
31.03.2013 E lli i E E E <C] vi

10/- |iE E 276215418 V E E E |nk {V E
55.24% *
10.13 +V E il E< Vb+/Bb+/] +x
vi E
The total Equity holding of Govt. of India as on 31.03.2013

is 276215418 equity shares of `10/- each, which constitute
55.24% of the total paid up capital of the Bank.
10.13 There are no outstanding GDRs /ADRs /Warrants or

any Convertible instruments as on date.
Ex] <]] E x *
11. +ih B xE Ei xh
11. Share Transfer and Redressal of Investors Grievance
E x . BB . E V] B +ih BV] E {
xH E V xE E Ei E vx, il {i
{ix, E +ih/ |h, +vn {ix +n E v
vE E +xv E nV Ei * xE E v i
=xE Ei |vx E, EEi E E Vi *
The Bank has appointed M/s MCS Ltd. as the Registrar and
Share Transfer Agent for recording the shareholders requests,
resolution of investors grievances, amongst other activities
connected with the change of address, transfer/transmission
of shares, change of mandate etc. For the convenience of
the investors, grievance/ complaints from them are also
accepted at the Bank Head Office in Kolkata.
xE +{x +xv/Ei i V] E { +l E
xxLi {i { nV E Ei :
The shareholders may lodge their requests/complaints either

with the Banks Registrar and Share Transfer Agent (RTA) or
with the Bank at the following address:-
` |vE
M B xE Ei EI
<n E, |vx E
2, xiV b
EEi-700 001
]: 033-22420878
C: 033-22623279
<: investors.grievance@allahabadbank.in
. BB .
(x]: <n E)
77/2B, V b,
EEi-700029
]: 033-40724051 54
C: 033-24541961, 40724050
<: mcskol@rediffmail.com OR
M/s MCS Ltd.

(Unit: Allahabad Bank)
77/2A, Hazra Road,
Kolkata-700029.
Tel; 033-40724051-54
Fax : 033-24541961,40724050
Email: mcskol@rediffmail.com OR
The Senior Manager,

Share Deptt.& Investors Grievance Cell,
Allahabad Bank, Head Office ,
2, Netaji Subhas Road,
Kolkata-700 001.
Tele: 033-22420878
Fax: 033-22623279
Email: investors.grievance@allahabadbank.in
76
11.1 |{i, xii B i Ei E J
11.1 Number of complaints received, resolved and pending
vE E Ei v BB ., EEi
u |{i E Vi il E u |{i E M< Ei E =H
E{x E +Oi E n Vi * 2012-13 E nx |{i B
xii il nxE 31.03.2013 E i +xv /Ei E
h xxi -
The shareholders may lodge their requests/complaints either

with the Banks RTA or with the Bank at the afore mentioned
address. The shareholders complaints received by the Bank
are forwarded to Banks RTA for redressal. The details of
requests/complaints received and resolved during the financial
year 2012-13 and pending as on 31.03.2013 are as follows:-
nxE 31.03.2012 E
lli i
2012-13 E nx |{i
xii
Pending as on 31.03.2012
Received during 2012-13
Resolved
x/Nil
1553
1553
nxE 31.03.2013 E
lli i
Pending as on 31.03.2013
Ei /+xv E .
No. of Complaints/requests
The details of unclaimed shares lying in the Demat Suspense

Account are as under:
b] =Si Ji +n {c E h xxi :
i) nxE 01.04.2012 E lli
E/+n
ii) 2012-13 E nx nEi B l
Ji +ii
-
x/Nil
i)
4126
Shares outstanding/unclaimed
as on 01.04.2012
4126
ii) Shares claimed and transferred to

Beneficiary account during the year 2012-13 -
Nil
iii) nxE 31.03.2012 E lli

E / +n
4126
+n / E E v inx Ex E +vE E
=xE u n Ex iE E J VBM*
iii) Shares outstanding/unclaimed

as on 31.03.2013
v n E |{i { b] =Si Ji {c
E nn E Ji V E Vi *
On the receipt of valid claim from the rightful owner the shares
lying in the Demat Suspense account are credited to the
claimant.
12. vi {ri (nxE 31.03.2013 E lli)
12. Shareholding Pattern (as on 31.03.2013)
4126
The voting rights in respect of the unclaimed/outstanding

shares will remain frozen till the claim by the rightful owner.
vE E J
vi E J
vi %
Description
No. of Holders
No. of shares held
Shareholding %
i E/ Government of India
S+ b/]+< / Mutual Funds/UTI
k lB / E / Financial Institutions/Banks
E{x / Insurance Companies
n lMi xE (n k lB)
Foreign Institutional Investors
(Foreign Financial Institutions)
x B =bx / Trust and Foundations
xMi xE / Bodies Corporate
1
62
11
36
276215418
27981443
765469
79553960
55.24
5.60
0.15
15.91
131
20
1439
48717617
493936
10986303
9.74
0.10
2.20
186295
1088
189083
54667243
644800
500026189
10.93
0.13
100.00
ES i x H
Resident Individuals including Employees
+x i / Non Resident Indians
E / TOTAL
13. xx <C]xE CM ] (Bx<B)

xx <C]xE CM ] (Bx<B) E Mix
E BE x< v V xE E E v =E E Ji
V E V Ei * E +{x vE E =xE E Ji
v V Ex E v E E{ ={v E *
il{ vE E E Ji E E ExpEi EM x
(B) J x SB*
13. National Electronic Clearing Services (NECS)

National Electronic Clearing Services (NECS) is a novel
method of payment of Dividend, where the amount to the
investors can directly be credited to his/ her Bank Account.
The Bank is offering the services to the shareholders with an
option to avail the facility for direct credit of the dividend in
their Bank account. However the Bank account of the
shareholders should be in Centralized Banking Solution (CBS)
Branch of the Bank.
77
<B xb] E {] E l Mx V VE
vh Ex vE u V] B +ih BV]
E V VB* b]<V { Jx vE
<B xb] i +{x b{V] {]{] {E E* vE
E Ex { Bx<B E v |{i Ex E E{
{i E V Ei *
The ECS mandate form is enclosed with the Annual Report,

which may be sent to the Registrar & Share Transfer Agent by
the shareholders, who are holding shares in physical form.
Shareholders holding shares in dematerialized form may
contact their respective Depository Participant for their ECS
mandate. The option to receive dividend through NECS may
be discontinued at any time at the instance of the shareholders.
14. +S i
14. Code of Conduct
E x xnE b + ` |vx EE i |V +S
i i E + < 17.10.2005 E +Vi +{x È
b u +MEi E M il E E <] +li
www.allahabadbank.in { ={v *
The Bank has framed the Code of Conduct applicable to the

Board of Directors and Senior Management Personnel and
the same has been adopted by the Board at its meeting held
on 17.10.2005 and the same is available on the Banks website
viz. www.allahabadbank.in
b E n + ` |vx x E +v { i E
+x{x E {] E + +vI B |v xnE E + E
M< < + E Ph < |inx E + *
The Board members and senior management have affirmed

compliance with the code on annual basis and a declaration
to this effect from the Chairman and Managing director, forms
part of this report.
Ph
E x b E n + E E ` |vx i +S
i xvi E + < E E <] { b *
Declaration
The Bank has laid down a Code of Conduct for all the Board
members and Senior Management of the Bank and the same
is posted on the Banks website.
b E n + ` |vx x 31 S 2013 E {i k
i +S i E +x{x E EH n *
The Board members and Senior Management have affirmed

compliance with the Code of Conduct for the financial year
ended 31st March, 2013.
(I {x)
+vI B |v xnE
15. E{] Mxx E +x +xv E +x{x E |h{j,
15. Certificate of compliance of mandatory stipulations of

Corporate Governance
V E l Sri E E i E +x +x
+xv E +x{x vi E E vE Exp J{IE
E u V |h{j Mx E M *
The certificate issued by the statutory central auditors of the

Bank, regarding compliance of mandatory stipulations of
Corporate Governance in terms of the listing agreement with
the stock exchange is attached.
xnE b E B B =xE +
For and on behalf of the Board of Directors
(I {x)
+vI B |v xnE
nxE : 07.05.2013
lx: EEi
Date:
Place:
78
07.05.2013
Kolkata
E{] Mxx
J{IE E |h{j
Auditors Certificate on Corporate

Governance
To,
<n E E n E B
The Members of Allahabad Bank
x ]E BCSV E l E E Sri E E Jb 49
lxvi E +x 31 S, 2013 E {i i <n
E, EEi E E{] Mx E li E +x{x E VS
E *
E{] Mxx E i E +x{x E Vn |vx E *
VS E{] Mx E i E +x{x xSi Ex
i E E u +{x< M< |G + =E Exx iE i
l* x i J{I + x E E k h {
+i H Ex *
il =k VxE nB MB {]Eh E
+x
(E) |hi Ei E E x ={H Sri E
xvi E{] Mx E i E +x{x E , V iE E
i V E E nxn E =Px x Ei*
We have examined the compliance of conditions of Corporate

Governance by ALLAHABAD BANK for the year ended on
31st March 2013, as stipulated in clause 49 of the Listing
Agreement of the Allahabad Bank with Stock Exchange(s).
(a)
We certify that the Bank has complied with the conditions

of Corporate Governance as stipulated in the above
mentioned Listing Agreement, to the extent these do not
violate RBI guidelines.
(J) Ex E E E V] B +ih BV] u

l|hi vE/xE Ei xh i u J
MB +J E +x E E r x E E< Ei BE
+vE iE i x *
(b)
We state that no investor grievance is pending for a

period exceeding one month against the Bank, as per
the records maintained by the Shareholders/ Investors
Grievances Committee and as certified by the Registrar
and Share Transfer Agent of the Bank.
Ex E +x{x x i E E i
i +x + x E E Ex{nx |vx E Ei
B |i *
We further state that such compliance is neither an assurance

as to future viability of the Bank nor the efficiency or
effectiveness with which the Management has conducted the
affairs of Bank.
The Compliance of conditions of Corporate Governance is the

responsibility of the Management. Our examination was limited
to procedures and implementation thereof, adopted by the
Bank for ensuring the compliance of the conditions of the
Corporate Governance. It is neither an audit nor an expression
of opinion on the financial statements of the Bank.
On the basis of the records and documents maintained by the
Bank and the information and explanations given to us:
Ei . B. . Vx Bb E.
Ei . Bx.E. M Bb E.
Ei . P xl Bb E.
For M/s M.C. Jain & Co.
For M/s N.K. Bhargava & Co.
For M/s Raghu Nath Rai & Co.
xn JE
(E E {])
(Mukesh Kr. Patawari)
{]x / Partner
xn JE
xn JE
(E.E. M)
Vx
(K.K. Bhargava)
{]x / Partner
(Samir Jain)
{]x / Partner
For M/s Batliboi & Purohit
For M/s Sarath & Associates
ni ./Membership No.056623
{VEh ./Firm Regn. No 304012E {VEh ./Firm Regn. No 000429N {VEh ./Firm Regn. No. 000451N
Ei . Jb EEx Bb E.
Ei . ] Bb {i
Ei . l Bb BB]
For M/s Khandelwal Kakani & Co.
xn JE
xn JE
xn JE
(. E. Jb)
(x ME)
({. l E)
(V.K. Khandelwal)
{]x / Partner
(Raman Hangekar)
{]x / Partner
(P. Sarath Kumar)

{]x / Partner
{VEh ./Firm Regn. No. 01311C {VEh ./Firm Regn. No.101048W {VEh ./Firm Regn. No.05120S
lx/Place: EEi/Kolkata
nxE/Date: 07.05.2013
79
< n E
ALLAHABAD BANK
31 S, 2013 E lli ix-{j

BALANCE SHEET AS ON 31ST MARCH, 2013
h
Particulars
+xS
lli/As on
lli/As on
Schedule
31.03.2013
)/(`` in thousand)
(` V )/(`` in thousand)
(` V
31.03.2012
{V / Capital
|Ii B +v / Reserves & Surplus
V / Deposits
=v /Borrowings
+x niB B |vx / Other Liabilities
5000262
5000262
2
3
4
108524902
1787416025
100975875
100065868
1595930804
90944791
and Provisions
41814825
37403953
2043731889
1829345678
78082218
87124452
7
8
9
10
11
52625135
583058570
1294896505
12515201
22554260
53127636
542832364
1111450987
11977310
22832929
2043731889
1829345678
530672350
135930209
613339155
61648303
E /Total:
+i /ASSETS
i W E xEn +
Cash and Balances with
Reserve Bank of India
E + M il +{ Sx { n vx
Balances with Banks and
Money at Call and Short Notice
xvx /Investments
+O /Advances
l +i /Fixed Assets
+x +i /Other Assets
E /Total:
+EE niB /Contingent Liabilities
h E B /Bills for Collection
>{ ni +xS J E +z +M
12
The schedules referred to above form an integral part of the accounts

xnE / Directors:
E.B.E]x
B.B.Vx
+.E.
]. +. S
b. E Cx / Dr. Shashank Saksena
I {x
+h i
|vE (k B J) B B+
={ |vE
E |vE
E{E xnE
E{E xnE
B =nMi / Shri A. Udgata
+vI B |v xnE
K. S. Venkataraman
(k B J)
(k B J)
Arun Tiwari
Shubhalakshmi Panse T. R. Chawla
V B Sin /Shri Rajesh M. Chaturvedi
Executive Director
S. L. Jain
R. K. Mehra
Chairman & Managing Executive Director
M n /Shri Gour Das
and
CFO
Dy.
General
Asstt
General
Director
x E / Shri Nirmal Kumar Bari
Manager(F&A)
Manager(F&A)
n xh /Shri Deveshwar Narain Singh
il E {] E +x / As per our report of even date
b. n{ Sv / Dr. Sudip Chaudhuri
B.{..Bx. / Shri A P V N Sarma
Ei . B. . Vx Bb E.
Ei . Bx.E. M Bb E.
Ei . Pxl Bb E.
+E V /Shri Ashok Vij
nx n / Shri Dinesh Dubey
xn JE
xn JE
xn JE

{]x / Partner
{VEh ./Firm Regn. No 304012E
(K.K. Bhargava)
{]x / Partner
{VEh ./Firm Regn. No 000429N
(Samir Jain)
{]x / Partner
{VEh ./Firm Regn. No. 000451N
(E E {])
(E.E. M)
Ei . Jb EEx Bb E.
Ei . ] Bb {i
Ei . l Bb BB]
(V.K. Khandelwal)
{]x / Partner
{VEh ./Firm Regn. No. 01311C
(Raman Hangekar)
{]x / Partner
{VEh ./Firm Regn.
No.101048W
(P. Sarath Kumar)

{]x/Partner
{VEh ./Firm Regn. No.05120S
xn JE
xn JE
(. E. Jb)
lx / Place: EEi / Kolkata

nxE / Date: 7th May, 2013
Vx
(x ME)
80
xn JE
({. l E)
< n E
ALLAHABAD BANK
31 S, 2013 E {i i YJk x J
Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31st March, 2013
h
Particulars
+xS
{i /Year Ended
{i /Year Ended
Schedule
31.03.2013
)/(`` in thousand)
13
14
174,356,918
14,769,097
189,126,015
155,232,776
12,986,792
168,219,568
15
16
125,692,806
29,581,009
103,606,301
26,913,887
22,000,087
177,273,902
11,852,113
1,838,546
13,690,659
19,031,504
149,551,692
18,667,876
1,064,021
19,731,897
2,970,000
2,092,657
314,853
4,700,000
7,500,000
116,493
2,510,000
2,090,000
x/NIL
3,000,157
509,877
2,293,115
13,690,659
x/NIL
3,000,157
486,701
1,838,546
19,731,897
23.70
39.18
(` V
I
II
+ /INCOME
+Vi V /Interest earned
+x + /Other income
E /Total :
/EXPENDITURE
E M V /Interest expended
{Sx /Operating expenses
|vx + +EE /
Provisions & contingencies
E /Total :
III x / Net Profit
+Oxi /Balance brought forward
E /Total :
IV xVx / APPROPRIATIONS
vE |Ii E +ih /Transfer to Statutory Reserve
V |Ii E +xih /Transfer to Revenue Reserve
{V |Ii-+x E +ih/Transfer to Capital Reserve - Others
|Ii E +ih
(ytgfUh yr"rlgb, 1961 E v 36 (I)(viii) fuU ylwmth)/
Transfer to Special Reserve (in terms of
Sec 36(I)(viii) of I.T. Act 1961)
+<+B |Ii E/mu yk;hK /
Transfer to / from IRS Reserve
|ii / Proposed Dividend
{ E / Tax on Dividends
ix {j +Oxi /Balance carried to Balance Sheet
E / Total :
i{h J xi/Significant Accouning Policies
17
J { ]{{h /Notes on Accounts
18
|i +Vx (`) /Earnigs per share (`)
>{ ni +xS J E +z +M
31.03.2012
The schedules referred to above form an integral part of the accounts

B.B.Vx
xnE / Directors:
E.B.E]x
+.E.
]. +. S
I {x
+h i
={ |vE
|vE (k B J) B B+
E |vE
E{E xnE
E{E xnE
+vI B |v xnE
(k B J)
K. S. Venkataraman
(k B J)
Arun Tiwari
S. L. Jain
Executive Director
R. K. Mehra
Dy.
General
and CFO
Asstt General
Director
M n /Shri Gour Das
Manager(F&A)
Manager(F&A)
Ei . B. . Vx Bb E.
Ei . Bx.E. M Bb E.
Ei . Pxl Bb E.
xn JE
xn JE
xn JE
(E E {])
(E.E. M)
Vx
{]x / Partner
(K.K. Bhargava)
{]x / Partner
Ei . Jb EEx Bb E.
Ei . ] Bb {i
(V.K. Khandelwal)
{]x / Partner
(Raman Hangekar)
{]x / Partner
{VEh ./Firm Regn. No.101048W
(P. Sarath Kumar)

{]x/Partner
xn JE
xn JE
(. E. Jb)

(Samir Jain)
{]x / Partner
Ei . l Bb BB]
(x ME)
81
xn JE
({. l E)
< n E
ALLAHABAD BANK
xEn | h-{j
31 S, 2013 E {i i
Cash Flow Statement

For the year ended 31st March, 2013
h / Particulars
2012-13
(` V )(`` in thousand)
2011-12
{Sx Miv xEn |

Cash Flow from Opreting Activities
E nx +O, xvx +n |{i V

Interest received during the year from advances,
Investments etc.
+x + / Other Income
174356917
14728960
189085877
155232776
12944420
168177196
P]B/Less:
E nx V { |nk V
Interest paid during the year on Deposit
(120480524)
(97428717)
|vx B +EEi+ i {Sx

Operating Expenses including Provisions &
Contingencies
(51581096)
(172061620)
(45945391)
(143374108)
Vc: / Add:
l +i { /
Depreciation on Fixed Assets
728355
734980
17752612
25538068
E. {Sx Vi xEn
({SxMi +i + ni+ {ix {)
a.
Cash Profit generated from operations

(prior to changes in operating assets and liabilities)
J. ni+ r (E) : V
b.
Increase (Decrease) in Liabilities : Deposit
+x niB B |vx/Other Liabilities & Provisions
191485221
277059201
4544788
(2238886)
196030009
274820315
M. +i E (r) :
c.
Decrease (Increase) in Assets:
+O /Advances
xvx /Investments
+x +i /Other Assets
E. {SxMi Miv x
xEn | (E+J+M)
(183445518)
(175202102)
(40226206)
(110361721)
278669
(223393055)
(444890)
(286008713)
A. Net Cash Flow from Operating

activities (a+b+c)
(9610434)
14349670
x Miv xEn |
Cash Flow from Investing Activities
l +i E G/x{]x
Sale/disposal of fixed assets
91646
92253
(1357892)
(1322259)
l +i E G /
Purchase of fixed assets
82
xEn | h-{j (V...) / Cash Flow Statement (Contd.)

h / Particulars
J. x Miv x xEn |
(` V )(`` in thousand)
2012-13
B. Net Cash Flow from Investing Activities
2011-12
(1266246)
(1230006)
k{h Miv xEn |

Cash Flow form Financing activities
=v /Borrowings
=v { |nk V /Interest Paid on Borrowings
(E i) / Dividends (including tax)
12031084
(5212282)
(3486857)
21763017
(6177584)
(3320817)
x/NIL
4594050
x/NIL
(2000000)
x/NIL
x/NIL
i E E V /
Issue of Shares to Govt of India
] II b E xM B n @h
Issue of Tier II Bonds & Perpetual Debt
Mh @h E vx / Redemption of Sub Debt
M k{h Miv Vi x xEn

C. Net cash generated from Financing Activities
1331945
16858666
(9544735)
29978330
E nx E xEn | (fU+F+d)
Total Cash Flow during the year (A+B+C)
P E + xEn + xEn i
D. Cash & Cash equivalent at the beginning of the year
i W E E vtm xEn il
Cash & Balances with RBI
87124452
79009281
Balances with Banks and Money at Call and
Short Notice
E /Total
53127636
140252088
31264477
110273758
R E +i xEn + xEn i
E. Cash and cash equivalent at the end of the year
i W E E { xEn +
Cash and Balances with RBI
78082218
87124452
Balances with Banks and Money at Call
and Short Notice
E /Total
52625135
130707353
53127636
140252088
(9544735)
29978330
E nx E xEn | (R-P) /
Total Cash Flow during the year (E-D)
29978330
B.B.Vx
E.B.E]x
+.E.
]. +. S
I {x
+h i
xnE / Directors:
={ |vE
|vE (k B J) B B+
E |vE
E{E xnE
E{E xnE
+vI B |v xnE
(k
B
J
)
K. S. Venkataraman
(k B J)
Arun Tiwari
S. L. Jain
Executive Director
R. K. Mehra
Dy. General
and
CFO
Asstt
General
Director
Manager(F&A)
M n /Shri Gour Das
Manager(F&A)
E
.
B.
.
V
x
B
b
.
Ei . Bx.E. M Bb E.
Ei . Pxl Bb E.
xn JE
xn JE
xn JE
(E E {])
(E.E. M)
Vx
{]x / Partner
(K.K. Bhargava)
{]x / Partner
Ei . Jb EEx Bb E.
Ei . ] Bb {i
(V.K. Khandelwal)
{]x / Partner
(Raman Hangekar)
{]x / Partner
(P. Sarath Kumar)

{]x/Partner
xn JE
xn JE
(. E. Jb)

(Samir Jain)
{]x / Partner
Ei . l Bb BB]
(x ME)
83
xn JE
({. l E)
+xS
SCHEDULE
(` V
lli/As on
lli/As on
31.03.2013
)/(`` in thousand)
30000000
30000000
2762154
2762154
2238108
2238108
5000262
5000262
24573871
19873871
2970000
4700000
27543871
24573871
8600036
8642408
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
(40137)
(42372)
8559899
8600036
103251
103251
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
103251
103251
3525946
3409453
314853
3840799
116493
3525946
12503949
12229233
31.03.2012
+xS 1 - {V
SCHEDULE - 1 CAPITAL
|vEi {V /AUTHORISED CAPITAL

|iE
10/- E 3,00,00,00,000 <C]
300,00,00,000 Equity Shares of Rs.10/- each
xMi, +nk B |nk {V

ISSUED, SUBSCRIBED & PAID UP CAPITAL
fuU mhfUth tht "trh; gufU ` 10/-
fuU 27,62,15,418 <C]

27,62,15,418 Equity Shares of Rs.10/- each
held by Central Government
Vxi B +x u vi |iE ` 10/- E 22,38,10,771 <C]
22,38,10,771 Equity Shares of `10/- each

held by Public & Others
E /Total :
+xS 2 - |Ii + +v
SCHEDULE - 2 RESERVES & SURPLUS
I.
vE |Ii/Statutory Reserves
i)
ii)
II.
A)
B)
+l / Opening Balance
E nx {vx / Additions during the year
E /Total :
{V |Ii / Capital Reserves
{xEx |Ii /Revaluation Reserves
i) +l / Opening Balance
ii) E nx {vx/Addition during the year
iii) E nx E]i /Deduction during the year
iv) B x J +ih /Transfer to Profit & Loss Account
E /Total :
l +i E G |Ii
Reserve out of sale of Fixed Assets
i)
ii)
iii)
C)
E nx {vx / Addition during the year
E nx E]i / Deduction during the year
E /TTotal :
+x / Others
i) +l /Opening Balance
ii) B x Ji +ih /
Transfer from Profit & Loss Account
E /Total :
E / Total (A+B+C)
84
(` V
lli/As on
lli/As on
31.03.2013
)/(`` in thousand)
V B +x |Ii/Revenue & Other Reserves

36532478
ii) E nx {vx / Addition during the year
1201805
iii) E nx E]i / Deduction during the year
x/NIL
E /Total :
37734283
IV. xvx |Ii Ji / Investment Reserve Account
x/NIL
ii) E nx {vx / Additions during the period
890852
iii) B x Ji +ih/Transfer to Profit & Loss Account
x/NIL
E /Total :
890852
V.
|Ii/Special Reserve
6800000
ii) E nx {vx/ Additions during the year
2510000
E /Total
9310000
VI. n p {ix |Ii / Foreign Currency Translation Reserve
111,889
ii) E nx {vx / Additon during the year
157,092
iii) E nx E]i Vx / Deduction/Adj. during the year
x/NIL
E /Total:
268,981
VII. +<. +. B. |Ii / I R S RESERVE
19,063
ii) E nx {vx / Additions during the year
x/NIL
iii) E nx E]i / Deduction during the year
x/NIL
E /Total :
19,063
VIII. | / Share Premium
17,960,788
ii) E nx {vx /Additions during the year
x/NIL
E /Total :
17,960,788
IX. B x Ji /
31.03.2012
III.
Balance in Profit & Loss Account
2,293,115
108,524,902
E /Total :(I+II+III+IV+V+VI+VII+VIII+IX)
85
29032478
7500000
x/NIL
36532478
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
4710000
2090000
6800000
(147,678)
259,567
x/NIL
111,889
19,063
x/NIL
x/NIL
19,063
13,604,846
4,355,942
17,960,788
1,838,545
100,065,868
lli/As on
lli/As on
31.03.2013
31.03.2012
+xS 3 - xI{
SCHEDULE - 3 DEPOSITS
I.
M xI{ / Demand Deposits

i) E /From Banks
ii) +x /From Others
E /Total :
II. Si E xI{ /Savings Bank Deposits
III. n xI{ /Term Deposits
i) E /From Banks
ii) +x /From Others
E /Total :
E /Total : (I+II+III)
i) i li J+ E xI{ /
Deposits of branches in India
ii)
496,379
341,695
99,047,340
95,035,034
99,543,719
95,376,730
449,752,831
391,300,103
17,622,027
14,683,777
1,220,497,448
1,094,570,194
1,238,119,475
1,109,253,971
1,787,416,025
1,595,930,804
1,776,707,799
1,589,887,071
10,708,226
1,787,416,025
6,043,733
1,595,930,804
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
2,768,537
2,961,074
3,000,000
3,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
24,119,000
39,887,537
26,119,000
42,199,397
i E li J+ E xI{ /
Deposits of branches outside India
E /Total :
+xS 4 - =v
SCHEDULE - 4 BORROWINGS
I.
i =v / Borrowings in India
i W E /Reserve Bank of India
ii) +x E /Other Banks
iii) +x lB B +Eh /Other Institutions and Agencies
iv) xx n @h Ji /
i)
Subordinated Innovative Perpetual Debt Instrument.

v) Mh @h-+{ ] II {V /
Subordinated Debt - Upper Tier II Capital
vi) Mh @h-] II {V /
Subordinated Debt - Tier II Capital
E /Total :
II.
i E =v / Borrowings outside India

E /Total : (I+II)
={H I + II i |ii =v
Secured borrowings included in I & II above
119,323
61,088,338
48,745,394
100,975,875
90,944,791
x/NIL
x/NIL
3,319,971
2,900,509
+xS 5 - +x niB B |vx

SCHEDULE - 5 OTHER LIABILITIES AND PROVISIONS
I. n
/Bills Payable
II.+i E Vx (x) / Inter Office Adjustment (Net)
III. ={Si V /Interest Accrued
IV. +lMi E niB / Deferred Tax Liabilities
V. +x (|vx i) / Others (including provisions)
E /Total :
86
4,238,368
584,197
3,514,010
3,544,559
245,938
575,183
30,496,538
29,799,505
41,814,825
37,403,953
(` V
lli/As on
lli/As on
31.03.2013
)/(`` in thousand)
31.03.2012
+xS 6 - i W E xEn +
SCHEDULE - 6 CASH AND BALANCES WITH RESERVE BANK OF INDIA
I. Ec
/ Cash in hand
(n E x] i) (including foreign currency notes)
II. i W E / Balances with Reserve Bank of India
-S Ji /- in Current Account
- +x Ji / - in Other Accounts
E /Total :
5,241,190
3,910,347
72,841,028
83,214,105
x/NIL
x/NIL
78,082,218
87,124,452
+xS 7 - E + M il +{ Sx { n vx
SCHEDULE - 7 BALANCES WITH BANKS AND MONEY AT CALL AND SHORT NOTICE
I.
i.
ii.
II.
i / In India
E / Balances with Banks
a) S Ji /in Current Accounts
b) +x V Ji / in Other Deposit Accounts
M il +{ Sx { n vx / Money at Call and Short Notice
a) E / with banks
b) +x l+ / with Other Institutions
E /Total : ( i + ii )
i E / Outside India
i. E / Balances with Banks
a) S Ji / in Current Accounts
b) +x V Ji / in Other Deposit Accounts
ii. M il +{ Sx { =ug vx /
5,869,608
727,017
4,063,181
4,063,180
10,848,852
16,250,000
x/NIL
11,991,955
20,781,641
33,032,152
19,629,397
6,868,005
x/NIL
x/NIL
12,214,097
13,227,479
x/NIL
x/NIL
31,843,494
20,095,484
52,625,135
53,127,636
457,718,279
452,119,668
Money at Call and Short Notice

a) E
/ With Banks
b) +x l+ / With Other Institutions
E /Total: ( i + ii )
E /Total :(I+II)
+xS 8 - xvx
SCHEDULE - 8 INVESTMENTS
I. i
xvx / Investments in India in

i. E |ii / Government Securities
ii. +x +xni |ii / Other Approved Securities
iii. /Shares
iv. bS + v {j /Debentures & Bonds
v. +xM il/+l H ={G xvx
Investments in Subsidiaries and / or
457,347
699,770
3,669,265
3,956,678
44,185,094
35,281,356
1,712,747
1,772,204
75,315,838
583,058,570
49,002,688
542,832,364
Joint Ventures
vi.
+x (S+ b, ]+< +n) /

Others ( Mutual Funds, UTI etc. )
E /Total :
87
lli/As on
lli/As on
31.03.2013
)/(`` in thousand)
xvx / Gross Investments

P]B +I i |vx
586,169,416
547,701,484
Less: Provision for Depreciation
3,110,846
4,869,120
583,058,570
542,832,364
x/NIL
583,058,570
x/NIL
542,832,364
20,854,262
28,134,599
619,201,187
654,841,056
514,714,979
568,601,409
1,294,896,505
1,111,450,987
1,097,710,525
945,796,253
49,322,839
48,407,731
(` V
II. E
III.
x xvx /Net Investments

i E xvx
Investments Outside India
E /Total : (I+III)
31.03.2012
+xS 9 - +O
SCHEDULE - 9 ADVANCES
A
i. G E MB B xB MB /
Bills purchased and discounted
ii. xEn @h, +b}] + M
{ |in @h
/
Cash credits, Overdrafts and
loans repayable on demand
iii. n @h /Term Loans
B
E /Total :
i) i +i u |ii
( @h { +O i)
Secured by tangible assets
(includes advances against book debts)
E/E |ii u Ii
ii)
Covered by Bank/Government Guarantees

iii) +|ii /Unsecured
E /Total :
C. I. i +O /Advances in India
i. |lEi Ij /Priority Sector
ii. VxE Ij /Public Sector
iii. E / Banks
iv. +x /Others
E /Total :
II. i +O / Advances outside India
a) cikfU
b) yg
117,247,003
1,111,450,987
394,034,400
373,964,300
162,320,135
167,728,595
x/NIL
x/NIL
676,088,669
522,532,307
1,232,443,204
1,064,225,202
43,996,796
32,209,668
845,396
766,492
15,091,202
12,850,116
mu =ug / Due from Bank

mu =ug / Due from others
i) G
ii)
147,863,141
1,294,896,505
EB MB B xB MB / Bills Purchased & Discounted
E @h
/Syndicated Loan
iii) +x /Others
E /Total :
E /Total :(CI+CII)
88
2,519,907
1,399,509
62,453,301
47,225,785
1,294,896,505
1,111,450,987
(` V
lli/As on
lli/As on
31.03.2013
)/(`` in thousand)
10,287,669
9,991,361
31.03.2012
+xS 10 - l +i
SCHEDULE - 10 FIXED ASSETS
I.
{ ({xEi { i)
Premises (including Revalued Premises)

i.
vqJoJ;eo JMo fuU 31 S E li fuU ylwmth Mi/

{xEi {
At cost / Revalued amount as on 31st March
of the preceding year
ii.
E nx {xEi / Revalued during the year
x/NIL
x/NIL
iii.
E nx {vx /Additions during the year
111,887
296,436
10,399,556
10,287,797
iv.
E nx E]i / Vx /
x/NIL
x/NIL
10,399,556
10,287,797
x/NIL
(128)
10,399,556
10,287,669
344,238
10,055,318
310,109
9,977,560
521,788
481,651
9,533,530
371,461
9,495,909
216,255
9,904,991
9,712,164
At cost as on 31st March of the preceding year
8,178,433
7,460,990
E nx {vx/Additions during the year
1,090,799
809,568
9,269,232
8,270,557
91,179
90,730
9,178,053
8,179,827
(467)
(1,395)
il E /Depreciation to date
9,177,586
6,567,376
8,178,433
5,913,286
E /Total:
2,610,210
2,265,146
E /Total :(I+II)
12,515,201
11,977,310
Deductions/ Adjustment during the year

v.
{U vi Vx/
Adjustment Related to previous year
vi.
E il E /
Depreciation to date on book value
vii.
{xx il E /
Depreciation to date on revaluation
viii.
II.
xhvx {/Premises under Construction

E /Total
+x l +i (xS B CS i)
Other Fixed Assets (including Furniture & Fixtures)

i.
ii.
{i E 31 S E li E +x Mi {/
iii.
E nx E]i /Deductions during the year
iv.
Mi vi Vx /
Adjustment Related to previous year
v.
89
(` V
lli/As on
lli/As on
31.03.2013
)/(`` in thousand)
x/NIL
10,022,268
x/NIL
10,857,079
7,159,509
134,619
5,512,990
109,726
x/NIL
x/NIL
5,237,864
22,554,260
6,353,134
22,832,929
10,904,325
12,291,127
1,600
1,600
332,721,905
458,576,841
88,774,342
19,924,867
72,041,596
8,661,999
77,555,699
60,661,377
789,612
1,104,615
530,672,350
613,339,155
127,450,294
44,733,193
116,641,289
37,163,763
1,594,473
578,958
1,228,902
198,822
174,356,918
155,232,776
31.03.2012
+xS 11 - +x +i
SCHEDULE - 11 OTHER ASSETS
I.
+i E Vx (x) /
Inter Office Adjustment (Net)
II.
={Si V / Interest Accrued
III. +O { nk E/
i { E] M E (x)
IV.
V.
Tax paid in advance/tax

deducted at source (net)
Jx O B ]{ / Stationery and Stamps
n E i] |{i E M< M-EE +i
Non-banking assets acquired

in satisfaction of claims
VI. yg (rJrJ" nxn YJk Wak;) /
Others (Sundries and Suspense)
E/Total :
+xS 12 - +EE niB

SCHEDULE - 12 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
I.
II.
III.
E E r n Vx @h E { E x E M
(+{vx ni +E M i)
Claims against the bank, not acknowledged as debts
(including disputed Income Tax demands under appeals)
+i: nk x E B ni/ Liability for partly paid
investments
E n x n+ E Eh ni/
Liability on account of outstanding
forward exchange contracts
IV.
P]E E + n M< |ii

Guarantees given on behalf of constituents
(i) i /In India
(ii) i E /Outside India
V.
|iOh, {Èx + +x viB/

Acceptances, endorsements
and other obligations
VI.
+x n VxE B E
+EE { Vn
Other items for which the Bank is
contingently liable
/Total :
+xS 13 - +Vi V
SCHEDULE 13 - INTEREST EARNED
+O/ { V/]] /
I.
Interest/discount on advances / bills
II.
x { + / Income on investments
III.
IV.
i W E + +x +i E
xv { V
Interest on balances with Reserve Bank of
India and other inter-bank funds
E /Others
E /Total :
90
lli/As on
lli/As on
31.03.2013
)/(`` in thousand)
7,912,953
8,380,146
3,266,974
1,228,878
(739,195)
(96,736)
903
997
(392)
(611)
6,657,767
2,896,146
(5,391,997)
(1,749,425)
106,308
75,042
2,955,776
2,252,355
14,769,097
12,986,792
120,480,524
97,428,717
Interest on RBI/Inter bank borrowings
1,693,264
1,595,752
+x/Others
3,519,018
4,581,832
125,692,806
103,606,301
(` V
31.03.2012
+xS 14 - +x +
SCHEDULE 14 - OTHER INCOME
I.
Ex, x + n /
Commission, exchange & brokerage
II.
x E G |{i (x)/
Profit on sale of investments
P]B& x E {xx { x
Less: Loss on Revaluation of Investment
III.
, x il +x +i E G {
Profit on Sale of Land, Building and Other Assets
P]B& , x il +x +i E G { x
Less: Loss on sale of Land, Building and Other Assets
IV.
x xnx {
Profit on exchange transactions
P]B& x xnx { x
Less : Loss on exchange transaction
V.
i +xM /E{x il / +l H ={G <in

<in E { +Vi +
Income earned by way of dividends etc. from Subsidiaries/
companies and / or joint ventures etc. in India.
VI.
v + / Miscellaneous Income
E /Total :
+xS 15 - E M V
SCHEDULE 15 - INTEREST EXPENDED
I.
II.
III.
V { V / Interest on deposits
i W E/+i-E =v { V
E /Total :
91
(` V
lli/As on
lli/As on
31.03.2013
)/(`` in thousand)
19,859,373
18,344,857
2,750,706
2,314,469
31.03.2012
+xS 16 - {Sx
SCHEDULE 16 - OPERATING EXPENSES
I.
ES E Mix il =xE B |vx

Payments to and provisions for employees
II.
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
c, E B x / Rent, Taxes and Lighting

ph + Jx O / Printing and stationery
Y{x + |S / Advertisement and publicity
E E {k { +I / Depreciation on Banks property
xnE E , k + /
Directors fees, allowances and expenses
VII.
X.
XI.
XII.
234,546
273,553
728,355
734,980
13,518
10,402
152,026
176,469
166,163
200,560
379,395
322,119
J{IE E +
(J J{IE i)
Auditors fees and expenses

(including branch auditors)
VIII. v | / Law charges
IX.
285,387
284,597
bE, i, ]x +n / Postages,Telegrams,Telephones etc

i + +xIh / Repairs and maintenance
/ Insurance
+x / Other expenditure
E / Total :
92
574,662
419,088
1,342,718
1,254,146
3,044,109
2,628,698
29,581,009
26,913,887
+xS 1.
17
i{h J xi
Schedule 17 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
i E +v
1. Basis of Preparation:
k h E, V +xl =Ji x , J E {{Mi

Mi {{] B ={Si +v { il vE |vx B
xi: E J ri E +x{ x M *
The financial statements have been prepared under the

historical cost convention and accrual basis of accounting,
unless otherwise stated and are in conformity with the statutory
provisions and generally accepted accounting principles.
k h i V E (..E) u + +Yx,
+i MEh, |vxEh il +x vi { V EB
MB Mn xn i xn JE lx u V J
xE B =nPh il i E EM =tM |Si J
{ri E +x{ *
n E/J+ E v vE |vx B vi
n |Si {{] E +x{x E Vi *
The financial statements also conform to the guidelines issued

by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) in respect to income
recognition, asset classification, provisioning and other related
matters and Accounting Standard and other pronouncements
issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India and
accounting practices prevalent in the banking industry in India.
2. |CEx
2. Use of Estimates
In respect of foreign offices/branches, statutory provisions

and practices prevailing in respective foreign countries are
complied with.
E ={M
k h E i Ex E B |vx +{Ii E
k h E il E +i + ni+(+EE ni+
i) E {] E M< B {]M +v i {] E M<
+ + E { S Ei B |CCx E B +xx
MB* |vx E E k h i Ex i ={M
EB MB |CEx E{h B Si * <E +iH {h
<x |CEx z Ei * J |CEx E vx
E, V iE E +xl =Ji x , S B +v i
| { {Sx E Vi *
3. n p v xnx :
3.1 i E J+/E i :
(i) n J+ E xx-<]O x +{x E {
MEi E M il =xE k h E xxx
|ni E M :
(E) pE B M-pE +i B niB il +EE
niB x BCSV b BBx + <b (b<)
u |iE i E {i { n Vx +i
{] n {*
(J) V n b< u vi i E {i {
+vSi i +i +i n { {ii E Vi
*
(M) {h x +i E BE +M Ji n p
]x W J Vi *
(ii)
The preparation of financial statements requires the

management to make estimates and assumptions considered
in the reported amount of assets and liabilities (Including
contingent liabilities) as of date of the financial statement and
the reported income and expenses for the reporting period.
Management believes that the estimates used in preparation
of the financial statement are prudent and reasonable. Future
results could differ from these estimates. Any revision to the
accounting estimates is recognized prospectively in the current
and future periods unless otherwise stated.
3. Transactions involving Foreign Exchange:
3.1 Branches / Offices outside India
(i) Foreign Branches are classified as Non-integral Foreign
Operations and their financial statements are translated
as follows:
n li |ixv E E {Sx E <]O x

+{x E { MEi E M il =xE k
h E Mhx xxx E Vi :
(E) pE +i B niB, M], Ei, {E x
il +x |iriB b< E nxnx |iE
i E +i |Si {] x n { i
{ +E Vi *
(J) M-pE n xnx E il { |Si x n {
+E Vi *
a)
Both monetary and non-monetary Assets and

Liabilities as well as Contingent Liabilities at the
closing spot rates notified by the Foreign Exchange
Dealers Association of India (FEDAI) at the end of
each quarter.
b)
Revenue items are translated at the quarterly average

closing rate notified by FEDAI at the end of respective
quarter.
c)
All resulting exchange difference is accumulated in a

separate account Foreign Currency Translation
Reserve.
(ii) Operations of representative offices abroad are classified

as Integral Foreign Operations and their financial
statements are accounted for as follows:
93
a)
All monetary Assets and Liabilities, Guarantees,

Acceptances, Endorsements and other obligations are
translated to Indian rupee equivalent at the spot
exchange rates prevailing at the end of each quarter
as per FEDAI guidelines.
b)
Non-monetary items are translated at exchange rate

prevailing on the date of transaction.
(M) V n E Mhx xnx E il { |Si x

n { E Vi *
(P) {h x +i E -x Ji
M *
(iii) +O E i E |Si h E +iMi MEi
E Vi * +O E v |vx lx v +{I+ +l
..E E xE, V +vE , E +x E Vi *
3.2 i J+ i
(i) n p +i +l niB (BBx+
Vx, <<B Vx, +B Vx <in E +iMi
O E M< V i) + E n x
n+ E i E +i i n p { P
(b<) u lSi n { {ii E Vi *
b< E nxnx n x E E {xx
Vxi /x il x] Ji E V E +iMi n
Vi *
(ii) n p vi + il n E xnx E nx
M x n { {ii E Vi *
c)
Revenue items are accounted for at the exchange

rates prevailing on the date of transaction.
d)
All resulting exchange differences are accounted for

in Profit & Loss Account.
(iii) Advances are classified under categories in line with those

of Indian Offices. Provisions in respect of advances are
made as per the local law requirements or as per the norms
of RBI, whichever is higher.
3.2 Branches in India
(i) Foreign currency balances whether of assets or liabilities
[including deposits mobilized under FCNR Scheme, EEFC
Scheme, RFC Scheme etc.] and outstanding forward
exchange contracts are converted at quarter end rates as
advised by Foreign Exchange Dealers Association of India
(FEDAI).
The resultant profit/loss on revaluation of forward exchange
contracts and NOSTRO accounts is taken to revenue as
per FEDAI guidelines.
(ii) Income and Expenditure items relating to foreign currency
are converted using the exchange rate prevailing as on
the date of transaction.
M] i Ei, {Èx + +x ni E
|iE i E +i b< u Si |Si V n {
+E Vi *
4. x :
(i) EM xx +vx 1949 E i +xS E E
E +{I E +x x E |E]Eh E xxJi U
MEi E Vi :
(E) E |ii,
(J) +x +xni |ii,
(M) ,
(P) bS B b,
(R) +xM lB/H =t il
(S) +x
(ii) E E x {] E i V E E nxn
E +x +M ix M MEi E Vi
(E) {{Ci iE vi (BS]B)
(J G i ={v (BBB)
(M) { i vi (BSB])
(iii) (E) x V E {{Ci iE vi Ex Si , E
{{Ci iE vi E { MEi E Vi *
(J) x V G E il 90 nx i riE {
{xG i vi E Vi , E { i vi E
{ MEi E Vi *
(M) x V =Ci nx h MEi x , E G
i ={v E { MEi E Vi *
(P) x E G E = {{Ci iE vi,
i vi +l G E B ={v E { MEi
E Vi B h ii{Si }]M xE
nxn E +x{ E Vi *
(iii)
(iii) Acceptances, endorsements and other obligations

including guarantees are stated at FEDAI advised rates
prevailing at the end of each quarter.
4. Investments:
(i) In conformity with the requirements in Form A of the Third
Schedule to the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, Investments
are classified into the following six groups :
a)
Government Securities,
b)
Other Approved Securities,
c)
Shares,
d)
Debentures & Bonds,
e)
Subsidiaries/ Joint Ventures and
f)
Others
(ii) The Investment portfolio of the Bank is further classified in

accordance with the RBI guidelines into three categories
viz.,
(a) Held to Maturity (HTM)
(b) Available for Sale (AFS)
(c) Held for Trading (HFT)
(iii) a) Investments that the Bank intends to hold till maturity
are classified as Held to Maturity.
b) Investments that are held principally for resale within
90 days from the date of purchase are classified as
Held for Trading.
c)
Investments, which are not classified in the above two

categories, are classified as Available for Sale.
d) An investment is classified as Held to Maturity, Held

for Trading or Available for Sale at the time of its
purchase and subsequent shifting amongst
categories is done in conformity with regulatory
guidelines.
94
e) Investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and

associates are classified as Held to Maturity.
(R) +xME, Ci =t il M l x E
{{Ci i vi E { MEi E Vi *
(iv) i V E E nxn E +x Ex E |Vx
i xxJi ri +{xB MB *
(E) (i) BS]B vi |ii- +Vx Mi {
+Ei +vE +Vx Mi E {{Ci E
+v {vi E Vi *
(ii) Ij Oh E, +xM B H =t x
E J Mi { Ei E Vi *
, +l< <i, n E< , B x E
Ex i |vx E Vi *
(iv) As per RBI guidelines, the following principles have been

adopted for the purpose of valuation
(a) (i) Securities held in HTM at acquisition cost
The excess of acquisition cost over the face value
is amortized over the remaining period of maturity
(ii) Investments in Regional Rural Banks,
subsidiaries and Joint Ventures are valued at
carrying cost.
Diminution, other than temporary, if any, in
valuation of such investments is provided for.
(J) (i) BBB B BSB] h vi |ii E

x G{ E Vi * r/ E |ii
E |iE h Vc Vi + |V xnb
E +x -x Ji x E {Sx
E Vi VE x r E Yx x
Vi *
(v) +x{V |ii (V V/vx 90 nx +vE E
+v E ) E + +Yi x E Vi
il +i MEh E E{h xnhb +{xi B |ii
E +I i Si |vx E Vi + B
+I E +x x{nE |ii r E n ]-+
x E Vi *
(vi) x E |{i E Mi :
z G< E M< |ii E |ix il
Ex + ]-Bb E E x *
z Ex, n, |ii x-nx E il ]{ b]
x *
(vii) x E G |{i /x E B x J
+Yi E Vi * il{ {{Ci iE vi MEh
x E G |{i E i (E
E x + vE +Ii E +ih E x) {V
+Ii Ji xVi E Vi *
(viii) x E V E xvh i ]E BCSV E]x
B+<BBbB/{bB+< u |ii n E +{x
Vi * B E]x/n E + V E xvh
B+<BBbB/{bB+< +l i V E u xvi
xnb E +x Si {{Ci |i n { E
Vi *
(ix) h E S |ii E +ih
={H { 4 (ii) (E) (M) xn] h E S
|ii E +ih, +ih E il E +Vx Mi/
/V E Ei { xE Vi * B
+ih { , n E< , =E {hi |vx E
Vi *
(x) i V E E nxn E +x z h E
{ E x xxx E Vi *
(b) (i) Securities held in AFS and HFT categories are

valued scrip-wise. Appreciation/depreciation is
aggregated for each class of securities and net
depreciation as per applicable norms is
recognized in the Profit and Loss Account,
whereas net appreciation is ignored.
(v) In respect of non-performing securities (where interest/
principal is in arrears for more than 90 days) income is not
recognized and appropriate provision is made for
depreciation in the value of the securities by applying
prudential norms of asset classification and such
depreciation is not set-off against the appreciation in
respect of other performing securities.
(vi) Cost of acquisition of investments:
z
is net of incentives/commission and front-end fees

received in case of securities subscribed, and
excludes commission, brokerage, securities

transaction tax and stamp duty.
(vii)Profit/loss on sale of investments in any category is

recognized in the Profit and Loss Account. However, in
case of profit on sale of investments in HTM category, an
equivalent amount (net of taxes and net of transfer to
Statutory Reserves) is appropriated to the Capital Reserve
Account.
(viii)For the purpose of determining market value of
investments, Stock exchange quotations or rates put up
by FIMMDA/PDAI are adopted. In absence of such
quotations/rates, the market value is determined by
applying appropriate Yield to Maturity rates as prescribed
by FIMMDA / PDAI or as per norms laid down by the
Reserve Bank of India.
(ix) Transfer of Securities between categories:
The transfer of securities between categories specified at
para 4 (ii) (a) to (c) above are carried out at the lower of
acquisition cost / book value /market value on the date of
transfer. The depreciation, if any, on such transfer is fully
provided for.
(x) As per RBI guidelines, the different categories of Swaps
are valued as under:
95
V {
V n {, V V +i + ni+ E S
Ei , E ={Si +v { Vi =
+i +l ni i xq] { E Uc E V k
h V { +l Mi V E
{ Vi *
{ E xx { x +l x E { E
nMi +v +l +i/ni+ E +v E
{ +Yi E Vi *
]bM {
]bM { xnx E k h nV {ix E
l V Sxi E Vi *
5. +O
(i) i +O E xE, +xE, nMv +l xMi E
{ MEi E Vi + i V E u xvi
E{h xnb E +x |vx E Vi * n J+
EB MB +O E v i V E u xvi
E{h xnb + V n +O nB MB =xE lx
Exx, V +vE Ec , E +x MEi E Vi *
(ii) |E]i +O +xVE +O i EB MB |vx + Si
+O E =Si E E n EB MB |vx E x
i * Si +O E =Si E E |vx E
E nxn E +x x ix { { Vi *
(iii) il{ i V E E nxn E +x xE +O
(={V) i EB MB |vx E +x niB B |vx E
ii E Vi *
6. l +i +
(i) Ei{ { E +, Vx =xE {xEi
n M , +x { + +x l +i E =xE
{i Mi { n Vi *
(ii) xh +v E nx EB MB {VMi E +x +i
E +iMi E Vi *
(iii) +I E |vx, BB{B B E{] E UcE, V
i V E E nxn E +x{ v {ri 33.33%
E n +I E |vx , E{x +vx, 1956 E
+xS XIV xvi n { x {ri E +v {
E Vi *
(iv) {x Ei +i E v {x Ex E { +iH
+I E E +Ii {V x J +ii
E Vi *
(v) Vb { | E V E +v E nx v J
{ri { {vi E Vi *
(vi) n J+ E l +i { +I E Mhx = n
|Si Exx E +x E Vi *
7. +i +i (E{] }])
(i) E{] i }], V ] }] E x E{]
{Si x Ei, r b E +z M , il
Hedge Swaps
Interest rate swaps which hedges interest bearing
assets or liabilities are accounted for on accrual basis
except the Swaps designated with an assets or liability
that is carried at market value or lower of cost or
market value in the financial statements.
Gains or Losses on the termination of Swaps are
recognized over the shorter of the remaining
contractual life of the Swap or the remaining life of
the assets / liabilities.
Trading Swaps
Trading Swap transactions are marked to market with
changes recorded in the financial statements.
5. Advances:
(i) Advance in India are classified as Standard, Sub Standard,
Doubtful or Loss assets and provisions for advances are
made as per Prudential Norms of the RBI. In respect of
advances made in overseas branches, advances are
classified in accordance with prudential norms prescribed
by the RBI or local laws of the host country in which
advances are made, which ever is more stringent.
(ii) Advances disclosed are net of provisions made for non
performing advances and provisions in lieu of diminution
in the fair value of restructured advances. The provision
for diminution in fair value of restructured advances is
measured in net present value terms as RBI guidelines.
(iii) The provision made for standard advances (performing)
in terms of RBI guidelines is however included in Other
Liabilities and Provisions.
6. Fixed Assets and Depreciation:
(i) Premises including Freehold and other Fixed Assets are
stated at historical cost except certain premises, which are
stated at their revalued amount.
(ii) Capital expenditure incurred during construction period is
included under Other Assets.
(iii) Depreciation is provided on diminishing balance method
at the rates and the manner prescribed in Schedule XIV of
the Companies Act, 1956 except that in respect of ALPMs
and Computers, where depreciation is provided on straight
line method @ 33.33% as per guidelines of Reserve Bank
of India
(iv) In respect of revalued assets, the amount of additional
depreciation consequent to revaluation is transferred from
Revaluation Reserve to the Profit & Loss Account.
(v) Premium on leasehold land is amortized over the period
of the lease on straight line method.
(vi) Depreciation on Fixed Assets of foreign branches is
provided as per the applicable laws prevalent in that
country.
7. Intangible Assets (Computer Software)
(i) Software for a computer that cannot operate without that
specific software is an integral part of related hardware
96
(ii)
8.
(i)
(ii)
+S +i x Vi * V }] b E +z
+M x E{] }] E +i +i x Vi *
and is treated as fixed assets. Where the software is not

an integral part of the related hardware, computer software
is recognised as an Intangible Asset.
b |{i E{] }] E i +i +i x VM
V }] E /Mi `10 J +vE * < |E
E +i +i =xE G +v E nx +vEi n
E +v iE {vi E Vi *
ES :
E x ES E v +{x ni+ E xi i
i xn JE lx u V J xE 15(vi)ES M E *
nPv {i ES E |i ni E xvh xS
=Ji xi E +x E +i ij EE u
{Vi <E< |h E |M Ei B EE Ex
u E Vi *
E. OS]
E lli OS] Mix +vx, 1972 / {S]/
xx E |vx E v +{x ES E
xk +l i +l {i +n E
OS] E Mix Ei * OS] E Mix i E
E +nx Vi xv E JJ +iE ]] u
E Vi * E < xv +{x +nx OS] E
v +{x ni E EE x E +v {
Ei *
J. {x (B<{+):
<n E (ES) {x xx, 1995 (B<{+)
E +iMi E =x ES E {x E Mix Ei
Vxx < xx E +iMi {x E E{ n
+ =x ES E V E 29/09/1995
31.03.2010 E +v E nx +B * < Vx
ix + +E E +v {, xk/i, V
, E li <x ES E E +v
{ {x nx E |vx * B<{+-1995 E +iMi
ES xv E E +nx E {j x
* {x E Mix i E E +nx Vi xv E
JJ +iE ]] u E Vi * E < xv
+{x +nx {x E v +{x ni E EE
x E +v { Ei V E +xni EE
u E Vi *
M. +E E i (BB)
v ES E |nx E Vi + <
=tM Zi/+b E +x - {
lvi x E +x Vx E +iMi
l{i vi ES E { E n E
v EB MB j E |i{i * M
xvE Vx + E +{x Vx E +iMi +E
E i ni E v |vx EE x
E +v { Ei * x |iE i E
+xni EE u E Vi * BB
vi Mix E E -x Ji E Vi *
(ii) Computer software acquired from vendors is recognised

as Intangible Asset only if the value /cost of the software is
more than `10 Lakhs. Such intangible assets are amortised
over its effective life subject to a maximum period of ten
years.
8. Employee Benefits:
(i) The Bank has applied Accounting Standard 15(Revised) Employees Benefits, issued by the Institute of Chartered
Accountants of India, for recognition of its liabilities in
respect of employee benefits.
(ii) Liability towards long term defined employee benefits is
determined based on actuarial valuation by independent
actuaries at the year-end by using Projected Unit Credit
method as per policies mentioned herein below:
a.
Gratuity:
The Bank pays gratuity in case of retirement or death
or resignation or termination etc. of its employees,
having regard to the provisions of Payment of gratuity
Act, 1972 / Service Awards / Service Regulations, as
the case may be. A fund created out of Banks
contribution is maintained by an in-house Trust for
payment of gratuity. The Bank makes contribution to
this fund on the basis of actuarial valuation of its
liability.
b.
Pension (ABEPR):
The Bank pays pension under Allahabad Bank
(Employees) Pension Regulations, 1995(ABEPR) to
employees, who exercised option under the
Regulations and also to Employees joining the Bank
Service during the period from 29/09/1995 to
31.03.2010. The plan provides for a pension / family
pension on monthly basis in respect of these
employees on their retirement / death, as the case
may be, based on the salary and qualifying service of
the respective employees. Employees covered under
ABEPR 1995 are not eligible for Banks contribution
to Provident Fund. A fund created out of Banks
contribution is maintained by an in-house Trust for
payment of Pension. The bank makes contributions
to this Fund on the basis of actuarial valuation of its
liability in respect of Pension, which is conducted by
approved Actuary .
c.
Leave Fare Concession (LFC):

This facility is granted to the employees and extends
to reimbursement of travelling expenses incurred for
the family members of the employee concerned, as
defined under the scheme, in terms of service rules
as amended from time to time as per Industry wide
Settlements / Awards. It is a non-funded scheme and
the Bank maintains a provision on account of its
liability in respect of Leave Fare Concession under
the Scheme on the basis of actuarial valuation, which
is conducted by approved Actuary. Payment in respect
of LFC facility is made through the Profit and Loss
Account.
97
P. +E xEnEh
E BB v E ={M Ex ES E
E S E E +vEi 30 nx E vE
+E E xEnEh E +xi |nx Ei *
xk +l i x { ES E Ji V
vE +E, +vEi 240 nx E xEnEh E
+xi n Vi * ES u iM{j nx
E xEnEh E vE +E E
50% + +vEi 120 nx iE i * M
xvE Vx + E < Vx E +iMi +E
xEnEh ni E v |vx EE x E
+v { Ei x E +xni EE
u E Vi * B +E xEnEh E Mix
E E -x Ji E Vi *
d.
The Bank permits encashment of Privilege Leave

balance to its employees availing LFC facility, up to
the maximum limit of 30 days leave in a block of four
years of service. Encashment of privilege leave
standing to the credit of an employee is also permitted
in case of retirement or death subject to a maximum
of 240 days. In case of resignation from the service
by an employee, such encashment is restricted to 50%
of the balance of privilege leave subject to a maximum
of 120 days. It is a non-funded scheme and the Bank
maintains a provision on account of its leave
encashment liability under the Scheme on the basis
of actuarial valuation, which is conducted by approved
Actuary . Payment of such leave encashment is made
through the Profit and Loss Account.
(iii)
xv E v E +v i xv E M +nx
E { +Yi E Vi + + x Ji
|i E Vi *
(iv) nxE 27.04.2010 E =tM- Zi/Ci x] E +x
nxE 01.04.2010 E +l n E E +B
ES {i +nx xk Vx *
(v) +{v ES E = E x J +]]Ei
E { +Yi E Vi V vi
B |nx E Vi *
9.
(i)
Leave Encashment:
(iii) In respect of Provident Fund, the contribution for the period

is recognized as expense and charged to Profit & Loss
account.
(iv) In terms of Industry wide Settlement/Joint Note dated
27.04.2010, employees joining the services of the Bank
on or after 01.04.2010 are covered by defined contribution
retirement benefit scheme.
(v) Short-term employee benefits are recognized as an
expense at an undiscounted amount in the Profit and Loss
Account of the year in which the related services are
rendered.
+ + E +Yx
+- E xi: ={S +v { E Vi
9. Recognition of Income and Expenditure:

(i) Income and Expenditure are generally accounted for on
accrual basis unless otherwise stated.
(ii) Interest and Other Income in cases of Non Performing
Assets/Investments are recognized to the extent realized.
+x{V +i E { MEi +O { V il +x
+ E E j iE +xvi E Vi *
(iii) + E E { { V |{i + + V E E
Mhx vi E xvh +vE u +n V EB Vx
E Vi *
10. {]]
E u |{i EB E ={Si +v { -x J +Yi
E Vi *
{Sx {]] { M< +i i {]] E Mix -x
J E { +Yi E Vi *
11. |i +Vx
|i <C] E + b<]b +Vx E {] i
xn JE lx u V J xE 20 |i +Vx
E +x E Vi *
12. Evx
(i) E i |vx S (xxi E{E E (]) i) +
+lMi nx E i E Vi * E M + { S
E E |vx, |V E n + E x E |M EE
E Vi * J xE 22 E +x{x : i E xn
JE lx u V "+ { E i J,
+i E Eh =i{z +lMi E +i + niB, V
{i +v |iix E M , ix {j E il iE
(ii)
(iii) Income from interest on refund of Income Tax and Interest

Tax are accounted for in the year in which it is received.
10. Lease
Rentals received by the Bank are recognized in the profit and
loss account on accrual basis.
Lease payments for assets taken on operating lease are
recognized as an expense in the profit and loss account.
11. Earnings Per Share
Basic and Diluted Earnings per Equity Share are reported in
accordance with the Accounting Standard 20 Earnings per
share issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.
12. Taxation
(i) Provision is made for both current tax (including Minimum
Alternative Tax - MAT) and deferred tax. Current tax is
provided on the taxable income using applicable tax rate
and tax laws. In compliance with Accounting Standard 22
:Accounting for Taxes on Income issued by the Institute
of Chartered Accountants of India, deferred Tax Assets and
Liabilities arising on account of timing differences and which
are capable of reversal in subsequent periods are
recognised using the tax rates and the tax laws that have
98
xB MB n x Vx E x + E n E
|M EE +Yi E Vi *
(ii) xxi E{E E (]) V E +i E { i x
VBM V B {] |h E E{x +-E +vx
1961 E ii xn] +v E +n x E E Mix
E nM*
13. xEn B i xEn
xEn B i xEn l xEn + B]B xEn il
i W E *
14. +i E <{]
+S +i ({xEi +i i) { <{]
(n E< ) E +Yi E M il i xn JE
lx u V J xE 28 +i E <{] E +x
-x Ji |i E Vi *
15. |vx,+EE niB il +EE +i
(i) i xn JE lx u V J xE 29 |vx,
+EE niB B +EE +i E +x{ E |vx
i +Yi Ei V
(ii)
been enacted or substantively enacted till the date of the

Balance Sheet.
(ii) Minimum Alternative Tax (MAT) credit is recognised as an
asset only when and to the extent there is convincing
evidence that the company will pay normal income tax
during the period specified under the Income Tax Act 1961.
13. Cash and Cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalent include cash on hand and in ATMs
and balances with RBI.
14. Impairment of Assets
Impairment losses (if any) on Fixed Assets (including revalued
assets) are recognized and charged to Profit & Loss Account
in accordance with the Accounting Standard 28 Impairment
of Assets issued by The Institute of Chartered Accountants of
India.
15. Provisions, Contingent Liabilities & Contingent Assets
(i) In conformity with AS 29 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities
and Contingent Assets, issued by the Institute of Chartered
Accountants of India, the Bank recognizes provisions only
when
E. E {U P]x E {h{ ix ni
=i{z i
J. E +lE vx E |
ni E vx i +{Ii M +
a.
it has a present obligation as a result of a past event;
b.
it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying

economic benefits will be required to settle the
obligation; and
M. V ni E E x +xx E V Ei
*
xxJi E B |vx +Yi x E Vi :
E) {U P]x+ =i{z E< i ni + VE
+ii = P]x E x +l x x { x EM
+l E B +xSi P]xB V {hi E E
xjh x *
J) E< ix ni V {U P]x+ =i{z +
= +Yi x E M CE :
i) x E +lE vx E
| ni E vx i +{Ii M +l
c.
when a reliable estimate of the amount of the

obligation can be made.
(ii) No provision is recognized for

a)
Any possible obligation that arises from past events

and the existence of which will be confirmed only by
the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more
uncertain future events not wholly within the control
of the Bank; or
b)
Any present obligation that arises from past events

but is not recognized because
i) it is not probable that an outflow of resources
embodying economic benefits will be required to
settle the obligation; or
ni E E x +xx x E V
Ei *
iii) +EE ni+ E xi +i { xvh
E Vi + ni E E = M E B
|vx E Vi VE B +lE
vx E | , =x +ii +vh
{li E Uc E V ni E E x
+xx x E V Ei *
iv) k h +EE +i E +Yi x
E Vi CE <E {h{ B + E
+Yx Ei V E x V Ei*
ii) a reliable estimate of the amount of obligation

cannot be made.
ii)
iii) Contingent Liabilities are assessed at regular

intervals and only that part of the obligation for which
an outflow of resources embodying economic
benefits is probable, is provided for, except in the
extremely rare circumstances where no reliable
estimate can be made.
iv) Contingent Assets are not recognized in the
financial statements as this may result in the
recognition of income that may never be realized.
99
+xS - 18 J ]{{h
SCHEDULE - 18 NOTES ON ACCOUNTS
1.
i V E E nxn E +x{ ={V il

+x{V +O i {{i |vx E M *
1.
2.1
(i)
+i J Vx E |] E x +
vx v E |Mi { B JE z J
x + V |] E 31.03.2013 iE |E
x E n M * J v i +i vx,
{h |, n E< , |vx E i{h x
M*
2.1 (i) Reconciliation and clearance of outstanding entries in

inter branch adjustments are in progress and especially
initial matching of debit and credit entries in various heads
have been done upto 31.03.2013. Pending final clearance,
the overall impact, if any, on the accounts, in the opinion
of the management will not be significant.
(ii) EU J+ V, +O B x] Ji E v
h E i/Ji E x/vx E E |Mi {
* =H Ij < {{i |Mi E qxV |vx E +i
E E E J { vx E |, +M i, iiE
x M*
(ii) At some branches, preparation of details / balancing /

reconciliation of accounts relating to Balances with Banks
and NOSTRO accounts are in progress. Since substantial
progress has been made in the above areas, the
management is of the view that the impact of
reconciliation, if any, on the accounts of the Bank will not
be material.
2.2
31.03.2005 il 31.03.2007 E {i B
Ei{ { E {xEx +xni EE E
{] E +v { E M + G: `125.99 Ec
(hVE B +), `370.08 Ec (hVE B
+) il `298.32 Ec (hVE) E =vM
vx E {xx +Ii E V E M* |iE
{xEi { { E {Ex +Ji
{ E VBM* {xEx E Eh `4.01 Ec
(Mi `4.24 Ec) E +iH E {V
+Ii +ii E +xS .14 n (vii) +x
+ E +iMi v + n M *
(i) 31.03.1997,
Adequate provision has been made by the Bank in respect

of performing and non-performing advances in terms of
Reserve Bank of India (RBI) guidelines.
2.2 (i) Certain premises were revalued on the basis of the

reports of the approved valuers during the year ended on
31.03.1997, 31.03.2005 and 31.03.2007 and upward
revision amounting to `125.99 Crore (commercial and
residential), `370.08 Crore (commercial and residential)
and `298.32 Crore (commercial) respectively had been
credited to Revaluation Reserve. Depreciation on revalued
premises is worked out each year on its written down
value. Additional depreciation of `4.01 Crore (previous
year `4.24 Crore) on account of revaluation has been
transferred from Revaluation Reserve Account and shown
in Miscellaneous Income under the head Other Income
included in Schedule No. 14 item (vii)
(ii)
V Jb E +M Mi ={v x , B
+I E Jb il x E Mi { |i E
M *
(ii) Depreciation has been charged on composite cost

of land and building, where separate cost of land is not
available.
(iii) V Mi ={v x {]] +v i {]]vi
(iii) Premium on leasehold land has been amortized over

the period of lease, based on cost or written down value,
where original cost is not available.
{ | E {vx Mi +v { +l +Ji
{ E M *
(iv) 1990 + 1998 E nx EEi B x G:
29 + 10 ] 2 + {k Jn M< VxE
Mi `0.86 Ec <xE {VEh E +{SEiB
{ E Vx *
(v) +i +i i +x +i E h xxx
:
(iv) Registration formalities are yet to be completed for 2

residential properties purchased during the year 1990 &
1998 at Kolkata & Bhubaneshwar consisting of 29 & 10
flats respectively with total original cost of `0.86Crore.
(v) Other Assets include intangible Assets, details of
which are as under:
(` Ec )
h / Particulars
E nx Vc
/ Additions during the year
E nx {vi
/ Amortized during the year
<i / Closing Balance

2.3.(i)
Ec (Mi `61.25 Ec) E +Ei E

x E v E E + G{/]E] |{i Ex
*
`1.25
2.3. (i)
100
/ F.Y. 2012-13
/(` in crore)
/ F.Y. 2011-12
33.73
35.59
5.15
3.08
5.16
4.94
33.72
33.73
In respect of Investments of face value of `1.25 Crore

(Previous year `61.25 Crore), the Bank is yet to receive scrips/certificates.
(ii)
, {ix bS il <C] Vc S+ b/
S E{] b E x] i E {I +O
E x `719.60 Ec (Mi `1045.18 Ec)
*
(ii) Total Investments made in shares, convertible debentures and units of equity linked mutual fund/venture capital funds and also advances against shares
aggregate to ` 719.60 Crore (Previous year `1045.18
Crore).
(iii)
i V E E nxn E +x `31.49 Ec
(Mi `11.65 Ec ) E , V E 'b ] S]'
h |ii E G x E x
, E {V |Ii Ji +ii E M *
(iv)
V E i{h J xi J 4 (iv) (E) =Ji

, 'b ] S]' h E E n x {vi
|ii E +Ei E >{ `54.68 Ec (Mi
`61.26 Ec) E +iH +Vx Mi il V
x { + P]E ..E E xnx x Ji E 'x +' E +iMi n M
*
(iii) As per RBI guidelines, an amount of `31.49 Crore

(Previous Year `11.65 Crore) being an amount
equivalent to profit on sale of Held to Maturity category securities, net of taxes & net of transfer to
statutory reserve; is transferred to Capital Reserve
Account.
E x E nx Vx ]bM E B E< k{h

x E + x E +i E |iiEh E
*
2.4.
3.
E E nxn E +x |E]Eh
3.1.
{V
(iv) In respect of Held to Maturity category as stated in

significant Accounting Policy No. 4 (iv) (a), the excess of acquisition cost over the face value of the
security amortized during the year amounts to `54.68
Crore (Previous year `61.26 Crore) has been netted-off from Income on Investment shown under the
head Interest Earned of Profit and Loss Account in
terms of RBI guidelines.
2.4. The Bank has not made any financing for margin trading
during the year and also not securitised any assets.
3. Disclosure in terms of RBI guidelines:
3.1.
Capital
k /F.Y.
Particulars
i) +B+(%) CRAR (%)
ii) +B+ - ]-* {V (%) / CRAR Tier I Capital (%)
iii) +B+ - ]-** {V (%) / CRAR Tier II Capital (%)
iv) i E E vh E |iii
Percentage of the shareholding of the Government of India
v) ]-** {V E { =M M< +vxl @h E
Amount of subordinated debt raised as Tier-II capital
vi) +<{b+< V EE =M M< / Amount raised by issue of IPDI
vii) +{ ]-** Ji V E =M M<
Amount raised by issue of Upper Tier II instruments
2012-13
11.03
8.05
2.98
2011-12
12.83
9.13
3.70
55.24
55.24
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
3.2. x / Investments
k /F.Y.
Particulars
(1)
(2)
(` Ec ) /(` in crore)
k /F.Y.
(` Ec ) / (` in crore)
k /F.Y.
2012-13
x E / Value of Investments
(i) x E E / Gross Value of Investments
(a) i / In India
(b) i / Outside India
(ii) +I i |vx / Provisions for Depreciation
(a) i / In India
(b) i / Outside India,
(iii) x E x / Net Value of Investments
(a) i / In India
(b) i / Outside India,
x { +I E { vi |vx E Sx
Movement of provisions held towards depreciation on investments.
(i) +l / Opening balance
(ii) Vc: E nx E M |vx / Add: Provisions made during the year
(iii) DxtYk& rlJuN fuU yvtuFl fuU rtY ={M E M |vx
Less: Write off/ write back of excess provision during the year
(iv) <i / Closing balance
101
58616.94
x/NIL
2011-12
54770.15
x/NIL
311.08
486.91
x/NIL
x/NIL
58305.86
x /NIL
54283.24
x /NIL
486.91
31.34
297.78
258.58
207.17
311.08
69.45
486.91
3.2.1
{ xnx (+Ei E { ) / Repo Transactions (in face value terms)

EEnnxx
xxiE
E
EEnnx
+vEi
E
x
xi E
Minimum
Outstanding
during the year
Maximum
outstanding
during the year
{ E +iMi S M< |ii /Securities sold under repo

(i) E |ii / Govt Securities
(ii) E{] @h |ii / Corporate Debt Securities
{ E +iMi Jn M< |ii /
Securities purchased under reverse repo
(i) E |ii / Govt. Securities
(` Ec )/(` in crore)
31.03.2013
EEnnxx 31.03.2012
E
nxE E
+i lli
E lli
+vEi
nxE
+i
E
E
Daily Average
outstanding
during the year
Outstanding
As on
31.03.2013
150.00
4000.00
641.15
3200.00
150.00
4000.00
641.15
3200.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
100.00
100.00
4100.00
4100.00
67.17
67.17
2200.00
2200.00
E{] @h |ii / Corporate Debt Securities

0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
3.2.2 M-BB+ x {] / Non-SLR Investment Portfolio
i) nxE 31.3.2013 E lli M-BB+ x E VEi P]x/ Issuer composition of Non SLR investments as on 31.03.2013
. VEi
xV {]
"" <x]] Ob""
""+x ]b""
""+x ]b""
E mebt
|ii E mebt
|ii E mebt |ii E mebt
(ii)
No. Issuer
(1)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
Amount
(2)
(3)
Extent of
Private
Placement
Extent of Below
Investment
Grade Securities
(4)
Extent of
Unrated
Securities
(5)
Extent of
Unlisted
Securities
(6)
(7)
{B / PSUs
k lB /FIs
E / Banks
|<] E{]/
439.61
2900.50
6545.96
286.76
2760.56
154.38
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
11.86
46.00
x/NIL
Private Corporate
2738.03
1900.03
251.12
38.12
272.08
+xM lB /
H =t
Subsidiaries /
Joint Ventures
(vi) +x/Others
={E/ Sub-total
171.27
171.27
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
12795.37
5273.00
251.12
38.12
329.94
i E
M |vx
Provision held towards

Depreciation
307.08
E /Total
12488.29
/ Shares
bS B xb / Debentures and Bonds
+xM B H =t / Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures
+x / Others
E /Total
ii) M-x{nE M-BB+ x/Non performing Non-SLR investments
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
h
Particulars
+l- / Opening balance
E nx {vx 1 +| / Additions during the year since 1st April
=H +v E nx E / Reductions during the above period
<i- / Closing balance
vi E |vx / Total provisions held
102
649.59
4419.08
171.27
7555.43
12795.37
(` Ec )
/(` in crore)
k /F.Y.
k /F.Y.
2012-13
0.90
0.00
0.00
0.90
0.90
2011-12
2.04
0.36
1.50
0.90
0.90
BS ] B h E / G B +ih& E nx 3.2.3. Sale & Transfer to/from HTM category: All sales
BS]B h /E G E | E 5% E and transfers to/from HTM category during the year are within
the limit of 5% of book value at the beginning of the year.
E +n *
3.2.4. The Bank has not made any provision towards
3.2.4. E x +{x BE H =t E{x (+li . x
{ Vx < E..) BS]B E { MEi diminution in the value of its investment in one of the joint
companies (viz. M/s Universal Sompo General
+{x x E i E< |vx x E venture
Insurance Co. Ltd.) classified as HTM, as the Bank is hopeful
CE E E + E =H x E{x xE] that the said investee company will generate profit in the near
+Vi EM + +l { E * future and the diminution is of temporary nature.
3.3. b<] / Derivatives
3.3.1. b n E/V n { / Forward Rate Agreement / Interest Rate Swap:
h
k /F. Y.
k /F. Y.
3.2.3.
Particulars
(i)
(ii)
{ E E xx vx / Notional principal of swap agreements

+M E E +iMi |i{I +{x Sxri+ E { Ex
i = x P]
Losses which would be incurred if counterparties failed to
fulfill their obligations under the agreements
(iii)
{ x { E u Ui {E
Collateral required by the bank upon entering into swaps
(iv)
{ x @h VJ { ExpEh
(v)
Concentration of credit risk arising from the swaps

{ E E =Si / Fair value of the swap book
BCS V { ] b b V n b < ] : x
({U : x)
3.3.3. b<] VJ BC{V vi |E]Eh
MhiE |E]Eh :
3.3.2.
E E ]V J {Sx E ix EiE Ij l, ]
+, b + B E + E { H E M
Vx {i =kni B E+{ E E l |Ii
+vE |nx E M *
E E ]V B b<] xi k b<] Ji,
={M E Ij, +xnx |G i @h B l +{x
{Vx , +E B ]{ E l
+xni Ji ]bM i |iVi +vE hi * xi
G E ||<] ]bM {Vx E n Jn/G i E
+l {] +{x E Jn/G B +{x OE E E u E
] E EM E +vvx b<] =i{n |nx Ex E
+xi *
] + {Vx E b x{ni Ei VE b
+ ]bM E xnx E xMx Ei il +M +iH
{lx i i = =SSi |vE E VxE
Vi * b + {E ={Eh l, B]B, B+, ExC]
B {vi E v nxE +v { xnx i k
VJ E { Ei * +Ec E {]M VJ |vx
M E E Vi V +i B ni |vx vi xnE
E i E VJ |< +Mi Ei * E +
|i{I {] i b E x{] Ei *
E +i +l ni E { xq] {, V V
+l Mi E +l k h V { E
Vi , E UcE V +i +l ni+ E |iI
Ex V n { E |ni +v { Jr E Vi
2012-13
2011-12
500
500
x /NIL
x /NIL
Banking
Banking
(28.69)
(60.94)
3.3.2. Exchange Traded Interest Rate Derivatives: NIL

(Previous year: NIL)
3.3.3. Disclosures on risk exposure in derivatives
Qualitative Disclosure:
Operation in the Treasury Branch of the Bank are segregated
in three functional areas i.e. Front Office, Mid Office and Back
Office, which are provided with trained officers with defined
responsibilities and back up roles.
The Treasury Policy & Derivative policy of the Bank lays down
the type of financial derivative instruments, scope of usages,
approval processes as also the limits like the open position
limits, deal size limits and stop loss limits besides delegated
power for trading in the approved instruments. The policy also
allows purchase / sale of call or put options to hedge cross
currency proprietary trading positions and to offer derivative
products to its customers subject to back to back covering by
the Bank.
The Front Office takes positions and executes the deals while
the Mid Office monitors the transactions in the trading book
and deviations of excesses, if any, are brought to the notice of
higher authorities. The Mid office also measures the financial
risk for transactions on a daily basis through measurement
tools such as MTM, VAR, Convexity and modified durations.
The figures are reported to Risk Management division, which
appraises the risk profile to the Assets and Liability
Management committee. The Back Office settles all the deals
with counter parties.
Interest Rate Swaps which hedge interest bearing assets or
liabilities are accounted for on accrual basis except the Swaps
designated with an asset or liability that is carried at market
value or lower of cost or market value in the financial
statements. Gains or losses on the termination of Swaps are
103
* { {i x { +l P] E { E nMi
EE +l +i/ni+ E EE E { Ei
E Vi * xnx E |i{I {] E B E{] lB
il E Vx b +xni BC{V + E +n
* + +Yx, | B bE=] E B i W E,
b< B B+<BBbB u - { V nxn E
+xh E Vi *
recognised over the shorter of the remaining contractual life

of the Swap or the remaining life of the assets/liabilities.
changes recorded in the financial statements. The
counterparties to the transactions are Banks and corporate
entities and deals undertaken are within the approved
exposure limits only. The guidelines issued by RBI, FEDAI &
FIMMDA from time to time for recognition of Income, Premium
and Discount are followed.
{hiE |E]Eh / Quantitative Disclosures
(` Ec )
G..
Sl No
Particulars
(i)
b<] (xx )/ Derivatives (Notional Principal Amount)

E) VM E B / a) For hedging
J) ]bM E B / b) For trading
btfUoTz ] E] {Vx (1)/ Marked to Market Positions (1)
E) +i (+) / a) Asset (+)
J) ni / b) Liability (-)
@h BC{V (2)/ Credit Exposure (2)
V n BE |ii E {ix E | (100*PV01)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
/(` in crore)
Ex
b<]
V n
b<]
Currency
Derivatives
Interest rate
derivatives
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
500.00
500.00
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
Likely impact of one percentage change in interest rate (100*PV01)

E) VM b<] { / a) on hedging derivatives
J) ]bM b<] { / b) on trading derivatives
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
0.17
0.17
x/NIL
Maximum and Minimum of 100*PV01 observed during the year

E) VM { / a) on hedging
J) ]bM { / b) on trading
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
0.32
0.32
x/NIL
E nx { M
100*PV01 E
+vEi B xxi
+i Mhk / Asset Quality

3.4.1 +x{V +i / Non-Performing Assets
28.69
x/NIL
3.4
k /F.Y.
h
Particulars
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
k /F.Y.
2012-13
2011-12
3.19
0.98
2058.98
5891.89
2813.88
5136.99
1647.92
2232.06
1821.00
2058.98
1091.70
4713.51
1678.45
4126.76
736.37
1051.06
695.73
1091.70
967.28
863.55
1481.22
1181.00
1438.27
1010.23
1077.27
967.28
x +O x Bx{B
(%) /
Net NPAs to Net Advances (%)
Bx{B E Sx (E) / Movement of NPAs (Gross)
(E) +l /(a) Opening balance
(J) E nx {vx / (b) Additions during the year
(M) E nx E /( c) Reductions during the year
(P) <i / (d) Closing balance
x Bx{B E Sx / Movement of Net NPAs
(E) +l / (a) Opening balance
(J) E nx {vx / (b) Additions during the year
(M) E nx E / ( c) Reductions during the year
(P) <i / (d) Closing balance
Bx{B E |vx E Sx (xE +i { |vx E UcE)

Movement of provisions for NPAs
(excluding provisions on standard assets)
(E) +l / (a) Opening balance
(J) E nx EB MB |vx /
(b) Provisions made during the year
(M) +iH |vx E <] + / <] E /

(c)
Write-off / write-back of excess provisions

(d) Closing balance
(P) <i
104
105
Upgradations to
restructured STD Catg
during the FY
Restructured STD
adv which cease to
attract higher
provisioning and/or
additional risk weight
at the end of FY and
hence need not be shown
as restructured STD adv
at the beginning of the
next FY
Downgradations of
restructuring accounts
Restructured Accounts
as on March 31 of the
FY (Closing Figures *)
10
(-)3
1.92
there on
No. of
Borrowers
79.24
7.75
265.92
2345.7
28
9.31
Amt O/s
Provision
(-)79.24 (+)79.24
(+)3
(+)1
(-)1
(+)59.50 (-)59.50
25.20
Amt O/s
Provision
there on
81.16
13.26
0
0
0.22
280
58.59
0.69
469
88.56
(+)5
18
1927
0.44
1237
0.00
4.07
584
273.67
7.15
2.31
2.55
2424.94 542.46 125.06 65.65
31
1.92
(+)7
0.00
6
0.14
0.48
284
9.57
(-)37.91 (+)23.30(+)14.61
(-)12
0.78
66.48
12
9.31 196.10
25.2
750.55
10
0
(+)1
(-)1
0.00 (+)1.08 (-)1.08
0.38
103.64
Provision
there on
Amt O/s
Provision
there on
No. of
Borrowers
0.00
21 2284
940.10 644.62
103.64
750.55
No. of
Borrowers
0.00
0
0.00
0.00
0
0.00
12.01
733.17
3748
0.44
200.17
19
0.78
66.48
12
0.60
771
357.58
14.43
3037
742.75
Under SME Debt Restructuring Mechanism

STD SST
DF LOSS
TOTAL
17
485
1579.77 298.85
1.92
79.24
0
0.00
TOTAL
17
1579.77
1
9.32
Under CDR Mechanism

SST
DF
LOSS
20
930.78
Amt O/s
No. of
Borrowers
Amt O/s
Provision
there on
No. of
Borrowers
Amt O/s
Provision
there on
No. of
Borrowers
No. of
Borrowers
Amt O/s
Provision
there on
STD
* Excluding the figures of Standard Restructured Advances which do not attract higher provisioning or risk weight (if applicable)
Write- Offs of
Restructured accounts
during the FY
during the FY
Fresh Restructuring
during the Year
Restructured
Accounts as on April
1 of the FY (Opening
Fig.)
SL
Type of Restructuring
NO. Asset Classification
Details
3.4.2. Disclosure of Restructured Accounts:
(+)20
0.00
277
576.40
4.57
564
220.68
SST
(+)1
(-)1
(-)31.09
0.00
7
0.24
0.90
659
60.95
133.42
9019.9
9602
1.16
342.85
18
21.18
1602.96
1110
0.00
2.07
1.37
34.44
554
0.00
0
0.00
Others
DF LOSS
(-)1308.60 (+)1295.63 (+)12.97
(-)21
0.93
242.34
13
(+)1
(+)31.09
11.46
2678
5970.81
36.31
8407
4388.64
STD
155.97
10657.3
11266
1.16
344.92
19
0.93
242.34
13
11.46
2962
6547.45
41.78
9630
4670.27
TOTAL
0.22
557
634.99
7.18
1034
318.56
SST
DF
13
0.38
1.38
943
70.52
Total
(+)30
(+)6
2350
6.14
406.49
31.24
11908.06 1807.26
11557
3.52
548.26
37
3.92
100.09
1138
(-)1425.75(+)1398.17 (+)27.58
(-)36
26.91
1059.37
35
(+)3
(-)2
(-)1
(+)91.67 (-)60.58 (-)31.09
115.48
3180
7849.43
128.81
10711
5964.04
STD
3.52
554.4
39
26.91
1059.37
35
0
0.00
115.70
3750
8484.80
137.37
12688
6353.12
TOTAL
441.65
0 13815.41
0 15045.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
LOSS
(` in Crore)
106
(-)3
(+)3
1.92
|vx
=vEi+
E .
0
3748
0.44
12.01
1237
0.00
200.17
19
1927
0.44
4.07
0.78
66.48
12
0.60
771
357.58
14.43
3037
742.75
733.17
31
1.92
(+)5
0.00
0
0.00
18
9.31 196.10
(+)7
(-)37.91 (+)23.30(+)14.61
(-)12
0.78
66.48
12
0.00
6
0.14
0.48
284
9.57
E
2345.7 79.24
0
0
2424.94 542.46 125.06 65.65
= {
|vx
265.92
7.75
0
0
273.67
7.15 2.31 2.55
* xE {xMì +O E +Ec E UcE V =SSi |vx +l VJ i E +Ei x Ei (n |V )
28
9.31
(-)79.24 (+)79.24
E
= {
E
= {
|vx
=vEi+
E .
=vEi+
E .
25.2
750.55
10
0
(+)1
(-)1
0.00 (+)1.08 (-)1.08
0.22
280
58.59
0.69
469
88.56
k E 31 S
E lli {xMì
Ji (+i +Ec)
10
(+)1
(-)1
(+)59.50 (-)59.50
0.38
103.64
13.26
103.64
81.16
21 2284
940.10 644.62
584
k E nx
{xSi Ji
E +{Jx
+xx
{xMì xE +O
V Eh k
E +i =SSi
|vxEh B/+l
+iH {i
M B <B
+M k E |
< {xMì xE
+O E { nx
E +Ei x
k E nx
{xMì Ji E
0.00
0
0.00
BB< jE {xM`x ij E +iMi

xE +xE nMv x
17
485
1579.77 298.85
25.20
k E nx
{xMì xE
h =xxx
0.00
0
0.00
17
1579.77
1.92
79.24
= {
|vx
E nx
x {xMì
1
9.32
20
930.78
750.55
=vEi+
E .
E
= {
|vx
=vEi+
E .
E
= {
|vx
=vEi+
E .
k E 1 +|
E lli {xMì
Ji (|E +Ec)
b+ ij E +iMi
xE +xE nMv
x
=vEi+
E .
E
= {
|vx
{xM`x E |E
+i MEh
h
{xM` i +i E
G
.
3.4.2.
(+)20
0.00
277
576.40
4.57
564
220.68
(+)1
(-)1
(-)31.09
0.00
7
0.24
0.90
659
60.95
+x
nMv
133.42
9019.9
9602
1.16
342.85
18
21.18
1602.96
1110
0.00
2.07
1.37
34.44
554
(-)1308.60 (+)1295.63 (+)12.97
(-)21
0.93
242.34
13
(+)1
(+)31.09
11.46
2678
5970.81
36.31
8407
4388.64
xE +xE
0.00
0
0.00
155.97
10657.3
11266
1.16
344.92
19
0.93
242.34
13
11.46
2962
6547.45
41.78
9630
4670.27
0.22
557
634.99
7.18
1034
318.56
13
0.38
1.38
943
70.52
E
nMv
(+)30
(+)6
2350
6.14
406.49
31.24
11908.06 1807.26
11557
3.52
548.26
37
3.92
100.09
1138
(-)1425.75(+)1398.17 (+)27.58
(-)36
26.91
1059.37
35
(+)3
(-)2
(-)1
(+)91.67 (-)60.58 (-)31.09
115.48
3180
7849.43
128.81
10711
5964.04
xE +xE
3.52
554.4
39
26.91
1059.37
35
0
0.00
115.70
3750
8484.80
137.37
12688
6353.12
441.65
0 13815.41
0 15045.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
(` Ec )
+i {xM`x i |iiEh / {xM`x E{x E S M< k {k E h :
3.4.3
Details of financial assets sold to Securitisation / Reconstruction Company for Asset Reconstruction:.
k /F.Y.
k /F.Y.
n/
Items
i)
ii)
2012-13
2011-12
38
10
0.00
14.32
0.00
0.70
0.00
0.00
14.32
0.70
Ji E J / No. of Accounts
B / + E S M Ji E E (|vx P]E)
Aggregate value (net of provisions) of accounts sold to SC / RC

iii) E |i /Aggregate consideration
iv)
Mi +ii E M Ji E M +iH |i
v)
Additional consideration realised in respect of accounts transferred in earlier years

x { E /x /
Aggregate gain/(loss) over net book value
3.4.4
Jn M< / S M< +xVE k {k E h :

Details of non-performing financial assets purchased/ sold:
E. Jn M< +x{V k +i: x

J. S M< +x{V k +i E h
A. Non-performing financial assets purchased: NIL

B. Details of non-performing financial assets sold:
k /F.Y.
Particulars
2012-13
1. S MB Ji / No. of accounts sold

2. E E / Aggregate Outstanding
3. |{i E |i / Aggregate consideration received
3.4.5
38
0.00
14.32
2011-12
10
0.00
0.70
xE +i { |vx /
Provisions on Standard Asset
k /F.Y.
k /F.Y.
h
Particulars
xE +i E B |vx (S) /
3.5
k /F.Y.
+x{i
Provisions towards Standard Assets (Cumulative)
2012-13
2011-12
768.38
509.81
/ Business Ratios:
h
Particulars
(i)
E xv E |iii E { V +
Interest Income as a percentage to Working Funds
(ii) E xv E |iii E { M-V +
Non-interest income as a percentage to Working Funds
(iii) E xv E |iii E { {SxMi
Operating Profit as a percentage to Working Funds
(iv) +i { |i /
Return on Assets
(v) |i ES (V il +O) (` Ec )
Business (Deposits plus Advances) per employee (` In Crore)
(vi) |i ES (` Ec ) /
Profit per employee (` In Crore)
107
k /F.Y.
k /F.Y.
2012-13
2011-12
9.39%
8.49%
0.80%
0.81%
1.82%
2.36%
0.64%
1.02%
13.73
12.17
0.0525
0.0836
3.6 +i
ni |vx / Asset Liability Management:

+i B ni+ E Ei{ n E {{Ci {]x 31.03.2013
Maturity pattern of certain items of assets and liabilities as on 31.03.2013
(` Ec )
/(` in crore)
n p
{{Ci {]x
Maturity Pattern
Foreign Currency
(]< E])
+O
=v
+i
niB
(Time buckets)
Deposits
Advances
Investments
Borrowings
Assets
Liabilities
1nx / Day 1
2 7 nx / 2 to 7 days
8 14 nx / 8 to 14 days
15 28 nx /
1588.98
1554.38
2576.74
50.94
53.80
55.20
7758.60
1469.43
4353.91
305.62
322.82
331.20
5280.05
1969.99
2299.55
356.55
376.62
386.40
15 to 28 days
4574.74
2199.03
497.79
713.11
753.24
772.81
23523.52
10185.40
6867.22
1642.61
1584.71
1793.94
12035.42
12420.68
2735.41
2134.43
2177.72
2350.00
29413.77
9996.01
2539.51
505.89
743.68
1016.55
79465.28
54654.67
7787.98
817.19
269.77
256.43
7637.11
15036.64
8585.37
1385.27
372.74
271.43
7464.13
20003.41
20062.39
2185.98
962.96
216.08
178741.60
129489.65
58305.86
10097.59
7618.06
7450.04
29 nx 3
29 days to 3 months
3 +vE + 6 iE
Over 3 months to 6 months
6 +vE + 1 iE
Over 6 months & upto 1 year
1 +vE + 3 iE
Over 1 year & upto 3 years
3 +vE + 5 iE
Over 3 years & upto 5 years
5 +vE/Over 5 years
E / Total
3.7
3.7.1
BC{V / Exposures:
{n Ij E BC{V / Exposure to Real Estate Sector:
(` Ec )
/(` in crore)
k /F.Y.
k /F.Y.
2012-13
2011-12
4296.39
3573.24
3764.58
3440.55
5470.17
6052.63
3.01
935.93
3.82
133.32
h / Category
(E) |iI BC{V / /A) Direct exposure
(i) vE - / Residential Mortgages
=v =x {k { vE u {hi |ii ,V =vEi E EV

+x E { *
Lending fully secured by mortgages on residential property that is or will be
occupied by the borrower or that is rented
- V |lEi Ij @h +O x i {j HMi + @h
(ii)
-of which individual housing loans eligible for inclusion in priority sector advance
hVE -{n / Commercial Real Estate
- =v hVE -{n (E x, Jn {E lx, q hVE

{, {E x, Eun hVE {, +tME +l
Mn lx, ], +vOh, E B xh +n) { vE u |ii *
BC{V M-xv +vi (BxB) B *
Lending secured by mortgages on commercial real estates (office buildings,

retail space, multi-purpose commercial premises, multi-family residential buildings,
multi-tenanted commercial premises, industrial or warehouse space, hotels,
land acquisition, development and construction, etc.). Exposure includes
non-fund based (NFB) limits;
(iii)
vE u li |ii (BB) B +x |iiEi BC{V x Investments in Mortgage Backed Securities (MBS) and other securitised exposures
E. / a. Residential
J. hVE -{n / b. Commercial Real Estate.
108
h /
k /F.Y.
k /F.Y.
Category
2012-13
2011-12
(J) +|iI BC{V/B) Indirect Exposure

] + E (BxBS) B + k E{x
(BSB) { xv +vi B M-xv +vi BC{V
Fund based and non-fund based exposures on National Housing Bank (NHB)
and Housing Finance Companies (HFCs).
{n Ij E BC{V / Total Exposure to Real Estate Sector
3.7.2 {V
V BC{V /
2555.10
17025.18
Exposure to Capital Market:
G . /
h /
Sl.No.
(I) <C]
Particulars
2087.97
11850.98
k /F.Y. k /F.Y.
2012-13
2011-12
713.03
652.01
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
22.19
x/NIL
x/NIL
1026.46
6.00
, {ix b/bS il <C] =xJ S+ b E x] EB

MB |iI x VxE xv +xxi: E{] @h xi x E Vi*
Direct investment in equity shares, convertible bonds, convertible debentures
and units of equity-oriented mutual funds the corpus of which is not exclusively
invested in corporate debt;
(II)
<C] (+<{+/<B+{B i), {ix b B bS, <C] =xJ

S+ b E x] x i H E E n +O
Advances against shares /bonds/debentures or other securities or on clean basis
to individuals for investment in equity shares(including IPOs/ESOPs), convertible
bonds, convertible debentures and units of equity-oriented mutual fund;
(III)
+x E |Vx , V |lE |ii E { +l {ix b +l

{ix bS +l <C] =xJ S+ b E x] Vi , i +O
Advances for any other purpose where shares or convertible bonds or convertible
debentures or units of equity-oriented mutual fund are taken as primary security;
(IV)
E {E |ii +l {ix b +l {ix bS +l <C] =xJ

S+ b u Ii iE E +x E |Vx i +li V |lE |ii E UcE
/{ix b/{ix bS/<C] =xJ S+ b +O E {hi: E x Ei *
Advances for any other purposes to the extent secured by collateral security of shares
or convertible bonds or convertible debentures or units of equity-oriented mutual funds
i.e. where the primary security other than shares/convertible bonds/convertible
debentures/units of equity-oriented mutual fund does not fully cover the advances;
(V)
]E E E |ii B +|ii +O il ]E E B E] E E + V M]*

Secured and unsecured advances to stock brokers and guarantees issued on
behalf of stock brokers and market makers;
(VI)
vx V]x E x x< E{x E <C] i |iE E +nx E B E{] E

/b/bS +l +x |ii E {I Ei @h +l Ei xv @h*
Loans sanctioned to corporate against security of shares/ bonds/ debenture or
other securities or on clean basis for meeting promoters contribution to the
equity of new companies in anticipation of raising resources;
(VII)
|ii <C] }/< E r E{x E {E @h
Bridge loans to companies against expected equity flows/issues;

(VIII) E |lE < +l {ix b +l {ix bS
S+ b E x] E v E u M< n |iri
+l <C] =xJ
Underwriting commitments taken up by Banks in respect of primary issue of shares

or convertible bonds or convertible debentures or units of equity oriented mutual funds;
(IX)
Vx ]bM i ]E E E k{h
Financing to stock brokers for margin trading;
(X)
=t {V xv ({VEi B M-{VEi nx) E BC{V

All exposure to Venture Capital Funds (both registered and unregistered)
{V V E E BC{V
/ Total Exposure to Capital Market
109
x /
NIL
x /
NIL
x /
NIL
x /
NIL
x /
NIL
x /
NIL
x /
NIL
x /
NIL
6.57
7.55
1746.06
687.75
3.7.3
VJ h E] BC{V / Risk Category wise Country Exposure:

(` Ec )
VJ
h
31.03.2013 E
BC{V (x)
Risk
Category
Exposure (net)
as on 31.03.2013
xMh / Insignificant
E / Low
v / Moderate
+vE / High
i +vE / Very High
|ivi / Restricted
+-Gb] / Off-credit
1983.78
E / Total
3191.37
3.7.4
/(` in crore)
31.03.2013
E
vi |vx
31.03.2012 E
BC{V (x)
31.03.2012
Provision held
as on 31.03.2013
Exposure (net)
as on 31.03.2012
Provision held
as on 31.03.2012
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
839.25
285.50
58.51
10.46
13.87
0.00
/NIL
/NIL
/NIL
/NIL
/NIL
/NIL
/NIL
568.81
x /NIL
1510.09
E
vi |vx
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
727.16
100.91
89.00
19.92
4.29
0.00
/NIL
/NIL
/NIL
/NIL
/NIL
/NIL
/NIL
x /NIL
E u +iGi BE =vEi (BB), =vEi (VB) E h

Details of Single Borrower Limit (SBL), Group Borrower Limit (GBL) exceeded by the bank
(` Ec )/(` in crore)
=vEi E x
BE BC{V
Ei
31.03.2013 E lli E
Name of Borrower
Single Exposure limit
Sanctioned Limit
Outstanding Balance as on
31.03.2013
2780.00
2779.08
=.|. { E{x .
U.P. Power Corporation Ltd.
2804.35
x]& =.|. { E{x . x i V E u nB MB Evx |vE E +iMi * (E{h E >{ {VMi

xv E +iH 5%)
Note: exposure on U.P. Power Corporation Ltd. is within the discretion given to banks by RBI (additional 5% of capital funds,
over prudential limit).
+|ii +O/
h
3.7.5
Particulars
a)
b)
Mi
Current Year
Previous Year
Unsecured Advance:
E +|ii +O / Total Unsecured Advances

< +i |ii u li +O V +vE { |,+xY{i,
|vE +n
Of which advances backed by intangible securities such as charge
over rights, licenses, authority etc.
14786.31
11724.70
x /NIL
x /NIL
v / Miscellaneous:
3.8.1 E nx +E i E M |vx E / Amount of Provisions made for Income tax during the year:
h
S
Mi
3.8
Particulars
Current Year
Previous Year
400.40
314.13
(32.92)
(18.35)
+E i |vx / Provision for Income Tax

+lMi E i |vx / Provision for Deferred Tax
3.8.2
E u MB MB nb : x (Mi : x) / Penalties imposed by RBI: NIL
110
(Previous Year: Nil)
J xE E +x |E]Eh +{IB V i V E x 'J ]{{h' i |E]Eh n E i nxn V

EB :
4.
Disclosure Requirements as per Accounting Standards where R.B.I has issued guidelines in respect of disclosure
items for Notes to Accounts:
J xE
4.1
'+v i x +l x, { +v n + J xi {ix':
Accounting Standard 5- Net Profit or Loss for the period, prior period items and changes in accounting policies:
{ +v vi + + xxx : / Income and Expenditure relating to prior period are as under:

(` Ec )/(` In crore)
h/Particulars
k /F.Y. 2012-13
k /F.Y. 2011-12
+/Income
(2.09)
1.29
/Expenditure
0.40
(0.03)
x/Net
(2.49)
(1.57)
4.2.
4.3.
4.3.1.
V +Yx E v BB 9 E +iMi xEn +v

{ +Yi + n i iiE x l |E]Eh E
+Ei x l*
E x 1 +| 2007 ES l {x (x<), {x
({x), OS], +E xEnEh, BB +
U]] E v +{x ni+ E +Yx i i
xn JE lx u V J xE 15 (BB 15)
(vi) E +{x *
4.2.
Income items recognised on cash basis were either not

material or did not require disclosure under AS 9 on
Revenue Recognition.
4.3.
The Bank has adopted Accounting Standard 15 (Revised)- Employee Benefits, issued by Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, for recognition of its liabilities in respect of employee benefits, viz, Pension, Gratuity, Leave Encashment, LFC and Sick Leave w.e.f. 1st
April, 2007.
xvE/M-xvE ES l, {x (B{<+),
OS], +E xEnEh + B.B.. E v E
E ni E
4.3.1. Banks liabilities in respect of the funded/ non-funded

employee benefits, viz., Pension(ABEPR), Gratuity,
Leave Encashment and LFC are recognised on the
basis of actuarial valuation carried out by approved
Actuary as per
(E) i xn JE lx u V J xE
15 (vi) xvi ri +
(a) Principles laid down in AS 15 (Revised) issued by

the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India,
and
(J) i EE lx u V nxn VBx

26 E +x +xni EE u Ex Ex
E +v { +Yi E Vi *
(b) Guidelines GN 26 issued by Institutes of Actuaries

of India.
EE +xx / Actuarial assumptions:

h / Particulars
Vx E |E / TYPE OF PLAN
xvr / Funded
{x
OS]
(B<{+)
Gratuity
Pension
M-xvr / Non-funded
+E
BB
xEnEh
LFC
Leave
Encashment
(ABEPR)
i n /Discount Rate
ix E gi n
8.00%
8.00%
8.00%
Salary Escalation Rate
8.00%
5.50%
5.50%
5.50%
n / Attrition Rate (p.a.)

Vx +i { + E |ii n
1%
1%
1%
1%
Expected Rate of Return on Plan Assets
8.00%
8.00%
111
E) vi E ix {ix :
(` Ec )
A) Change in the present value of Obligation:
h / Particulars
xvr / Funded
M-xvr / Non-funded
{x
+E
(B<{+) OS]
xEnEh
BB
+E
Pension
Gratuity
Leave
Encashment
LFC
Sick Leave
(ABEPR)
a)
b)
/ (` In crore)
E + {+
C.Y.
3174.75
722.17
161.61
30.74
46.37
PVO at the beginning of the year
P.Y.
2578.77
599.20
129.24
20.61
31.99
V Mi / Interest cost
C.Y.
246.26
54.20
10.80
1.33
P.Y.
212.08
47.09
9.06
0.72
2.72
S Mi
C.Y.
604.96
32.76
58.87
0.00
Current Service Cost
P.Y.
573.89
26.19
8.67
0.00
3.03
d)
|nk
C.Y.
192.89
89.23
53.29
28.30
Benefits Paid
P.Y.
(167.50)
(90.51)
(45.23)
(24.14)
0.00
e)
vi { EE x/(+)
C.Y.
(135.59)
37.04
85.19
55.38
Actuarial Loss/(Gain) on Obligation
P.Y.
(22.49)
140.20
59.87
33.55
8.63
E +i {+
C.Y.
3697.49
756.94
263.18
59.15
PVO at the close of the year
P.Y.
3174.75
722.17
161.61
30.74
46.37
c)
f)
J) Vx {k E =Si {ix
h / Particulars
/B) Changes in the Fair Value of Plan Assets:
(` Ec )
xvr / Funded
{x
(B<{+)
Pension
OS]
Gratuity
(ABEPR)
a)
b)
E +i
Vx +i E =Si
Fair Value of Plan Assets at the
beginning of year
C.Y.
P.Y.
2571.85
1781.59
665.16
438.48
Vx +i |ii |i
C.Y.
P.Y.
205.75
151.44
53.21
37.27
C.Y.
P.Y.
692.97
769.28
88.88
265.74
C.Y.
P.Y.
192.89
(167.50)
89.23
(90.51)
C.Y.
P.Y.
11.42
37.04
8.29
14.18
Fair Value of Plan Assets

at the close of year
C.Y.
P.Y.
3289.10
2571.85
726.31
665.16
Vx +i { iE |i
C.Y.
P.Y.
204.21
188.08
61.62
50.31
Expected return of Plan Assets

c)
ES E +nx
Employers Contribution
d)
|nk
Benefits Paid
e)
EE (x)/+
Actuarial (Loss)/Gain
f)
g)
E +i +i E =Si
Actual return on Plan Assets
112
/ (` In crore)
M) x EE x / (+ ) / C)
h / Particulars
/ (` In crore)
xvr / Funded
M-xvr / Non-funded
{x
+E
(B<{+)
OS]
xEnEh
BB
+E
Pension
Gratuity
Leave
Encashment
LFC
Sick Leave
(ABEPR)
a) vi { EE x / (+)
Actuarial loss / (gain) on obligation (B)
b) Vx +i { EE x/(+)
Actuarial loss / (gain) on Plan assets (C)
c) x EE (x)/+
Net Actuarial loss / (gain)
d) +v +Yi EE (x)/+
Actuarial loss / (gain) recognized
in the period
e) +x+Yi EE x
Unrecognised actuarial loss
P) ;wtlvt bku btg htrN
(` Ec )
Net Actuarial Loss / (Gain)
C.Y.
P.Y.
(135.59)
(22.49)
37.04
140.20
85.19
59.87
55.38
33.55
8.63
C.Y.
P.Y.
(11.42)
(37.04)
(8.29)
(14.18)
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
C.Y.
P.Y.
(147.01)
(59.53)
28.76
126.02
85.19
59.87
55.38
33.55
8.63
C.Y.
P.Y.
(147.01)
(59.53)
28.76
126.02
85.19
59.87
55.38
33.55
8.63
C.Y.
P.Y.
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
/ D) Amount recognized in Balance Sheet:
(` Ec )
h / Particulars
/ (` In crore)
xvr / Funded
M-xvr / Non-funded
{x
+E
(B<{+) OS]
xEnEh
BB
+E
Pension
Gratuity
Leave
Encashment
LFC
Sick Leave
(ABEPR)
E) E +i {i
vi E ix
a)Present value of defined benefit
C.Y.
3697.49
756.94
263.18
59.15
obligation at the end of the Year
P.Y.
3174.75
722.17
161.61
30.74
46.37
C.Y.
P.Y.
3289.10
2571.85
726.31
665.16
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
C.Y.
P.Y.
408.39
602.90
30.63
57.00
154.86
77.60
56.70
34.27
14.38
P]B :/Less:
J) E {i { Vx
+i E =Si
b)Fair value of Plan Assets at
close of the Year
ix {j +Yi M-xvr
x ni /(+i)
c) Unfunded Net Liability/ (Asset)
recognized in Balance Sheet
113
R ) B x Ji +Yi :
E) Expenses recognized in Profit & Loss account
(` Ec )
h / Particulars
xvr / Funded
M-xvr / Non-funded
{x
+E
(B<{+) OS]
xEnEh
BB
+E
Pension
Gratuity
Leave
Encashment
LFC
Sick Leave
(ABEPR)
E) S Mi
/ (` In crore)
C.Y.
P.Y.
604.96
573.89
32.76
26.19
58.87
8.67
0.00
0.00
3.03
C.Y.
P.Y.
246.26
212.08
54.20
47.09
10.80
9.06
1.33
0.72
2.72
C.Y.
P.Y.
205.75
151.44
53.21
37.27
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
d) Net actuarial loss / (gain)
C.Y.
147.01
28.76
85.19
55.38
recognized in the year
P.Y.
(59.53)
126.02
59.87
33.55
8.63
R) x
C.Y.
498.46
62.51
154.86
56.70
e) Net Benefit Expense
P.Y.
575.02
162.02
77.60
34.27
14.38
a) Current service cost
J) V Mi
b) Interest Cost
M) Vx +i { |ii +
c) Expected return on Plan Assets
P) +Yi x EE
x/ (+)
S) ix {j +Yi ni+ E Sx :
F) Movements in the Liability recognized in the Balance Sheet
(` Ec )
/ (` In crore)
xvr / Funded
M-xvr / Non-funded
{x
+E
(B<{+) OS]
xEnEh
BB
+E
h / Particulars
Pension
Gratuity
Leave
Encashment
LFC
Sick Leave
(ABEPR)
E) +l x ni
C.Y.
602.89
57.00
0.00
0.00
a) Opening Net Liability
P.Y.
797.18
160.72
0.00
0.00
J) x
C.Y.
498.46
62.51
154.86
56.70
b) Net Benefit Expense
P.Y.
575.00
162.02
77.60
34.27
14.38
M) +n E M +nx
C.Y.
692.97
88.88
0.00
0.00
c) Contribution paid
P.Y.
(769.28)
(265.74)
0.00
0.00
M) <i x ni
C.Y.
408.39
30.63
154.86
56.70
d) Closing Net Liability
P.Y.
602.90
57.00
77.60
34.27
14.38
P]B / Less:
114
U) ]] u xB J MB x E |ii :
(%)/(in %)
G) Investment percentage maintained by the Trust:
h
Particulars
{x (B<{+)
OS]
Pension (ABEPR)
Gratuity
Mi
Current Year
Previous Year
Mi
Current Year
Previous Year
Exp E E |ii / Central Govt. Securities
15.29
22.26
25.01
26.30
V E E |ii / State Govt. Securities
39.80
31.68
30.13
33.41
39.27
40.19
39.39
36.27
0.32
0.40
0.10
0.11
5.32
5.47
5.37
3.91
=SS i E{] b ({B/{B)

High Quality Corporate Bonds (PSU/PFC)
V VxB / Special Deposit Schemes

+x x / Other Investments
E x {U iE +E i `46.37 Ec E
|vx E l* +E M xEnEh x E xi
`46.37 Ec E {h E S ]x E E M
CE Y |{i E +x + <E +Ei x
*
4.4. M] {]M - J xE (BB) 17 M] {]M*
M] SxB Ei k h xE E { 4 E
+x n M< *
4.5.
vi {IE E |E]Eh - J xE (BB) 18

vi {] E S B xnx
The Bank had provided `46.37 Crore towards Sick Leave

upto previous year. The Sick Leave being non-encashable,
the Bank has written back the entire provision of `46.37 crore
in the current year as it is no longer required as per expert
advice obtained.
4.4. Segment Reporting Accounting Standard (AS) 17
Segment Reporting
Segment information is given in the Consolidated Financial Statements in terms of para 4 of the Standard.
4.5. Related Party Disclosures Accounting Standard (AS)
18 List of Related Parties and Transactions: The names
of the related parties, their relationship with the bank and
transactions effected-
fU) bwF ck"l fUtrbofU-
a)
G . x
{nx
Sl.No.
Designation
Name
(` ttFtu b)
{v
/ (` In Lacs)
Remuneration
i I {x
+vI B |v xnE
Smt. S. Panse

(From 01.10.2012)
] + S
E{E xnE
Shri T. R. Chawla
Executive Director
(From 01.04.2012)
+h i
E{E xnE
Shri Arun Tiwari
Executive Director
(from 18.06.2012)
i{ xnE /Ex Directors:

1
V.{. n+
2
Key Managment Personnel-
k /F.Y.
k /F.Y.
2012-13
2011-12
7.75
x/NIL
13.28
x/NIL
10.53
x/NIL
12.07
23.04
0.14
19.46
5.04
19.46
+vI B |v xnE
Shri J. P. Dua
Ex- Chairman & Managing Director

(Upto31.08.2012)
b. E
E{E xnE
Shri D. Sarkar
Ex- Executive Director

(Upto 31.03.2012)
B. +. xE
E{E xnE
Shri M. R. Nayak

(Upto 31.05.2012)
115
OS] il +E xEnEh vi E xvh O

E{x E +v { E { EE |h u E Vi
il inx = ={H Sx x M *
(J) +xM E{x
Expenses towards gratuity and leave encashment are

determined actuarially on an overall basis annually and
accordingly have not been considered in the above information.
+ E <x . ({h i): E E{x E `15.00

Ec (Mi `15.00 Eb) E S {V E
vi Ei *
(M) H =t
i) x { Vx <xx E{x .
ii) BB+< (<b) . E x { Vx <xx
E{x .E `105 Ec ({U `105 Ec) E 30
|ii B BB+< (<b) E `26.50 Ec
({U `26.50 Ec) E 27|ii vi Ei
*
i) All Bank Finance Limited (wholly owned): The bank

holds entire share capital of `15.00 Cr. (Previous year
`15.00 Cr) in the company.
b)
i)
c)
Subsidiary:
Joint Venture:
i) Universal Sompo General Insurance Company Limited.
ii) ASREC (India) Ltd.
The Bank is holding 30% share in Universal Sompo
General Insurance Company Limited amounting to
`105.00 Cr (previous year `105.00 Cr) and 27.04% share
in ASREC (india) Ltd. amounting to `26.50 (previous year
` 26.50 Cr )
(D
D) BB] :
<n { Oh E:
E Ij Oh E E `21.67 Ec ({U
`21.67 Ec) E 35 |ii E vi Ei *
k 2012-13 E nx E u |Vi BE +x
Ij Oh E, n Oh E E i E, k
j (k B M) E nxE 01.11..2012 E
+vSx E +x i ]] E u |Vi vS
Oh E M* < |E n Oh E
BB] x *
x { Vx <xx E{x ]b xE r
E{x E l E xnx xxi :-
d)
Associates:
Allahabad U.P. Gramin Bank:
The Bank is holding 35% share in Allahabad U.P. Gramin
Bank amounting to `21.67 Cr (previous year `21.67 Cr).
During the F.Y. 2012-13, Sharda Gramin Bank, another
Regional Rural Bank sponsored by the Bank was
amalgamated with Madhyanchal Gramin Bank promoted
by State Bank of India in terms of Govt. of India, Ministry
of Finance (Department of Financial Services) notification
dated 01.11.2012. As such, the Sharda Gramin Bank
ceases to be an associate of Allahabad Bank.
Transactions with associated company namely Universal
Sompo General Insurance Company Limited are as
follows:
(` Ec )
h / Particulars
+Vi + /Income Earned
|nk | / Insurance Premium Paid
/ (` in Crores)
/ F.Y. 2012-13
k / F.Y. 2011-12
8.56
8.03
8.59
7.73
vi {IE E v +x |E]Eh < |E :

/ Other Disclosures pertaining to related parties are as under:
n/vi {]
Items/Related Party
+xM, BB] B
H ={G
bwF |vx EE
B =xE v
Subsidiary, Associates &

joint ventures
Key Management
Personnel & their
relatives
Total
0.43
0.03
0.02
-
2454.38
430.15
136.01
64.50
0.17
9.02
700.00
=v / Borrowings
V / Deposits
V E {] / Placement of Deposits
+O / Advances
x / Investments
M xvE |iriB / Non-funded commitments
|nk V / Interest paid
|{i V / Interest received
|vx n / Management contracts
S M< +i / Assets sold
G-G EB MB +<{ / IBPC sold & purchased
2453.95
430.12
135.99
64.50
0.17
9.02
700.00
116
{]] |E]Eh
E) E E { E/+ v+ E B z {]]
* < v xxi |E]Eh E Vi :-
4.6.
xxJi |iE +v i xi x E Ex
{SxMi {]] E +iMi xxi {]] Mix E
M :
+{i {]] +v i n E
4.6. Lease Disclosure:

A) The Bank has various operating leases for office /
residential facilities. Disclosures in this regard are as
under:
i) Total of future minimum lease payments under noncancellable operating leases for each of the following
periods:
i)
Rent payable for unexpired lease period:
(` Ec ) / (` in Crores)
n /Amount Payable
Vn {]] +v / Existing Lease Period

lli/ As on 31.03.2013
lli / As on 31.03.2012
49.48
46.13
148.29
41.74
97.77
41.90
BE +xvE / Not later than one year

BE E n il {S +xvE /
Later than one year and not later than five years
{S E n / Later than five years
ii)
iii)
iv)
ix {j E iJ E xi x E Ex ={ {]]
E +iMi |{i EB Vx |ii xxi ={
{]] E Mix E M : x
vi +v i B x E h +Yi {]]
Mix : `90.49 Ec ({U `76.02 Ec)
vi +v i B x E h +Yi |{i
(+l |{) ={-{]] E Mix :x
ii)
The total of future minimum sublease payments expected

to be received under noncancellable subleases at the
balance sheet date: NIL.
iii) Lease payments recognized in the statement of profit and

loss for the period: `90.49 Crore (previous year
`76.02Crore)
iv) Sub-lease payments received (or receivable) recognised
in the statement of profit and loss for the period: NIL.
B) Financial Lease:
J) k {]] :
Bank is not having any assets under Financial Lease.
E E { k {]] E +iMi E< {k x *

4.7 |i +Vx : J xE (BB) 20 : / Earning Per Share Accounting Standard (AS) 20:
G .
Sl.
No.
Particulars
E.
|i + b<]b +Vx
Basic and Diluted Earning Per Share (`)
k /F.Y.
k /F.Y.
2012-13
2011-12
23.70
39.18
(`)
|i + b<]b +Vx E Mhx / Calculation of Basic and Diluted Earning Per Share
G .
Sl.
h
Particulars
k /F.Y.
k /F.Y.
2012-13
2011-12
1185.21
1866.79
50,00,26,189
47,64,10,588
No.
E.
<C] vE E i |nx E stlu x (` Ec )
Net Profit for the year attributable to Equity Share holders (` in Crores)
J.
<C] E i +i J
Weighted average number of Equity Shares
M.
|i +Vx (E/J) (`)
Basic Earning per Share (A/B) (`)
23.70
39.18
P.
|i xx (`)
Nominal Value per share (`)
10.00
10.00
+ { E i J - J xE (BB) 22
E nx +lMi E i E Vx E { ` 32.92
Ec ({U x x ` 18.35 Ec V) E B x
Ji V E M* ix {j E iJ E lli +lMi
E +i / ni+ E J P]E ix{j E il E
+x xxi :
4.8.
4.8. Accounting for Taxes on Income: Accounting Standard (AS) 22

During the year, an amount of `32.92 Crore has been credited (Previous year `18.35 Crore credited) to the Profit & Loss
Account by way of adjustment of deferred tax. The major components of Deferred Tax Assets/ Liabilities as on Balance Sheet
date are as under:
117
(` Ec )
h
Vx
Vc/(P]B)
E |
Particulars
/ (` In crore)
E {i {
At the beginning
of the Year
Adjustment
Add / (Less)
At the close of
the year
k /F.Y.
k /F.Y.
k /F.Y.
2012-13
2011-12
2012-13
2011-12
2012-13
2011-12
10.50
32.96
10.50
43.46
10.50
9.25
4.69
(9.25)
4.56
9.25
+lMi E +i
Deferred Tax Assets
+E xEnEh i |vx
Provision for Leave Encashment
+E i |vx
Provision for Sick Leave
BB i |vx/Provision for LFC

E / Total
+lMi E niB
3.29
9.21
3.29
12.50
3.29
23.04
4.69
32.92
18.35
55.96
23.04
80.55
80.55
80.55
80.55
80.55
80.55
80.55
80.55
57.51
75.86
(32.92)
(18.35)
24.59
57.51
Deferred Tax Liabilities
+S +i E
Depreciation of Fixed Assets
x E { vi |ii {
={Si rfkU;w +n V
Interest Accrued but not due on
securities held as Investments
E /Total
+lMi E niB (x)

Deferred Tax Liabilities (Net)
E BS]B h E x { +lMi E +Yi x Ei

CE E E S < v E< +i x * x
{ +lMi E +Yx { i xn JE lx E
Y E i E S E x < q E i E
P E { V CE =tM VMi < { E< Ex
E ziB *
The Bank does not recognise deferred tax on HTM category

of investments as in Banks opinion; there is no timing
difference in this regard. Pursuant to the opinion of the Expert
Advisory Committee of the Institute of Chartered Accountants
of India on recognition of deferred tax on investments, the
bank has referred the issue to the Indian Banks Association
for their guidance on the matter since there is a difference in
treatment on this subject in the industry.
4.9. xx
4.9. Discontinuing Operations: Accounting Standard (AS)

24
E E : J xE (BB)
24
Disclosure requirement is not applicable for the year under

review.
Ivx i |E]Eh +{I M x *

4.10.
''k +i E { E E +i E {{i + {
J xE (BB) 28 ''<{] + B]'' |V
x * |vx E =H xE E +x 31.03.2013
E E E +x +i E< <{] x +
+Yx i E< i{h i x
4.10. A substantial portion of the banks assets comprise of

financial assets to which Accounting Standard (AS) 28
Impairment of Assets is not applicable. In the opinion of the
management, there is no impairment of other assets of the
Bank as at 31.03.2013 to any material extent requiring
recognition in terms of the said standard.
5.
''|vx, +EE niB + +EE +i'' E

v J xE (BB) 29 E +x |E]Eh
5. Disclosure in terms of Accounting Standard (AS) 29 on

Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent
Assets:
118
B x Ft;u bku |vx B +EE =ug;tyt nu;w ltbu
5.1.1.
/Provisions & Contingencies debited to Profit & Loss Account:
Particulars
x { i |vx / Provision for Depreciation on Investment

Bx{B i |vx / Provision towards NPA
xE +i i |vx/ Provision towards Standard Assets
+E i |vx/Provision towards Income Tax
+lMi E +i/niB/Deferred Tax Assets / Liabilities
+<+B i |vx/Provision for IRS
+x /Others
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
E/Total
(` Ec ) / (` In crore)
k / F.Y.
/ F.Y.
2012-13
2011-12
(175.83)
220.57
1481.22
1183.46
256.91
144.47
400.40
314.13
(32.92)
(18.35)
(32.25)
4.92
302.48
53.95
2200.01
1903.15
5.1.2. |vx E + +EEi+ E Sx (<i ) :

Movement of Provision and Contingencies (Closing balance):
Particulars
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
F.Y. 2012-13
F.Y. 2011-12
Bx{B i |vx / Provision toward NPA

x { i |vx / Provision for Depreciation on Investment
xE +i i |vx/ Provision towards Standard Assets
+E i |vx/Provision towards Income Tax
+lMi E +i/niB/Deferred Tax (Assets) / Liabilities
ylwMkde ttC fUh / Fringe Benefit Tax
+x /Others
1010.23
967.28
566.80
569.11
Total
5175.31
4677.87
311.08
486.91
768.38
509.81
2468.19
2061.21
24.59
57.51
26.04
26.04
+l |vx/Floating Provisions:
5.2.
h
(a)
(` Ec )
k
/ Particulars
k / F.Y. 2011-12
x/NIL
48.00
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
48.00
x/NIL
x/NIL
E nx b b=x E E B |Vx
Purpose and amount of draw down during the year
(d)
/ F.Y. 2012-13
E nx E M +l |vx E {h
Quantum of Floating Provision made during the year
(c)
/ (` in Crores)
+l |vx Ji +l /
Opening Balance in Floating Provision Account
(b)
+l |vx Ji <i
Closing Balance in Floating Provision Account
5.3.
(` Ec ) / (` In crore)
k /
|Ii b b=x : x ({U ): x
Draw Down from Reserves: NIL (Previous year) : NIL

5.4.
A.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Ei E |E]Eh : Disclosure of Complaints:

E Ei /Customer Complaints:
E
E
E
E
+ i Ei E J/No. of Complaints pending at the beginning of the year

nx |{i Ei E J/No. of Complaints Received during the year
nx xi E M< Ei E J/No. of Complaints Redressed during the year
+i i Ei E J/No. of Complaints pending at the end of the year
119
68
2499
2487
80
EM E{ u {i +vxh /Awards passed by the Banking Ombudsman :
B.
(a)
(b)
E + Exi x E M +vxh E J/No. of unimplemented awards at the beginning of the year

E nx EM E{ u {i E M +vxh E J
03
(c)
No. of awards passed by Banking Ombudsman during the year

E nx Exi E M +vxh E J /No. of awards implemented during the year
24
25
E +i Exi x E M +vxh E J/
(d) No. of unimplemented awards at the end of the year
5.5.
02
SEi +x {j (B+)
5.5.
Letters of Comfort (LoCs):
S k E nx E x Gi @h v ={v Ex i
` 1901.94 Ec
({U ` 998.04 Ec ) E 368 B+
V EB* 31.03.2013 E E B+ E ` 1060.65
Ec ({U ` 108.88 Ec) l* E E xvh E +x
< v E< k | x {cM*
During the current financial year, the Bank has issued 368
number of LoCs amounting to `1901.94 crore (previous year
`998.04 Crore) for providing buyers credit facility. The outstanding LoCs as on 31.03.2013 amount to `1060.65 crore
(previous year `108.88 Crore). In Banks assessment, no financial impact is likely to arise in this respect.
|vx EV +x{i
31.03.2013 E lli E E |vx EV +x{i 50%
({U 74%)
5.7. E nx E :
5.6.
Vx + M-Vx |{i Ex : ` 19.87 Ec

({U ` 18.87 Ec)
Commission received on life & non-life insurance business:

`19.87 Crore (previous year `18.87Crore)
5.6.
5.8.
The provision coverage ratio as on 31.03.2013: 50.00% (Previous Year 74.00%)

5.7. Income from Bancassurance business during the
year:
5.8. Concentration of Deposits, Advances, Exposures

& NPAs:
V, +O, BC{V + Bx{B E Exph:
5.8.1.
Provision Coverage Ratio
V E Exph / Concentration of Deposits:
/ Particulars
/ F.Y. 2012-13
k /F.Y. 2011-12
19104.75
21845.00
10.69
13.46
c VEi+ E E V
Total deposit of twenty largest depositors
E E E V c VEi+ E V E |ii
Percentage of deposits of twenty largest depositors to total deposits of the bank
5.8.2.
(` Ec )
Concentration of Advances:
/ Particulars
/ F.Y. 2012-13
c =vi+ E E +O/Total advances to twenty largest borrowers

E E E +O c =vEi+ E +O E |ii
Percentage of advances to twenty largest borrowers to total advances of the bank
17554.92
14.39
15.64
(` Ec )
k
/ Particulars
k / F.Y. 2011-12
18630.97
BC{V E Exph / Concentration of Exposures:
5.8.3.
/ (` in Crores)
/ (` in Crores)
/ F.Y. 2012-13
k / F.Y. 2011-12
21840.33
21410.22
11.63
12.81
c =vEi+/OE E E BC{V
Total exposure to twenty largest borrowers/ customers
E E E BC{V c =vEi+/OE E BC{V E |ii

Percentage of exposure to twenty largest borrowers/customers to total exposure
of the bank on borrowers/customers
5.8.4.
Bx{B E Exph /Concentration on NPAs:
/ Particulars
/F.Y. 2012-13
(` Ec ) / (` in Crores)
k /F.Y. 2011-12
S Bx{B Ji E BC{V (E)

Total Exposure to top four NPA accounts (Gross)
1269.19
120
370.42
Ij Bx{B& < Ij E +O Bx{B E |ii
5.9.
Sector-wise NPAs: Percentage of NPAs to total advances in that sector

Sl. No. Ij / Sector
/ F.Y.2012-13
k / F.Y.2011-12
E B r Miv / Agriculture & Allied activities

2. =tM (<G, P, v + n) /Industry (Micro, Small, Medium and Large)
3. /Services
4. HE @h /Personal Loans
5.10. Bx{B E Sx / Movement of NPAs
8.34%
5.06%
6.57%
0.74%
10.76%
5.99%
14.37%
3.21%
1.
h/Particulars
k
+| 2012 E E Bx{B (+l)
E nx r (xB Bx{B)/Gross NPAs as on 1st April 2012(Opening Balance)
/ F.Y.2012-13
k / F.Y.2011-12
2058.98
1647.92
Additions (Fresh NPAs) during the year
5891.89
2232.06
={ Vc (E) P]B / Sub- Total (A)

P]B / Less:(i) =zx / Upgradations
(ii) (+{Ob Ji E M< E UcE)
7950.87
3879.98
971.44
455.07
(iii)
490.45
1351.99
2813.88
364.73
1001.20
1821.00
Gross NPAs as on 31st March 2013 (Closing Balance) (A-B)
5136.99
2058.98
Recoveries (excluding recoveries made from upgraded accounts)
<]-+/ Write-offs
={ Vc (J) / Sub- Total (B)
31 S 2013 E lli E Bx{B (<i) (E-J)
5.11.
n +i Bx{B + V / Overseas Assets, NPAs and Revenue

(` Ec )
h/ Particulars
E +i / Total Assets
E Bx{B /Total NPAs
E V /Total Revenue
k / F.Y. 2012-13
k /F.Y. 2011-12
7618.32
6354.18
175.19
2.61
199.33
173.11
5.12. ix {j |Vi B{ (Vx J xE E

+x Ei E Vx +{Ii ): x
5.13.
/ Amount (` In crore)
+{vi {x + OS] ni :
5.12. Off-Balance Sheet SPVs sponsored (which are

required to be consolidated as per accounting norms):
NIL.
5.13. Unamortised Pension and Gratuity Liabilities:
E. k 2010-2011 E nx <n E (ES)

{x x 1995 E ii ES i {x v E{ E
{x: Ex B OS] E Mix +vx, 1972 E ii
OS] + gk Ex { E x {x i `708.07
Ec + OS] i `39.63 Ec E E +iH
E c ni +n E , V i V E E nxE
09 , 2011 E {{j b+b J {.. 80/
21.04.018/2010-11 E +x {vi E M * =H
{{j E |vx E +x, {vi JS E {S M (1/
5th) E +h |iE E Vx SB + inx,
i +{vi JS E { `298.96 Ec (+li
{x i `283.26 Ec + OS] i `15.70 Ec ), +Oxi
Ei B k 2010-11, 2011-12, + 2012-13
+ x J `448.74 Ec (+li {x i `424.81
Eb + OS] i `23.93) E {vi E M* i
V E E =H xn E +xh Ei B E x S k
121
A. On re-opening of Pension option to employees under

Allahabad Bank (Employees) Pension Regulations 1995
and enhancement in Gratuity limits under the Payment of
Gratuity Act 1972 during the financial year 2010-2011, the
Bank had incurred huge liability towards additional load
amounting to `708.07 Crore for Pension and `39.63 Crore
for Gratuity, which were amortised in terms of Reserve
Bank of India circular DBOD No.BP.BC.80/21.04.018/
2010-11 dated 9th February, 2011. As per the provisions
of the said circular, 1/5th of the amortised expenses is to
be absorbed each year and accordingly, `448.74 Crore
(i.e. `424.81 Crore for Pension and `23.93 Crore for
Gratuity) has already been charged to the Profit and Loss
Account in F.Y. 2010-11, 2011-12 & 2012-13, carrying
forward `298.96 Crore (i.e. `283.26 Crore for Pension and
`15.70 Crore for Gratuity) as unamortised expenses for
future years. Following the said directive of the Reserve
Bank of India, during the current financial year the Bank
has charged a sum of `149.60 Crore (i.e. `141.60 Crore
6.
E nx + x J `149.60 Ec (+li
`141.60 Ec + `8.00 Ec G:) E E |i E
il `298.96 Ec (+li {x i `283.26 Ec +
OS] i `15.70 Ec), E +M k V M
*
J. 01.04.2010 E +l E n E Vcx
ES i {i +nx xk i Vx E
Exx , E x {B+bB E xE + |
xjh E +iMi Bx{B E E{] b i ] {x
|h +{x + E xxq] ES i xHES v E {v E +iMi i E{] Bx{B
+ * S i E E +nx E +xxi
E E + x J x J n M *
for Pension and `8.00 Crore for Gratuity) to the Profit and
Loss Account and `298.96 Crore (i.e. `283.26 Crore for
Pension and `15.70 Crore for Gratuity) is carried forward
to next financial year.
M. ix vx i |vx : ES E ix vx (10
u{I Zi) V x 2012 n E Eh E
{ {cx i i E x S k E nx
`100 Ec E |vx E *
C. Provision on account of Wage revision: To meet the

probable load on the Bank on account of wage revision of
employees (10th bipartite settlement) which is due from
November 2012, the Bank has made a provision of
`100.00 Crore during the current financial year.
+EE niB :
ix {j E +xS 12 E G J (I) (VI) l
=Ji B niB G: x/+]x/x E
x{]x E {h, +{ E x{]x, M E M< ,
nMi vi+ E i, P]xG + vi {IE
u E M< M { x *
7.
{VMi Ji { x{nx i n E +xxi

VE |vx x E M (+O E x) `87.00
Ec ({U 110.46 Ec)*
8.
+x|V +i E +iMi vi |vx E Ij E+{

E E +O +xxi +v { P] n M iE
ix {j E +xS 9 lH x +O E xE
E*
9.
B. In implementation of the Defined Contribution

Retirement Benefit Scheme for the employees joining
service of the Bank on or after 01.04.2010, the Bank has
adopted National Pension System for Corporate Model of
NPS under the regulatory and administrative control of
PFRDA and has joined NPS as Corporate under the
purview of employer-employee relationship for these
underlying employees, which has since been
operationalised.
6.
Contingent Liabilities:
Such liabilities as mentioned at Sl. No.(I) to (VI) in schedule
12 of Balance Sheet are dependent upon the outcome of
court / arbitration / out of court settlement, disposal of
appeals, the amount being called up, terms of contractual
obligations, devolvement and raising of demand by
concerned parties respectively.
7.
Estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed

on capital account and not provided for (Net of advance)
`87.00 Crore (Previous Year `110.46 Crore).
8.
Sector wise break-up of provision held under nonperforming advances is deducted on estimated basis from
gross advances to arrive at the balance of net advances
as stated in the Schedule-9 of the Balance Sheet.
|lEi Ij +O E u <n { Oh E
VJ ] E +v { G EB MB |iI E +O E
+i E Mi |h{j i `700.00 Ec ({U
550 Ec) * < |E E u <n {
Oh E E S MB M |lEi Ij E +i E Mi
|h{j i `700.00 Ec ({U 350 Ec) E
+O P] M *
9.
Priority Sector Advances include `700.00 Crore (previous

year `550.00) on account of Inter Bank Participation
Certificates (IBPC) of Direct Agriculture Advances
purchased by the Bank on risk sharing basis from
Allahabad U.P. Gramin Bank. Likewise, `700.00 Crore
(previous year `350.00 Crore) has been reduced from
advances being amount of Inter Bank participation
Certificates of non-priority sector advances sold by the
Bank to Allahabad U.P. Gramin Bank.
10.
E nx, E x + E +vx, 1961 E v 36 (1)

(viii) E +x] |Ii `251.00 Ec ({U
`209.00 Ec)E E +xii E *
10. During the year, the Bank has transferred a sum of

`251.00Crore (Previous Year `209.00 Crore) to Special
Reserve in terms of section 36 (1) (viii) of the income Tax
Act, 1961.
11.
E E xnE b x |nk {V E 60% E n E

ii E +li |iE `10/- E +Ei E {
`6/- |i *
11. The Board of Directors of the Bank has recommended

dividend @60% of paid-up capital i.e. `6/- per share of
face value of `10/- each.
12.
V +E Z M {U E +Ec E {x:i
+l {x:MEi E M *
12. Figures of previous year have been regrouped or

reclassified wherever considered necessary.
122
J{IE E {]
AUDITORS REPORT

i E ]{i
k h v {]
1. x 31 S 2013 E lli <n E E k
h E J{I E V 31 S 2013 E lli
Ei ix{j, = E {i +v i Ei x Ji il Ei xEn | h B i{h J
xi E il +x JiE Sx ] * <x
k h u J{Ii 20 JB, J
J{IE u J{Ii 878 JB + lx J{IE
u J{Ii 1 n J * u J{Ii
B +x J{Ii J+ E Sx E u i V
E u V nxn E +x E M * < 1900
J+ E ix{j B x h V J{I
E +vx x l* <x +J{Ii J+ +O E 9.71%,
V E 28.80%, V + E 6.37% il V E
23.13% *
k h i |vx E ni
2. EM xx +vx 1949 E +x <x k h
E i Ex E ni |vx E * < ni Ei
k h E i Ex i |ME +iE xjh E
i Ex, Exx Ex + =E JJ Ex
V i{h l h, vJvc +l SE E Eh,
H *
J{IE E ni
3. ni J{I { +vi <x k h
{ +{x nx * x +{x J{I i xn
JE lx u V xE J{I E +x E *
=x xE +{Ii E xi{E +{I+ E
+x{x E + Vx x E J{I E x{ni E
V Si +x |{i E C Ei k h
i{h l h H *
4. E J{I E J{I I |{i Ex E
|G x{ni E Vi + B k h |E]Eh
E Vi * Sx Vx |G J{IE E xh {
vi i V k h i{h l h E
VJ E xvh, E{] +l SE E Eh, i * <x
VJ E xvh Ex J{IE E E i + J{I
h E =Si |iiEh vi |ME +iE xjh
E vx Ji + {li E +x{ =Si J{I
|G xvi Ei * J{I |M < M< J
xi E ={Hi B |vx u EB MB J |CEx E
Sii E l l Ei k h E Oi: |iiEh
E Ex i *
5. E u |{i J{I I
J{I |nx Ex i {{i B Si *
+i
6. , V E E E |ni i ,+
k VxE il nB MB {]Eh E +x:
To
The President of India
1. We have audited the accompanying financial statements
of Allahabad Bank as at 31st March, 2013, which comprise
the Balance Sheet as at March 31, 2013, and Profit and
Loss Account and the Cash Flow Statement for the year
then ended, and a summary of significant accounting
policies and other explanatory information. Incorporated
in these financial statements are the returns of 20 branches
audited by us and 878 branches audited by branch auditors,
1 overseas branch audited by local auditor. The branches
audited by us and those audited by other auditors have
been selected by the Bank in accordance with the
guidelines issued to the Bank by the Reserve Bank of India.
Also incorporated in the Balance Sheet and the Statement
of Profit and Loss are the returns from 1900 branches and
offices which have not been subjected to audit. These
unaudited branches account for 9.71 per cent of advances,
28.80 per cent of deposits, 6.37 per cent of interest income
and 23.13 per cent of interest expense.
Management's Responsibility for the Financial Statements
2. Management is responsible for the preparation of these
financial statements in accordance with Banking Regulation
Act, 1949. This responsibility includes the design,
implementation and maintenance of internal control
relevant to the preparation of the financial statements that
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud
or error.
Auditor's Responsibility
3. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in
accordance with the Standards on Auditing issued by the
Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Those
Standards require that we comply with ethical requirements
and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free
from material misstatement.
4.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit

evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. The procedures selected depend on the
auditor's judgment, including the assessment of the risks
of material misstatement of the financial statements,
whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk
assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant
to the Bank's preparation and fair presentation of the
financial statements in order to design audit procedures
that are appropriate in the circumstances. An audit also
includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting
policies used and the reasonableness of the accounting
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall presentation of the financial statements.
5. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is

sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit
opinion.
Opinion
6. In our opinion, as shown by books of bank, and to the best
of our information and according to the explanations given
to us:
123
ix{j, = nB MB x] E l {ì, BE {h B =Si

ix{j V +E h nB MB < =Si {
i E M , V E E E E 31 S 2013 E
lli + =Si li |E] + xi:
i Ei J ri E +x{ *
ii. x Ji, = nB MB x] E l {ì, xi: i
Ei J ri E +x{ vi E E
ni *
i.
xEn | h = il E {i i xEn | E
+ =Si li ni *
i{h i
7. n EB x, +xS 18 E x] . 5.13
E + vx +Ei Ei V VxE Ij E E E
ES i {x E{ {x: Jx { i W E
u +{x nxE 09.02.2011 E {{j . b+b.{.
/ 80/21.04.018/2010-11 E v |nx E M< U] E
+x BB 15 ES E |vx E VxE E {
M Ex v ` 298.96 Ec iE E r E Eh
{x ni B OS] ni +lMi EB Vx E i *
iii. the Cash Flow Statement gives a true and fair view of the
cash flows for the year ended on that date.
+x vE B xE +{I+ v {]
8. ix {j B x Ji EM xx +vx 1949 E
i +xS E G: ''B'' B '''' i EB MB *
Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements
9. ={H {O 1 5 =Ji J{I E + E
9. Subject to the limitations of the audit indicated in paragraph

1 to 5 above and as required by the Banking Companies
(Acquisition and Transfer of Undertakings) Act, 1970, and
subject also to the limitations of disclosure required therein.
i.
iii.
+v { B EE E{x (={G E +Vx B +ih)

+vx, 1970 u l +{Ii il = |E] + E
+vx;
{] Ei E:
the Balance Sheet, read with the notes thereon is a full

and fair Balance Sheet containing all the necessary
particulars, is properly drawn up so as to exhibit a true and
fair view of state of affairs of the Bank as at 31st March
2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in India;
ii. the Profit and Loss Account, read with the notes thereon
shows a true balance of profit, in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in India, for the year covered
by the account; and
Emphasis of Matter
7. Without qualifying our opinion, we draw attention to note
no. 5.13 of Schedule 18 which describes deferment of
pension liability and gratuity liability due to increase in
ceiling to the extent of `298.96 crores pursuant to the
exemption granted by the Reserve Bank of India to the
public sector banks from application of the provisions of
AS 15 'Employees Benefits' vide its circular No
DBOD.BP.BC/80/21.04.018/2010-11 dated February 9th,
2011, on reopening of pension option to employees of
public sector banks.
8. The Balance Sheet and the Profit and Loss Account have
been drawn up in Forms "A" and "B" respectively of the
Third Schedule to the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.
We report that :
(E) x SxB B {]Eh |{i EB V

k VxE B E +x J{I E |Vxl
+E l il x =x iVxE { *
a. We have obtained all the information and explanations

which to the best of our knowledge and belief, were
necessary for the purposes of our audit and have found
them to be satisfactory.
(J) VxE +B E E xnx E E +vE E +iMi

*
(M) E E J+ B E |{i h J{I
E B {{i {< M< *
b. The transactions of the Bank, which have come to our

notice have been within the powers of the Bank.
10. J{I i ix{j, -x J +
10. In our opinion, the Balance Sheet, Profit and Loss Account
and Cash Flow Statement comply with the applicable
accounting standards.
xEn | h |V J xE E +x{ *
c. The returns received from the offices and branches of the

Bank have been found adequate for the purposes of our
audit.
Ei B. . Vx Bb E.
xn
lx / Place : EEi / Kolkata

nxE / Date : 07.05.2013
For M. C. Jain & Co.

JE / Chartered Accountants
Ei . Bx.E. M Bb E.
xn
For N. K. Bhargava & Co.

JE / Chartered Accountants
(E E {])
(E..E. M)
(Mukesh Kumar Patawari)

{]x / Partner
ni . / Membership No.-056623
B.+. . / F.R. No: 304012 E
(K. K. Bhargava)
{]x / Partner
B+ . / FR No: 00429N
Ei Jb EEx Bb E.
.xn JE / Chartered Accountants
Ei .] B {i.
xn JE / Chartered Accountants
(.E. Jb) / (V.K.Khandelwal)

{]x / Partner
B.+. . / F.R. No: 01311C
(x ME) / (Raman Hangekar)

{]x / Partner
B.+. . / F.R. No: 101048W
124
Ei Pxl Bb E.
( Vx) / (Samir Jain)
{]x / Partner
B+ . / F.R. No: 000451N
Ei .l Bb BB]
({. l E) / (P. Sarath Kumar)
{]x / Partner
B+ . / FR No: 05120S
< n
ALLAHABAD BANK
31 S, 2013 E lli Ei ix-{j

Consolidated Balance Sheet as on 31st March, 2013
(` Ec ) (`` In Crores)
h
PARTICULARS
+xS
lli AS ON
lli AS ON
SCHEDULE
31.03.2013
31.03.2012
1
2
2A
3
4
5
500.03
11078.20
x/NIL
178733.94
10104.35
4401.99
204818.51
500.03
10202.40
x/NIL
159583.87
9099.38
3908.78
183294.46
7808.29
8712.48
{V + niB /CAPITAL & LIABILITIES

{V/Capital
|Ii B +v/Reserves & Surplus
+{ JE V/Minorities Interest
V/Deposits
=v/ Borrowings
+x niB + |vx/Other Liabilities and Provisions
E /Total
+i /ASSETS
i W E xEn +
Cash and Balances with Reserve Bank of India
Balances with Banks and Money at Call and Short Notice
xvx/Investments
@h B +O /Loans & Advances
l +i /Fixed Assets
+x +i / Other Assets
Ex { J / Goodwill on Consolidation
B x Ji E x
5278.77
5392.66
8
9
10
11
58676.03
129489.78
1257.84
2307.80
x/NIL
54507.78
111145.94
1207.66
2327.94
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
204818.51
183294.46
53178.65
13593.02
61333.91
6,164.83
Debit Balance of Profit and Loss A/C
E /Total
+EE niB / Contingent Liabilities
h E B / Bills for Collection
Wvh mk=rCo; ylwmqragt tuFu fUt +z ykd /
12
The schedules refered to above form an

integral part of accounts
xnE / Directors:
M n /Shri Gour Das
I {x
]. +. S
+h i
+vI B |v xnE
E{E xnE
E{E xnE
T. R. Chawla
Shubhalakshmi Panse
Director
Ei . B. . Vx Bb E.
Arun Tiwari
Executive Director
={ |vE
(k B J)
K. S. Venkataraman
General Manager (F&A) and CFO
S. L. Jain
Dy. General
Manager(F&A)
+.E.
E |vE
(k B J)
R. K. Mehra
Asstt General
Manager(F&A)

Ei . Bx.E. M Bb E.
Ei . Pxl Bb E.

{]x / Partner
(K.K. Bhargava)
{]x / Partner
xn JE
xn JE
(E E {])
xn JE
(E.E. M)
Vx
(Samir Jain)
{]x / Partner
Ei . Jb EEx Bb E.
Ei . ] Bb { i
Ei . l Bb BB]
xn JE
xn JE
(. E. Jb)

B.B.Vx
E.B.E]x
|vE (k B J) B
B+
(x ME)
(V.K. Khandelwal)
{]x / Partner
125
(Raman Hangekar)
{]x / Partner
xn JE
({. l E)
(P. Sarath Kumar)

{]x/Partner
< n
ALLAHABAD BANK
31 S, 2013 E {i i Ei x J
Consolidated Profit & Loss Account for the year ended 31st March, 2013
(` Ec ) (`` In Crores)
lli AS ON
+xS
lli AS ON
PARTICULARS
SCHEDULE
I. + / INCOME
+Vi V / Interest earned
13
+x + / Other income
14
E /Total
II. / EXPENDITURE
E M V / Interest expended
15
{Sx / Operating expenses
16
|vx + +EE / Provisions & Contingencies
E / Total
31.03.2013
31.03.2012
17461.20
1565.11
19026.31
15527.67
1303.84
16831.51
12568.53
3067.70
2200.84
17837.07
10359.97
2722.90
1904.32
14987.19
22.62
15.28
1211.86
1859.60
x/NIL
x/NIL
1211.86
1859.60
309.46
1521.32
243.58
2103.18
302.66
492.79
471.11
973.70
352.55
348.91
373.32
1521.32
24.24
309.46
2103.18
39.03
+xM +/x E +
Share of earnings/loss in Associates
+{JE V P]x { E Ei x /(x)

Consolidated Net profit/(loss) for the year before
deducting Minorities Interest
P]B : +{JE V r
i Ei /(x) /
Less: Minorities Interest

Consolidated profit/ (loss) for the year
attributable to the group
Vc: r Ei /(x) +Oxi

Add: Brought forward consolidated profit/(loss)
attributable to the group
E / Total
III. xVx / APPROPRIATIONS
mtkrJr"f |Ii E +ih / Transfer to Statutory Reserves
+x |Ii E +ih / Transfer to Other Reserves
yk;rhb / |ii ( vh fUh mrn;)
Interim / Proposed Dividend (Including Tax on Dividend)
Ei ix {j +Oxi
Balance carried over to consolidated Balance Sheet

E / Total
|i +Vx / Earnings per Share
>{ ni +xS J E +z +M
The schedules refered to above form an integral part of the accounts

xnE / Directors:
M n /Shri Gour Das
I {x
]. +. S
+h i
+vI B |v xnE
E{E xnE
E{E xnE
T. R. Chawla
Shubhalakshmi Panse
Director
Ei . B. . Vx Bb E.
={ |vE
(k B J)
K. S. Venkataraman
S. L. Jain
Dy. General
Manager(F&A)
+.E.
E |vE
(k B J)
R. K. Mehra
Asstt General
Manager(F&A)

Ei . Bx.E. M Bb E.
Ei . Pxl Bb E.

{]x / Partner
(K.K. Bhargava)
{]x / Partner
xn JE
xn JE
(E E {])
xn JE
(E.E. M)
Vx
(Samir Jain)
{]x / Partner
Ei . Jb EEx Bb E.
Ei . ] Bb { i
Ei . l Bb BB]
xn JE
xn JE
(. E. Jb)

Arun Tiwari
Executive Director
B.B.Vx
E.B.E]x
|vE (k B J) B
B+
(x ME)
(V.K. Khandelwal)
{]x / Partner
126
(Raman Hangekar)
{]x / Partner
xn JE
({. l E)
(P. Sarath Kumar)

{]x/Partner
< n E
ALLAHABAD BANK
31 S, 2013 E {i i Ei xEn | h
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement for the year ended 31st March, 2013
(` Ec )(`` in Crore)
h / Particulars
E. {Sx Miv xEn |
A
2012-13
2011-12
Cash Flow from Operating Activities
E nx +O, xvx +n |{i V

Interest received during the year
from Advances, Investments etc.
17,461.20
+x + /Other Income
P]B: / Less:
E nx V { |nk V /
1,583.72
Interest paid during the year on Deposits
15,527.67
19,044.92
(12,047.15)
1,318.29
16,845.96
(9,742.20)
|vx B +EEi+ i {Sx

Operating Expenses including Provisions & Contingencies
(5,267.22)
Vc: / Add:
l +i { / Depreciation on Fixed Assets
E {Sx Vi xEn
({SxMi +i + ni+ {ix {)
a.
(17,314.37)
(4,627.22)
(14,369.42)
75.60
76.68
1,806.15
2,553.22
Cash Profit generated from operations (prior to changes

in operating assets and liabilities)
J. ni+ r (E)
b.
Increase (Decrease) in Liabilities
V / Deposits
+x niB B |vx / Other Liabilities & Provisions
M. +i E (r)
c.
19,150.07
505.24
27,701.71
19,655.31
(157.73)
27,543.98
Decrease (Increase) in Assets
+O / Advances
x / Investments
+x +i / Other Assets
+ J+
+ M))
{SxMi Miv x xEn | (E+
(18,343.84)
(4,168.26)
20.15
Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities (a+b+c)
x Miv xEn |
Cash Flow from Investing Activities
(17,518.07)
(11,032.76)
(22,491.95)
(49.13)
(1,030.49)
(28,599.96)
1,497.24
l +i E G/x{]x /
Sale/disposal of fixed assets
l +i E G / Purchase of fixed assets
14.49
(136.76)
9.81
(134.00)
x Miv x xEn |
Net Cash Flow from Investing Activities
(122.27)
127
(124.19)
(` Ec )(`` in Crore)
Ei xEn | h (V...) / Consolidated Cash Flow Statement (Contd.)

M
C
h / Particulars
k{h Miv xEn |
2012-13
Cash Flow from Financing Activities

=v / Borrowings
=v { V / Interest on Borrowings
(E i) / Dividends (including tax)
] -II b B n b E vx /Redemption of Tier-II
Bonds & Perpetual Bonds
<C] E xM / Issue of Equity Share
2011-12
1,204.97
(521.38)
(348.91)
2,181.21
(617.77)
(332.09)
(200.00)
459.41
k{h Miv x xEn |

Net Cash Flow from Financing Activities
134.68
1,690.76
(1,018.08)
3,063.81
E nx E xEn | (E+J+M))
Total Cash Flow during the year (A+B+C)
E + xEn + xEn i
Cash and Cash equivalent at the

beginning of the year
i W E E { xEn il
8,712.48
7,901.01
Balances with Banks and Money
at Call and Short Notice
E / Total
5,392.66
3,140.32
14,105.14
E +i xEn + xEn i
Cash and Cash equivalent at the

end of the year
11,041.33
i W E E vtm xEn +
7,808.29
8,712.48
Balances with Banks and Money
at Call and Short Notice
E / Total
5,278.77
5,392.66
13,087.06
14,105.14
E nx E xEn | (R-P)
Total Cash Flow during the year (E-D)
xnE / Directors:
M n /Shri Gour Das
(1,018.08)
I {x
]. +. S
+h i
+vI B |v xnE
E{E xnE
E{E xnE
T. R. Chawla
Shubhalakshmi Panse
Director
Ei . B. . Vx Bb E.
B.B.Vx
E.B.E]x
={ |vE
(k B J)
|vE (k B J) B
B+
K. S. Venkataraman
S. L. Jain
Dy. General
Manager(F&A)
+.E.
E |vE
(k B J)
R. K. Mehra
Asstt General
Manager(F&A)

Ei . Bx.E. M Bb E.
Ei . Pxl Bb E.

{]x / Partner
(K.K. Bhargava)
{]x / Partner
xn JE
xn JE
(E E {])
xn JE
(E.E. M)
Vx
(Samir Jain)
{]x / Partner
Ei . Jb EEx Bb E.
Ei . ] Bb { i
Ei . l Bb BB]
xn JE
xn JE
(. E. Jb)

Arun Tiwari
Executive Director
3,063.81
(x ME)
(V.K. Khandelwal)
{]x / Partner
128
(Raman Hangekar)
{]x / Partner
xn JE
({. l E)
(P. Sarath Kumar)

{]x/Partner
+xS
SCHEDULE
h
Particulars
lli / As on
lli / As on
31.03.2013
(` Ec )
` in Crore)
(`
31.03.2012
(` Ec )
` in Crore)
(`
+xS 1 - {V
SCHEDULE 1 - CAPITAL
|vEi {V / Authorised Capital

xMi {V (50,00,26,189 , |iE `10)
Issued Capital (50,00,26,189 Shares of `.10.each)
3000.00
3000.00
500.03
500.03
500.03
500.03
500.03
500.03
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
500.03
500.03
2770.60
2467.94
1251.55
1215.24
64.25
64.25
1796.08
1796.08
4822.40
4349.43
(50,00,26,189 |iE ` 10)

+nk {V (50,00,26,189 , |iE `10)
Subscribed Capital (50,00,26,189 Shares of `.10 each)
M M< {V (50,00,26,189 , |iE ` 10)

Called-up Capital (50,00,26,189 Shares of `.10 each)
P]B: +nk M / Less: Calls unpaid

Vc: Vi / Add: Forfeited shares
E / Total
+xS 2 - |Ii + +v
SCHEDULE 2 - RESERVES & SURPLUS
h / Particulars
vE |Ii / Statutory Reserves
{V |Ii / Capital Reserves
Ex { vqse |thrGr;gtk / Capital Reserves on Consolidation
| / Share Premium
V B +x |Ii / Revenue and other Reserves
B x Ji / Balance in Profit and Loss Account
E / Total
373.32
309.46
11078.20
10202.40
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
+xS 2B - +{JE V
SCHEDULE 2A - MINORITIES INTEREST
-+xM v E +ii +x E il E +{JE V

Minority interest at the date on which the parent subsidiary relationship came into existence
{i r / E /
Subsequent increase / decrease
ix {j E iJ E +{JE V /
Minority interest on the date of Balance Sheet
129
+xS
SCHEDULE
h
Particulars
lli / As on
lli / As on
31.03.2013
(` Ec )
` in Crore)
(`
31.03.2012
(` Ec )
` in Crore)
(`
+xS 3 - xI{
SCHEDULE 3 - DEPOSITS
fU /A. I. M xI{ / Demand Deposits

(I) E / From banks
(ii) +x / From others
II. Si E xI{ / Savings Bank Deposits
III. n xI{ /Term Deposits
(I) E / From banks
(ii) +x / From others
E / Total (I, II, III)
B. (i) i li J+ E xI{ /
Deposits of branches in India
(ii) i
34.17
9503.46
39130.01
1754.69
1468.38
122049.75
109447.85
178733.94
159583.87
177663.12
158979.50
1070.82
604.37
178733.94
159583.87
x/NIL
x/NIL
6.75
16.83
276.85
296.11
300.00
300.00
1000.00
1000.00
2411.90
2611.90
6108.85
4874.54
10104.35
9099.38
x/NIL
x/NIL
332.00
290.05
E li J+ E xI{
Deposits of branches outside India
E /
49.64
9904.58
44975.28
Total (I and II)
+xS 4 - =v
SCHEDULE 4 - BORROWINGS
h / Particulars
I.
i =v / Borrowings in India
(I) i W E / Reserve Bank of India
(ii) +x E / Other banks
(iii) +x lB B +Eh / Other institutions and agencies
(iv) xx n @h Ji/ Innovative Perpetual Debt Instrument
(v) +{ ]-II {V / Upper Tier II Capital
(vi) Mh @h- ]-II {V / Subordinated Debt - Tier II Capital
II. i E =v / Borrowings outside India
E / Total (I and II)
={H I + II i |ii =v
Secured borrowings included in I and II above
+xS 5 - +x niB B |vx

SCHEDULE 5 - OTHER LIABILITIES AND PROVISIONS
h / Particulars
I.
n / Bills Payable
II. +i-Ex Vx (x) / Inter -office adjustments (net)
III. ={Si V / Interest accrued
VI. +lMi E niB / Deferred Tax Liabilities
V. +x (|vx i) /Others (including provisions)
E / Total
130
423.84
58.42
351.14
354.17
24.59
57.52
3270.42
3148.62
4401.99
3908.78
+xS
SCHEDULE
h
Particulars
lli / As on
lli / As on
31.03.2013
(` Ec )
` in Crore)
(`
31.03.2012
(` Ec )
` in Crore)
(`
+xS 6 - i W E xEn +
SCHEDULE 6 - CASH AND BALANCES WITH RESERVE BANK OF INDIA
h / Particulars
Ec (n E x] mrn;)/
I.
Cash in hand (including foreign currency notes)

II.
i V E / Balances with Reserve Bank of India

(i) S Ji /In Current Account
(ii) +x Ji / In Other Accounts
E / Total (I + II)
524.19
391.07
7284.10
8321.41
x/NIL
x/NIL
7808.29
8712.48
592.51
417.03
143.47
415.45
1084.88
x/NIL
2094.42
1625.00
1199.19
3383.11
+xS - 7 E + M il +{ Sx { n vx
SCHEDULE 7 - BALANCES WITH BANKS AND
MONEY AT CALL & SHORT NOTICE
h / Particulars
I. i / In India
(i) E / Balances with banks
(a) S Ji / In Current accounts
(b) +x V Ji / In Other Deposit accounts
(ii) M il +{ Sx { n vx / Money at call and short notice
(a) E / With banks
(b) +x l+ / With other institutions
E / Total
II. i E / Outside India
(a) S Ji / In Current account
(b) +x V Ji / In Other Deposit accounts
(c) M il +{ Sx { n vx / Money at call and short notice
E / Total
E M / Grand Total (I + II)
1962.94
x/NIL
1221.41
3184.35
5278.77
686.80
1322.75
2009.55
5392.66
45853.55
46.93
371.52
4465.39
239.58
45258.31
71.18
400.32
3549.13
220.82
7699.06
58676.03
5008.02
54507.78
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
58676.03
54507.78
x/NIL
+xS 8 - xvx
SCHEDULE 8 -INVESTMENTS
h / Particulars
I. i xvx / Investment in India
(i) E |ii / Government securities
(ii) +x +xni |ii / Other approved securities
(iii) / Shares
(iv) bS + v {j / Debentures and Bonds
(v) +xM xvx / Investment in Associates
(vi) +x (gwawyt VUzTm gqxeytRo ytr=) /
Others (Mutual Funds, UTI etc)
E / Total
II. i E xvx /Investments outside India
(i) E |ii (lx |vEh i)
Government securities( including local authorities)
(ii) +xM xvx / Investment in Associates
(iii) +x xvx / Other Investments
E /Total
E M /Grand Total (I) + (II)
131
+xS
SCHEDULE
h
Particulars
i xvx / Investment in India

(i) xvx E E / Gross value of Investments
(ii) +I i E |vx / Aggregate of Provisions for Depreciation
(iii) x xvx / Net Investment
(IV) i E xvx / Investment outside India
(i) xvx E E / Gross value of Investments
(ii) +I i E |vx / Aggregate of Provisions for Depreciation
(iii) x xvx / Net Investment
lli / As on
lli / As on
31.03.2013
(` Ec )
` in Crore)
(`
31.03.2012
(` Ec )
` in Crore)
(`
III.
58991.56
54998.80
315.53
491.02
58676.03
54507.78
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
2085.43
2813.46
61920.12
51471.50
+xS 9 - +O
SCHEDULE 9 -ADVANCES
Particulars
A.
(i)
(ii)
G E MB B xB MB / Bills purchased and discounted

xEn @h, +b] + M { |in @h
Cash credits, overdrafts and loans repayable on demand
(iii) n @h / Term loans

E /Total
J/B. (i) i +i u |ii/ Secured by tangible assets
( @h { +O i) (includes advances against book debts)
(ii) E/E |ii u Ii /
Covered by Bank/ Government Guarantees
(iii) Vxi/ Unsecured
E /Total
M/C. I. i +O / Advances in India
(I) |lEi Ij / Priority sector
(ii) VxE Ij / Public sector
(iii) E / Banks
(iv) +x /Others
E /Total
M/C. II. i E +O /Advances outside India
(I) E =ug / Due from banks
(ii) +x =ug / Due from others
(y/a) G EB MB + xB MB / Bills purchased & discounted
(yt/b) i @h / Syndicated Loans
(R/c) +x /Others
E /Total
E M /Grand Total
132
65484.23
56860.98
129489.78
111145.94
109771.05
94579.63
4932.28
4840.77
14786.45
11725.54
129489.78
111145.94
39403.44
37396.43
16232.01
16772.86
x/NIL
x/NIL
67608.96
52253.42
123244.41
106422.71
4399.68
3220.97
x/NIL
x/NIL
84.54
76.65
1509.16
1285.66
251.99
139.95
6245.37
4723.23
129489.78
111145.94
+xS
SCHEDULE
h
Particulars
lli / As on
lli / As on
31.03.2013
(` Ec )
` in Crore)
(`
31.03.2012
(` Ec )
` in Crore)
(`
+xS 10 - l +i
SCHEDULE 10 - FIXED ASSETS
I. { / Premises
{i E 31 S fUe r:r; fuU ylwmth Mi {


E nx vwlbqogtkrfU; / Revalued during the year
E nx E]i / Deductions during the year
+V E iJ iE yJGg / Depreciation to date
E /Total
IA. xhvx { / Premises under construction
E nx E]i / Deduction during the year
+V E iJ iE +I / Depreciation to date
E /Total
II. +x l +i (xS B CS i)
1031.86
1002.23
11.19
29.64
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
87.05
79.49
956.00
952.37
21.63
0.00
0.01
15.52
21.63
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
37.15
21.63
829.35
756.70

E nx E]i / Deductions during the year
+V E iJ iE yJGg / Depreciation to date
E /Total II
IIA. {]] { n M< +i / Leased Assets
{i E 31 S E li E +x Mi {
109.65
82.23
9.40
9.57
665.57
598.24
264.03
231.12
8.31
8.06
0.38
0.48
Deductions during the year including provisions
5.09
0.23
+V E iJ iE +I / Depreciation to date
E /Total IIIA
E / Total ( I, IA, II & IIA )
III. {V - |Mii E / Capital- Work - in - progress
({]] { n M< M< +i) |vx E { x /
2.96
5.90
0.64
2.41
1257.82
1207.53
0.02
0.13
1257.84
1207.66
Other Fixed Assets (including Furniture and Fixtures)
{i E 31 S fUe r:r; fuU ylwmth Mi {
Vx i E nx {vx
Additions during the year including adjustments
|vx i E nx E]i
(Leased Assets) net of Provisions

Total ( I, IA, II, IIA & III )
133
+xS
SCHEDULE
{i / Year Ended
h
Particulars
31.03.2013
(` Ec )
` in Crore)
(`
{i /Year Ended
31.03.2012
(` Ec )
` in Crore)
(`
+xS 11 - +x +i
SCHEDULE 11 - OTHER ASSETS
h /Particulars
+i E Vx (x) / Inter-Office Adjustments (net)
II. ={Si V /Interest accrued
III. +O { nk E/i { E] M E/
I.
Tax paid in advance/tax deducted at source

IV.
V.
Jx O B ]{ / Stationery and stamps

n E i] |{i E M< M-EE +i
Non-banking assets acquired in satisfaction of claims
VI.
VII.
+lMi E +i / Deferred Tax assets

+x /Others
x/NIL
x/NIL
1002.64
1085.71
722.64
562.08
13.46
10.97
x/NIL
x/NIL
3.72
0.45
565.34
668.73
2307.80
2327.94
1201.85
1229.11
0.16
0.16
33272.19
45857.68
Guarantees given on behalf of constituents
x/NIL
x/NIL
(a)
i / In India
i E / Outside India
|iOh, {Èx + +x viB
8877.43
7204.16
(b)
1992.49
866.20
Acceptances, endorsements and other obligations
7755.57
6066.14
78.96
110.46
53178.65
61333.91
12745.04
11664.13
4498.34
3720.09
159.93
122.89
57.89
20.56
17461.20
15527.67
E /Total
+xS 12 - +EE =ug;tYk

SCHEDULE 12 - CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
h / Particulars
I. E E r n Vx @h E { E x E M
Claims against the bank not acknowledged as debts
II.
III.
+i: nii x E B ni / Liability for partly paid investments

E n x n+ E Eh ni
Liability on account of outstanding forward exchange contracts
IV.
V.
VI.
OE E + n M< |ii /
+x n VxE B E +EE { Vn
Other items for which the Bank is contingently liable
E /Total
+xS 13 - +Vi V B
SCHEDULE 13 - INTEREST AND DIVIDENDS EARNED
h / Particulars
+O/ { V/]] / Interest/discount on advances/bills
II. x { + / Income on investments
III. i W E + +x +i-E xv { V
I.
Interest on balances with Reserve Bank of India

and other inter-bank funds
IV.
+x /Others
E /Total
134
+xS
SCHEDULE
{i / Year Ended{i /Year Ended
h
Particulars
31.03.2013
(` Ec )
` in Crore)
(`
31.03.2012
(` Ec )
` in Crore)
(`
+xS 14 - +x +
SCHEDULE 14 - OTHER INCOME
I.
II.
Ex, x + n / Commission, exchange and brokerage

, x il +x +i E G {
Profit on sale of land, buildings and other assets
784.27
838.01
0.09
0.10
P]B: , x il +x +i E G { x
Less: Loss on sale of land, buildings and other assets
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
VII.
x xnx { / Profit on exchange transactions

P]B: x xnx { x / Less: Loss on exchange transactions
xvx (x) E G { / Profit on sale of investments(net)
P]B: xvx E G x / Less: Loss on sale of investments
xvx E {xEx { / Profit on revaluation of investments
P]B : xvx E {xEx { x/ Less: Loss on revaluation of investments
a) {]]-k + /Lease finance income
b) {]] |vx E /Lease management fee
c) +in | / Overdue charges
d) {]] E |{ vh V /Interest on lease rent receivables
v + / Miscellaneous income
E /Total
(0.04)
(0.06)
665.78
289.61
(539.20)
(174.94)
328.06
123.48
(74.08)
(9.67)
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
x/NIL
400.23
237.31
1565.11
1303.84
12047.15
9742.20
+xS 15 - E M V
SCHEDULE 15 - INTEREST EXPENDED
h / Particulars
I.
V { V / Interest on deposits
II. i W E/+i-E =v { V
III.
Interest on Reserve Bank of India/ inter-bank borrowings
169.35
159.57
+x /Others
352.03
458.20
12568.53
10359.97
E / Total
135
+xS
SCHEDULE
{i / Year Ended
h
Particulars
31.03.2013
(` Ec )
` in Crore)
(`
{i /Year Ended
31.03.2012
(` Ec )
` in Crore)
(`
+xS 16 - {Sx
SCHEDULE 16 - OPERATING EXPENSES
h / Particulars
I. ES E Mix il =xE B |vx /
Payments to and provisions for employees
2000.69
1836.12
II.
280.00
231.50
III.
29.32
23.48
31.55
27.36
75.60
76.68
x/NIL
x/NIL
1.44
1.17
c, E B x / Rent, taxes and lighting

ph + Jx O /Printing and stationery
IV. Y{x + |S / Advertisement and publicity
V.(a) {]] +ik <i E E {{k { +I
Depreciation on Banks property other than Leased Assets
{]] +i { +I/ Depreciation on Leased Assets

xnE E , k + / Directors fees, allowances and expenses
J{IE E + /
(J J{IE E + i)
V.(b)
VI.
VII.
Auditors fees and expenses

15.32
17.69
VIII. v
(including branch auditors fees and expenses)
19.23
20.22
IX.
38.90
32.24
59.84
41.97
125.71
125.41
x/NIL
x/NIL
390.10
289.06
3067.70
2722.90
64.64
43.66
22.62
15.28
22.62
15.28
X.
XI.
XII.
XIII.
| /Law charges
bE, i, ]x +n / Postage, telegrams, telephones, etc.
i + +xIh / Repairs and maintenance
/ Insurance
J E {vx, n E< /Amortisation of Goodwill, if any
+x /Other expenditure
E /Total
+xS 17 SCHEDULE 17
+xM +Vx/ x E + /Share of Earnings/Loss in Associates

M E h/Details of Associates
x /Name
<n { Oh E /Allahabad UP Gramin Bank
<n E E + /Allahabad Banks share
E nx Vi /Considered during the year
136
Ei J+ vi |ME
J J xi
RELEVANT PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

ON THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
1.
i E +v
E, <E +xM + BB] E Ei k h,
i xn JE lx u V J xE, vi
xE |vE u { V xnxn
+ xi Ei J ri E +x i EB MB
*
2.
|CEx E ={M
k h E i Ex E B |vx +{Ii E
k h E il E +i + ni+(+EE
ni+ i) E {] E M< B {]M +v i
{] E M< + + E { S Ei B
|CCx E B +xx MB* |vx E E k
h i Ex i ={M EB MB |CEx E{h B
Si * <E +iH {h <x |CEx z
Ei * J |CEx E vx E, V iE E
+xl =Ji x S B +v i | {
{Sx E Vi *
Ex |G
Ei k h <n E + <E +xM,
H =t B BB] E J *
3.
(i)
(ii)
<n E + <E +xM, H =t E k h

E +i, ni+, + + V x n E
E Vci B, <] O{ B <] O{ xnx, E { i
]E, V +xl =Ji = UcE, {H n {H
+v { Ei E M *
(iii)
xxJi +xM E J xE 21 Ei k h
E +x Ei E M :
1.
Basis of Preparation:
The consolidated financial statements of the Bank and its
subsidiary, joint ventures & associate have been prepared
in accordance with the Accounting Standards issued by
the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India and
guidelines issued by the respective regulatory authorities
from time to time and generally accepted accounting
principles.
2. Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements requires the
management to make estimates and assumptions
considered in the reported amount of assets and liabilities
(Including contingent liabilities) as of date of the financial
statement and reported income and expenses for the
reporting period. Management believes that the estimates
used in preparation of the financial statement are prudent
and reasonable. Future results could differ from these
estimates. Any revision to the accounting estimates is
recognized prospectively in the current and future periods
unless otherwise stated.
3. Consolidation procedure:
(i) The consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of Allahabad Bank and its subsidiary, joint
ventures & associate.
(ii) The financial statements of the Bank and its subsidiary &
joint ventures have been combined on a line to line basis
by adding together the book values of like items of assets,
liabilities, income and expenses, after fully eliminating
intra group balances and intra group transactions, except
wherever otherwise stated.
(iii) The following subsidiary has been consolidated as per
the Accounting Standard 21, Consolidated Financial
Statements
E{x E x
n /x
Name of the Company
Country / Residence
Relationship
+ E <x ]b
+xM
AllBank Finance Limited
India
Subsidiary
(iv)
xxJi BB] + H =t i xn JE
lx u V J xE 23 Ei k h
BB] x E J B J xE 27, H
=t i E k {]M E +x G: Ei
EB MB *
i i
Ownership Interest
100%
(iv) The following associate and Joint ventures have been

consolidated as per the Accounting Standard 23,
Accounting for Investments in Associates in Consolidated
Financial Statements and Accounting Standard 27,
Financial Reporting of Interest in Joint Ventures issued
by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India
respectively:
l E x
n/x
i i
Name of the Entity
Country / Residence
Relationship
Ownership Interest
<n { Oh E
|Vi E
35.00%
Allahabad UP Gramin Bank.
India
Sponsor Bank
x { Vx < E{x ]b
H =t
Universal Sompo General Insurance

Company Ltd.
India
Joint Venture
+E (<b) ]b
mkgw; Wb
ASREC (India) Ltd.
India
Joint Venture
137
30.00%
27.04%
i{h J xi E |E]Eh:
=Ji EM xi Ji: E l vi * E E BE
+xM V C 1 S] E E { {VEi +
BE H =t E{x V M-Vx M *
+xM + BB] E{x =xE xE u xvi
J xi E {x Ei * <x +M xn] x E
M CE Oi: k h E {|I x i{h
x *
4.
5.
5.1
(i)
n J+ E xx-<]O x +{x E {
MEi E M il =xE k h E xxx
|ni E M *
pE B M-pE +i B niB il +EE niB
x BCSV b BBx + <b (b<) u
|iE i E {i { n Vx +i {] n {*
(i)
Foreign Branches are classified as Non-integral Foreign

Operations and their financial statements are translated
as follows:
Both monetary and non-monetary Assets and Liabilities

as well as Contingent Liabilities at the closing spot rates
notified by the Foreign Exchange Dealers Association of
India (FEDAI) at the end of each quarter.
Revenue items are translated at the quarterly average

closing rate notified by FEDAI at the end of respective
quarter.
All resulting exchange difference is accumulated in a

separate account Foreign Currency Translation Reserve.
(ii)
Operations of representative offices abroad are classified

as Integral Foreign Operations and their financial
statements are accounted for as follows:
All monetary Assets and Liabilities, Guarantees,

Acceptances, Endorsements and other obligations are
translated to Indian rupee equivalent at the spot exchange
rates prevailing at the end of each quarter as per FEDAI
guidelines.
Non-monetary items are translated at exchange rate

Revenue items are accounted for at the exchange rates

All resulting exchange differences are accounted for in

Profit & Loss Account.
{h x +i E BE +M Ji n p
]x V J Vi *
n li |ixv E E {Sx E <]O x
+{x E { MEi E M il =xE k
h E Mhx xxx E Vi :
pE +i B niB, M], Ei, {Ex
il +x |iriB b< E nxnx |iE i
E +i |Si {] x n { i { +E
Vi *
(iii)
5.2
(i)
Transactions involving Foreign Exchange :
5.1 Branches / Offices outside India :
The accounting policies mentioned primarily relate to the Bank

entity. The Bank has a subsidiary which is registered with the
SEBI as a Class I Merchant Banker, one Joint Venture
Company is in the business of non-life insurance and one Joint
Venture Company is in asset reconstruction business. One
Associate is in the banking business. The Subsidiary, Joint
Venture Companies and Associate follow accounting polices
prescribed by their governing regulators. These have not been
specified separately as these investments are not material in
the context of the overall financial statements.
5.
V n b< u vi i E {i { +vSi
i +i +i n { {ii E Vi *
Disclosure of significant accounting policies
n p r x-nx:
i JB/E:
(ii)
4.
M-pE n xnx E il { |Si x n {

+E Vi *
V n E Mhx xnx E il { |Si x n
{ E Vi *
{h x +i E -x J J Vi
*
+O E i E |Si h E +iMi MEi
E VBM* +O E v |vx lx v +{I+
+l ..E E xE, V +vE , E +x E
VBM*
i JB:
n p S +i +l ni (BBx+ Vx,
<<B Vx, +B Vx +n E +xiMi Oi
V i) il E n x n E
i n p { P (B<bB+<) u l Si
i +i E n { {ii E M *
(iii) Advances will be classified under categories in line with

those of Indian Offices. Provisions in respect of advances
will be made as per the local law requirements or as per
the norms of RBI, whichever is higher.
5.2 Branches in India
(i)
n x n E {xEx { {h /x
il x] Ji B < b B +< E nxn E +x
V B MB *
138
Foreign currency balances whether of assets or liabilities

[including deposits mobilized under FCNR Scheme,
EEFC Scheme, RFC Scheme etc.] and outstanding
forward exchange contracts are converted at quarter end
rates as advised by Foreign Exchange Dealers
Association of India (FEDAI).
The resultant profit/loss on revaluation of forward
exchange contracts and NOSTRO accounts is taken to
revenue as per FEDAI guidelines.
(ii)
(iii)
6.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
n p vi + + E n E xnx E
iJ E |Si x n E |M E {ii E
Vi *
Ei, {XEx + M] i +x ni E
|iE i E +i b< u Si |Si n { +E
Vi *
x:
EM xx +vx 1949 E i +xS E
E E +{I E +x x E |E]Eh E xxJi
U MEi E Vi :
(E) E |ii,
(J) +x +xni |ii,
(M) ,
(P) bS B b,
(R) +xM lB/H =t il
(S) +x
E E x {] E i V E E nxn
E +x +M ix M MEi E Vi
(E) {{Ci iE vi (BS]B)
(J) G i ={v (BBB)
(M) { i vi (BSB])
(E) x V E {{Ci iE vi Ex Si , E
{{Ci iE vi E { MEi E Vi *
(J) x V G E il 90 nx i riE {
{xG i vi E Vi , E { i
vi E { MEi E Vi *
(M) x V =Ci nx h MEi x , E G
i ={v E { MEi E Vi *
(P) x E G E = {{Ci iE vi,
i vi +l G E B ={v E { MEi
E Vi B h ii{Si }]M xE
nxn E +x{ E Vi *
(R) +xME, Ci =t il M l x
E {{Ci i vi E { MEi E Vi *
i V E E nxn E +x Ex E |Vx
i xxJi ri +{xB MB *
(E) (i) BS]B vi |ii- +Vx Mi {
(ii)
Income and Expenditure items relating to foreign currency

are converted using the exchange rate prevailing as on
the date of transaction.
(iii) Acceptances, endorsements and other obligations

including guarantees are stated at FEDAI advised rates
prevailing at the end of each quarter.
6.
Investments:
(i)
In conformity with the requirements in Form A of the Third

Schedule to the Banking Regulation Act, 1949,
Investments are classified into the following six groups :
(ii)
a.
Government Securities,
b.
Other Approved Securities,
c.
Shares,
d.
Debentures & Bonds,
e.
Subsidiaries/ Joint Ventures and
f.
Others
The Investment portfolio of the Bank is further classified

in accordance with the RBI guidelines into three
categories viz.,
(a)
Held to Maturity (HTM)
(b)
Available for Sale (AFS)
(c)
Held for Trading (HFT)
(iii) a)
Investments that the Bank intends to hold till maturity

are classified as Held to Maturity.
b)
Investments that are held principally for resale within

90 days from the date of purchase are classified as
Held for Trading.
c)
Investments, which are not classified in the above

two categories, are classified as Available for sale.
d)
An investment is classified as Held to Maturity, Held

for Trading or Available for sale at the time of its
purchase and subsequent shifting amongst
categories is done in conformity with regulatory
guidelines.
e)
Investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and

associates are classified as Held to Maturity.
(iv) As per RBI guidelines, the following principles have been

adopted for the purpose of valuation
(a)
+Ei +vE +Vx Mi E {{Ci E

+v {vi E Vi *
(ii) Ij Oh E, +xM B H =t
x E J Mi { Ei E Vi *
, +l< <i, n E< , B x E
Ex i |vx E Vi *
(J) (i) BBB B BSB] h vi |ii E
x G{ E Vi * r/ E |ii E
|iE h Vc Vi + |V xnb E
+x -x Ji x E {Sx E
139
(i) Securities held in HTM at acquisition cost

The excess of acquisition cost over the face value
is amortized over the remaining period of maturity
(ii) Investments in Regional Rural Banks,
subsidiaries and Joint Ventures are valued at
carrying cost.
Diminution, other than temporary, if any, in valuation
of such investments is provided for.
(b)
(i) Securities held in AFS and HFT categories are

valued scrip-wise. Appreciation/depreciation is
aggregated for each class of securities and net
depreciation as per applicable norms is recognized
(v)
Vi VE x r E Yx x Vi
*
+x{V |ii (V V/vx 90 nx +vE E
+v E ) E + +Yi x E Vi
il +i MEh E E{h xnhb +{xi B |ii
E +I i Si |vx E Vi + B
+I E +x x{nE |ii r E n ]-+
x E Vi *
in the Profit and Loss Account, whereas net

appreciation is ignored.
(v)
In respect of non-performing securities (where interest/

principal is in arrears for more than 90 days) income is
not recognized and appropriate provision is made for
depreciation in the value of the securities by applying
prudential norms of asset classification and such
depreciation is not set-off against the appreciation in
respect of other performing securities.
x E |{i E Mi :
z
G< E M< |ii E |ix il
Ex + ]-Bb E E x *
z
Ex, n, |ii x-nx E il ]{ b]
x *
(vi)
(vii)
x E G |{i /x E B x J
+Yi E Vi * il{ {{Ci iE vi MEh
x E G |{i E i (E
E x + vE +Ii E +ih E x) {V
+Ii Ji xVi E Vi *
(vii) Profit/loss on sale of investments in any category is

recognized in the Profit and Loss Account. However, in
case of profit on sale of investments in HTM category,
an equivalent amount (net of taxes and net of transfer to
Statutory Reserves) is appropriated to the Capital Reserve
Account.
(viii)
x E V E xvh i ]E BCSV E]x

B+<BBbB/{bB+< u |ii n E +{x
Vi * B E]x/n E + V E xvh
B+<BBbB/{bB+< +l i V E u xvi
xnb E +x Si {{Ci |i n { E
Vi *
(viii) For the purpose of determining market value of

investments, Stock exchange quotations or rates put up
by FIMMDA/PDAI are adopted. In absence of such
quotations/rates, the market value is determined by
applying appropriate Yield to Maturity rates as prescribed
by FIMMDA / PDAI or as per norms laid down by the
Reserve Bank of India.
(ix)
h E S |ii E +ih:
(ix) Transfer of Securities between categories:
(vi)
(x)
={H { 4(ii) (E) (M) xn] h E S

|ii E +ih, +ih E il E +Vx Mi/
/V E Ei { xE Vi * B
+ih { , n E< , =E {Bi |vx E
Vi *
i V E E nxn E +x z h
E { E x xxx E Vi *
z
V {
V n {, V V +i + ni+ E S Ei
, E ={Si +v { Vi = +i +l
ni i xq] { E Uc E V k h V
{ +l Mi V E { Vi *
7.
(i)
is net of incentives/commission and front-end fees

received in case of securities subscribed, and
excludes commission, brokerage, securities

transaction tax and stamp duty.
The transfer of securities between categories specified

at para 4 (ii) (a) to (c) above are carried out at the lower
of acquisition cost / book value /market value on the date
of transfer. The depreciation, if any, on such transfer is
fully provided for.
(x)
As per RBI guidelines, the different categories of Swaps

are valued as under:
z
Gains or Losses on the termination of Swaps are

recognized over the shorter of the remaining contractual
life of the Swap or the remaining life of the assets /
liabilities.
]bM {
]bM { xnx E k h nV {ix E l

V Sxi E Vi *
+O
i +O E xE, +xE, nMv +l xMi E
{ MEi E Vi + i V E u
xvi E{h xnb E +x |vx E Vi *
n J+ EB MB +O E v i V E
u xvi E{h xnb + V n +O nB MB
Hedge Swaps
Interest rate swaps which hedges interest bearing assets

or liabilities are accounted for on accrual basis except
the Swaps designated with an assets or liability that is
carried at market value or lower of cost or market value
in the financial statements.
{ E xx { x +l x E { E
nMi +v +l +i/ni+ E +v E
{ +Yi E Vi *
z
Cost of acquisition of investments:
Trading Swaps

changes recorded in the financial statements.
7.
Advances:
(i)
Advance in India are classified as Standards, Sub

Standard, Doubtful or Loss assets and provisions for
advances are made as per Prudential Norms of the RBI.
In respect of advances made in overseas branches,
advances are classified in accordance with prudential
140
=xE lx Exx, V +vE Ec , E +x MEi

E Vi *
norms prescribed by the RBI or Local Laws of the host

countries in which advances are made, which ever is more
stringent.
|E]i +O +xVE +O i EB MB |vx + Si

+O E =Si E E n EB MB |vx E
x i * Si +O E =Si E E |vx
E E nxn E +x x ix { {
Vi *
il{ i V E E nxn E +x xE +O
(={V) i EB MB |vx E +x niB B |vx
E ii E Vi *
l +i +
Ei{ { E +, Vx =xE {xEi
n M , +x { + +x l +i E =xE
{i Mi { n Vi *
xh +v E nx EB MB {VMi E +x +i
E +iMi E Vi *
+I E |vx, BB{B B E{] E UcE, V
i V E E nxn E +x{ v {ri
33.33% E n +I E |vx , E{x +vx,
1956 E +xS XIV xvi n { x {ri
E +v { E Vi *
{xEi +i E v {xEx E {
+iH +I E E +Ii {V x J
+ii E Vi *
Vb { | E V E +v E nx v
J {ri { {vi E Vi *
n J+ E l +i { +I E Mhx = n
|Si Exx E +x E Vi *
(ii)
9.
+i +i (E{] }])
9.
Intangible Assets (Computer Software)
(i)
E{] i }], V ] }] E x E{]

{Si x Ei, r b E +z M , il
+S +i x Vi * V }] b E +z
+M x E{] }] E +i +i x Vi
*
b |{i E{] }] E i +i +i x
VM V }] E /Mi `10 J +vE *
< |E E +i +i =xE G +v E nx
+vEi 10 E +v iE {vi E Vi *
(i)
Software for a computer that cannot operate without that

specific software is an intangible part of related hardware
and is treated as fixed assets. Where the software is not
an integral part of the related hardware, Computer
software is recognised as an Intangible Asset.
(ii)
Computer software acquired from vendors is recognised

as Intangible Asset only if the value /cost of the software
is more than `10 Lakhs. Such intangible assets are
amortised over its effective life subject to a maximum
period of ten years.
ES :
E x ES E v +{x ni+ E xi i
i xn JE lx u V J xE
15(vi)- ES M E *
10. Employee Benefits:

(i)
The Bank has applied Accounting Standard 15(Revised)

- Employees Benefits, issued by the Institute of Chartered
respect of employee benefits.
nPv {i ES E |i ni E xvh xS
=Ji xi E +x E +i ij EE u
{Vi <E< |h E |M Ei B EE Ex
u E Vi *
(ii)
Liability towards long term defined employee benefits is

determined based on actuarial valuation by independent
actuaries at the year-end by using Projected Unit Credit
method as per policies mentioned herein below:
(ii)
(iii)
8.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(ii)
10.
(i)
(ii)
Advances disclosed are net of provisions made for non

performing advances and provisions in lieu of diminution
in the fair value of restructured advances. The provision
for diminution in fair value of restructured advances is
measured in net present value terms as RBI guidelines.
(iii) The provision made for standard advances (performing)

in terms of RBI guidelines is however included in Other
Liabilities and Provisions.
8.
Fixed Assets and Depreciation
(i)
Premises including Freehold and other Fixed Assets are

stated at historical cost except certain Premises, which
are stated at their revalued amount.
(ii)
Capital expenditure incurred during construction period

is included under Other Assets.
(iii) Depreciation is provided on diminishing balance method

at the rates prescribed in Schedule XIV to the Companies
Act, 1956 except that in respect of ALPMs & Computers,
where depreciation is provided on straight line method
@ 33.33% as per RBI guidelines.
(iv) In respect of revalued assets, the amount of additional
depreciation consequent to revaluation is transferred from
Revaluation Reserve to the Profit & Loss Account.
(v)
Premium on leasehold land is amortized over the period

of the lease on straight line method.
(vi) Depreciation on Fixed Assets of foreign branches is

provided as per the applicable laws prevalent in that
country.
141
(iii)
E. OS]:
E lli OS] Mix +vx, 1972/ {S]/
xx E |vx E v +{x ES E
xk +l i +l {i +n E OS]
E Mix Ei * OS] E Mix i E E +nx
Vi xv E JJ +iE ]] u E Vi * E
< xv +{x +nx OS] E v +{x ni E
EE x E +v { Ei *
a. Gratuity:
J. {x (B<{+):
<n E (ES) {x xx, 1995 (B<{+)
E +iMi E =x ES E {x E Mix Ei
Vxx < xx E +iMi {x E E{ n +
=x ES E V E 29.09.1995 31.3.2010
E +v E nx +B * < Vx ix + +E
E +v {, xk/i, V , E li
<x ES E E +v { {x nx E |vx *
B<{+-1995 E +iMi ES xv E
E +nx E {j x * {x E Mix i E E +nx
Vi xv E JJ +iE ]] u E Vi *
E < xv +{x +nx {x E v +{x ni E
EE x E +v { Ei V E +xni
EE u E Vi *
b. Pension (ABEPR):
M. +E E i (BB):
v ES E |nx E Vi + < =tM
Zi/+b E +x - { lvi
x E +x Vx E +iMi l{i vi
ES E { E n E v EB MB j E
|i{i * M xvE Vx + E +{x
Vx E +iMi +E E i ni E v
|vx EE x E +v { Ei * x
|iE i E +xni EE u E Vi *
BB vi Mix E E -x Ji E
Vi *
P. +E xEnEh:
c. Leave Fare Concession (LFC):
E BB v E ={M Ex ES E
E S E E +vEi 30 nx E vE +E
E xEnEh E +xi |nx Ei * xk +l
i x { ES E Ji V vE +E, +vEi
240 nx E xEnEh E +xi n Vi * ES
u iM{j nx E xEnEh E
vE +E E 50% + +vEi 120 nx iE i
* M xvE Vx + E < Vx E +iMi
+E xEnEh ni E v |vx EE x
E +v { Ei x E +xni EE
u E Vi * B +E xEnEh E Mix E E
-x Ji E Vi *
The Bank permits encashment of Privilege Leave balance

to it employees availing LFC facility, up to the maximum
limit of 30 days leave in a block of four years of service.
Encashment of privilege leave standing to the credit of
an employee is also permitted in case of retirement or
death subject to a maximum of 240 days. In case of
resignation from the service by an employee, such
encashment is restricted to 50% of the balance of privilege
leave subject to a maximum of 120 days. It is a nonfunded scheme and the Bank maintains a provision on
account of its leave encashment liability under the
Scheme on the basis of actuarial valuation, which is
conducted by approved Actuary . Payment of such leave
encashment is made through the Profit and Loss Account.
xv E v E +v i xv E M
+nx E { +Yi E Vi + +
x Ji |i E Vi *
(iii) In respect of Provident Fund, the contribution for the

period is recognized as expense and charged to Profit &
Loss account.
The Bank pays gratuity in case of retirement or death or

resignation or termination etc. of its employees, having
regard to the provisions of Payment of gratuity Act, 1972
/ Service Awards / Service Regulations, as the case may
be. A fund created out of Banks contribution is maintained
by an in-house Trust for payment of gratuity. The Bank
makes contribution to this fund on the basis of actuarial
valuation of its liability.
The Bank pays pension under Allahabad Bank

(Employees) Pension Regulations, 1995(ABEPR) to
employees, who exercised option under the Regulations
and also to Employees joining the Bank Service during
the period from 29/09/1995 to 31.03.2010. The plan
provides for a pension / family pension on monthly basis
in respect of these employees on their retirement / death,
as the case may be, based on the salary and qualifying
service of the respective employees. Employees covered
under ABEPR 1995 are not eligible for Banks
contribution to Provident Fund. A fund created out of
Banks contribution is maintained by an in-house Trust
for payment of Pension. The bank makes contributions
to this Fund on the basis of actuarial valuation of its liability
in respect of Pension, which is conducted by approved
Actuary .
This facility is granted to the employees and extends to

reimbursement of travelling expenses incurred for the
family members of the employee concerned, as defined
under the Scheme, in terms of service rules as amended
from time to time as per Industry wide Settlements /
Awards. It is a non-funded scheme and the Bank
maintains a provision on account of it s liability in respect
of Leave Fare Concession under the Scheme on the basis
of actuarial valuation, which is conducted by approved
Actuary. Payment in respect of LFC facility is made
through the Profit and Loss Account.
d. Leave Encashment:
142
(iv)
(v)
nxE 27.04.2010 E =tM- Zi/Ci x] E

+x nxE 01.04.2010 E +l n E E
+B ES {i +nx xk Vx
*
+{v ES E = E x J
+]]Ei E { +Yi E Vi V
vi B |nx E Vi *
(iv) In terms of Industry wide Settlement/Joint Note dated

27.04.2010, employees joining the services of the Bank
on or after 01.04.2010 are covered by defined contribution
retirement benefit scheme.
(v)
Short-term employee benefits are recognized as an

expense at an undiscounted amount in the Profit and Loss
Account of the year in which the related services are
rendered.
11.
+ + E +Yx
11.
Recognition of Income and Expenditure :-
(i)
+- E xi: ={S +v { E Vi *
(i)
Income and Expenditure are generally accounted for on

accrual basis unless otherwise stated.
+x{V +i E { MEi +O { V il +x
+ E E j iE +xvi E Vi *
(iii) + E E { { V |{i + + V E E
Mhx vi E xvh +vE u +n V EB Vx
E Vi *
12. {]]
E u |{i EB E ={Si +v { -x J +Yi
E Vi *
{Sx {]] { M< +i i {]] E Mix -x
J E { +Yi E Vi *
13. |i +Vx
|i <C] E + b<]b +Vx E {] i
xn JE lx u V J xE 20 |i +Vx
E +x E Vi *
14. Evx
(i) E i |vx S (xxi E{E E (]) i) +
+lMi nx E i E Vi * E M + { S
E E |vx, |V E n + E x E |M EE
E Vi * J xE 22 E +x{x : i E xn
JE lx u V + { E i J,
+i E Eh =i{z +lMi E +i + niB, V
{i +v |iix E M , ix {j E il iE
xB MB n x Vx E x + E n E
|M EE +Yi E Vi *
(ii)
Interest and Other Income in cases of Non Performing

Assets/Investments are recognized to the extent realized.
(i)
Provision for tax is made both current Tax (including

Minimum Alternative Tax - MAT) and deferred tax. Current
tax is provided on the taxable income using applicable
tax rate and tax laws. In compliance with Accounting
Standard 22: Accounting for Taxes on Income issued by
the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, deferred
Tax Assets and Liabilities arising on account of timing
differences and which are capable of reversal in
subsequent periods are recognised using the tax rates
and the tax laws that have been enacted or substantively
enacted till the date of the Balance Sheet.
xxi E{E E (]) V E +i E { i x

VBM V B {] |h E E{x +-E +vx
1961 E ii xn] +v E +n x E E Mix
E nM*
(ii)
Minimum Alternate Tax (MAT) credit is recognized as

assets only when and to the extent there is convincing
evidence that the company will pay normal income tax
during the period specified under the Income Tax Act
1961.
(ii)
(ii)
xEn B i xEn
xEn B i xEn l xEn + B]B xEn il
i W E *
16. l +i
15.
+S +i ({xEi +i i) { <{]
+ (n E< ) E +Yi E M il
i xn JE lx u V J xE 28
<{] + E +x -x Ji |i
E Vi *
(iii) Income from interest on refund of Income Tax and

Interest Tax are accounted for in the year in which it is
received.
12.
Lease
Rentals received by the Bank are recognized in the profit and

loss account on accrual basis.
Lease payments for assets taken on operating lease are
recognized as an expense in the profit and loss account.
13. Earnings Per Share
Basic and Diluted Earnings per Equity Share are reported in
accordance with the Accounting Standard 20 Earnings per
share issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.
14. Taxation
15. Cash and Cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalent include cash on hand and in ATMs
and balances with RBI.
16. Impairment of Fixed Assets
Impairment losses (if any) on Fixed Assets (including revalued
assets) are recognized and charged to Profit & Loss Account
in accordance with the Accounting Standard 28 Impairment
of Assets issued by The Institute of Chartered Accountants of
India.
143
17.
|vx, +EE niB il +EE +i
17. Provisions, Contingent Liabilities & Contingent

Assets
(i)
|vx, +EE niB B +EE +i E +x{
E |vx i +Yi Ei V
(i)
E.
J.
M.
(ii)
E {U P]x E {h{ ix ni
=i{z i
E +lE vx E |
ni E vx i +{Ii M +
a.
it has a present obligation as a result of a past event;
b.
it is probable that an outflow of resources

settle the obligation; and
V ni E E x +xx E V
Ei *
c.
when a reliable estimate of the amount of the

obligation can be made.
xxJi E B |vx +Yi x E Vi :
(ii)
E) {U P]x+ =i{z E< i ni + VE

+ii = P]x E x +l x x { x EM
+l E B +xSi P]xB V {hi E E
xjh x *
J) E< ix ni V {U P]x+ =i{z +
= +Yi x E M CE :
i)
x E +lE vx E
| ni E vx i +{Ii M +l
ii)
(iii)
(iv)
In conformity with AS 29. Provisions, Contingent

Liabilities and Contingent Assets, issued by the Institute
of Chartered Accountants of India, the Bank recognizes
provisions only when
a) Any possible obligation that arises from past events

and the existence of which will be confirmed only by the
occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain
future events not wholly within the control of the Bank; or
b) Any present obligation that arises from past events but
is not recognized because
ni E E x +xx x E V
Ei *
+EE ni+ E xi +i { xvh E Vi

+ ni E E = M E B |vx E Vi
VE B +lE vx E | ,
=x +ii +vh {li E UcE V ni E
E x +xx x E V Ei *
k h +EE +i E +Yi x E
Vi CE <E {h{ B + E +Yx
Ei V E x E V Ei*
No provision is recognized for
i.
it is not probable that an outflow of resources

settle the obligation; or
ii.
a reliable estimate of the amount of obligation

cannot be made.
(iii) Contingent Liabilities are assessed at regular intervals

and only that part of the obligation for which an outflow of
resources embodying economic benefits is probable, is
provided for, except in the extremely rare circumstances
where no reliable estimate can be made.
(iv) Contingent Assets are not recognized in the financial
statements as this may result in the recognition of income
that may never be realized.
144
Ei k h {
J ]{{h
NOTES ON ACCOUNT TO CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
i V E ( E) E nxn E +x{ ={V

il +x{V +O i {{i |vx E M *
1.
(i)
Adequate provision has been made by the Bank in

respect of performing and non-performing advances
in terms of Reserve Bank of India (RBI) guidelines.
+i J Vx E |] E x +
vx v E |Mi { B JE z J
x + V |] E 31.03.2013 iE
|E x E n M * J v i +i
vx, {h |, n E< , |vx E
i{h x M*
EU J+ V, +O B x] Ji E v
h E i/Ji E x/vx E E |Mi {
* =H Ij < {{i |Mi E qxV |vx E
+i E E E J { vx E |, +M i,
iiE x M* ={H Ij {{i |Mi E nJi B
|vx E x E E E Ji { vx E |, n
, i{h x M*
2.
(i)
Reconciliation and clearance of outstanding entries

in Inter Branch adjustments are in progress and
especially initial matching of debit and credit entries
in various heads have been done upto 31.03.2013.
Pending final clearance, the overall impact, if any,
on the accounts, in the opinion of the management
will not be significant.
(ii)
At some branches, preparation of details / balancing

/ reconciliation of accounts relating to balances with
banks and NOSTRO accounts are in progress. Since
substantial progress has been made in the above
areas, the management is of the view that the impact
of reconciliation, if any, on the accounts of the Bank
will not be material.
ni z xE xh { S Ex E
n +E i E u `2496.64 Ec ({U
`2123.57 Ec
) (+lMi E i) E |vx {{i
x M*
3.
31.03.1997, 31.03.2005 il 31.03.2007 E {i
4.
1. (i)
2.
(i)
(ii)
3.
4.
(i)
The provision for income tax (including deferred tax)

aggregating to `2496.64 Crore (previous year
`2123.57 Crore) held is considered adequate after
taking into consideration various judicial decisions
on disputed issues.
(i)
Certain premises were revalued on the basis of the

reports of the approved valuers during the year
ended on 31.03.1997, 31.03.2005 and 31.03.2007
and upward revision amounting to `125.99 Crore
(commercial and residential), `370.08 Crore
(commercial and residential) and `298.32 Crore
(commercial) respectively had been credited to
Revaluation Reserve. Depreciation on Revalued
premises is worked out each year on its written down
value. Additional depreciation of `4.01 Core
(previous year `4.24 Crore) due to revaluation has
been transferred from Revaluation Reserve Account
and shown in Miscellaneous Income under the head
Other Income included in Schedule No. 14 item
(vii).
Depreciation has been charged on composite cost
of Land and Building, where separate cost of land is
not available.
B Ei{ { E {x Ex +xni EE
E {] E +v { E M + G: `125.99
Ec (hVE B +), `370.08 Ec (hVE
B +) il `298.32 Ec (hVE) E =vM
vx E {x x +Ii E V E M* |iE
{x Ei { { E {Ex +Ji
{ E Vi * {xEx E Eh `4.01 Ec
(Mi `4.24 Ec) E +iH E {V
+Ii +ii E +xS .14 n (vii) +x
+ E +iMi v + n M *
(ii)
V Jb E Mi ={v x , B +I
Jb il x E Mi { xvi E M *
(ii)
(iii)
V Mi ={v x {]] +v i {]]vi

{ | E {vx Mi +v { +l +Ji
{ E M *
(iii) Premium on leasehold land has been amortized

over the period of lease, based on cost or written
down value, where original cost is not available.
(iv)
1990 + 1998 E nx EEi B x G E

M< G: 29 + 10 ] 2 + {k
VxE Mi `0.86 Ec E {VEh +{SEiB
(iv) Registration formalities are yet to be completed for

2 residential properties purchased during the year
1990 & 1998 at Kolkata & Bhubaneshwar consisting
of 29 & 10 flats respectively with total original cost
of ` 0.86Crore.
+ { E Vx *
(v)
+i +i i +x +i E h xxi :
(v)
145
Other Assets include intangible assets, details of

which are as under.
(` Ec )/(` In Crore)
h /
Particulars
F.Y. 2012-13
F.Y. 2011-12
33.73
35.59
5.15
3.08
5.16
4.94
33.72
33.73
E nx {vx
/ Additions during the year
E nx {vi
<i
/ Amortized during the year
/ Closing Balance
5. (i) `1.25
Ec (Mi ` 61.25 Ec) E +Ei E

x E v E E + G{/]E] |{i Ex
*
(ii) , {ix bS il <C] Vc S+ b/
S E{] b E x] i E {I +O
E x `719.60 Ec (Mi `1045.18 Ec)
*
(iii) i V E E nxn E +x `31.49 Ec
(Mi `11.65 Ec) E , V E b ] S]
h |ii E G x E x ,
E {V |Ii Ji +ii E M *
(iv)
6.
7.
8.1.
5.
(i)
In respect of Investments of face value of `1.25

Crore (Previous year `61.25 Crore) the Bank is yet
to receive scrips/certificates.
(ii)
Total Investments made in shares, convertible

debentures and units of equity linked mutual fund /
venture capital funds and also advances against
shares aggregate to ` 719.60 Crore (Previous year
` 1045.18 Crore).
(iii) As per RBI guidelines, an amount of ` 31.49 Crore

(Previous Year `11.65 Crore) being an amount
equivalent to post tax profit on sale of 'Held to
Maturity category securities is transferred to
Capital Reserve Account.
(iv) In respect of Held to Maturity category as stated in
significant Accounting Policy No. 6 (vii), the excess
of acquisition cost over the face value of the security
amortised during the year amounts to ` 54.68 Crore
(Previous year ` 61.26 Crore) has been netted-off
from interest on investments and shown under
Income from Investments in Profit and Loss
Account in terms of RBI direction.
V E i{h J xi J 6 (vii), =Ji ,

b ] S] h E E nx {vi
|ii E +Ei E >{ `54.68 Ec (Mi
`61.26 Ec) E +iH +Vx Mi il V x
{ + P]E ..E E xnx -x Ji
E x + E +iMi n M *
E x E nx Vx ]bM E B E< k{h x
E + x E +i E |iiEh E *
J xE E +x{x
E x i xn JE lx u V xxH J
xE (BB) E +x{x E il B J xE E
|vx E +x xxH |E]Eh E V *
6.
The Bank has not made any financing for margin trading
during the year and also not securitised any assets.
7.
Compliance with Accounting Standards
J xE 5 : +v i x +l x, { E
n il J xi
{ vi + + E h xxx :
8.1. Accounting Standard 5 "Net Profit or Loss for the Period,

Prior Period items and Changes in Accounting Policies"
The Bank has complied with the following Accounting

Standards (AS) issued by the Institute of Chartered
Accountants of India and the following disclosures are
made in accordance with the provisions of such
Accounting Standards.
Income and Expenditure relating to prior period are as

under:
h / Particulars
+ / Income
/ Expenditure
x / Net
146
/ F.Y. 2012-13
/ F.Y. 2011-12
(2.09)
(1.60)
0.40
(0.03)
(2.49)
(1.57)
8.2.
E x ES l {x, OS], +E xEnEh,

+ BB E v +{x ni+ E +Yx i
(BB 15) (vi) E +{x *
8.2.
The Bank adopted Accounting Standard 15 (Revised)Employee Benefits, issued by Institute of Chartered
respect of employee benefits, viz, Pension, Gratuity,
Leave Encashment and LFC.
8.3.
xvE/M-xvE ES l, {x (B{<+),
OS], +E xEnEh + BB E v E E
ni E
8.3.
Banks liabilities in respect of the funded/ non-funded

employee benefits, viz., Pension(ABEPR), Gratuity,
Leave Encashment and LFC Leave are recognised on
the basis of actuarial valuation carried out by approved
Actuary as per
(E)
i xn JE lx u V J
xE 15(vi) xvi ri +
(J) i EE lx u V nxn VBx
26 E +x +xni EE u Ex
Ex E +v { +Yi E Vi *
8.4. vi {IE E |E]Eh - J xE (BB) 18
vi {] E S B xnx
vi {] E x, E E l =xE v il EB MB
xnx*
(E) J |vx EE:
GE
{nx
Sl. No.
Name
Designation
31.3.2013 fUtu
1
2
3
3.
4.
(b) Guidelines GN 26 issued by Institutes of Actuaries

of India.
8.4.
Related Party Disclosures Accounting Standard (AS)

18: List of Related Parties and Transactions
The names of the related parties, their relationship with
the bank and transaction effected-
(a) Key Management Personnel:
(` J ) / (` in Lacs)
{v /
Remuneration
g:tr:r; J;obtl rl=uNfU / Existing Directors as on 31.3.2013
i I {x
+vI B |v xnE
].+. S
E{E xnE
Shri T. R. Chawla
Executive Director
+h i
E{E xnE
Shri Arun Tiwari
Executive Director
. {. xnE / Ex Directors
1
V.{. n+
2.
(a) Principles laid down in AS 15 (Revised) issued by

the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, and
k /F.Y.
k /F.Y.
2012-13
2011-12
7.75
x/NIL
13.28
x/NIL
10.53
x/NIL
. {. +vI B |v xnE
Shri J. P. Dua
Ex- Chairman & Managing Director
b. E
b. E E{E xnE
Shri D. Sarkar
B. +. xE
. {. E{E xnE
Shri M. R. Nayak
|n +EE
|v xnE B <+ + E <x .
Shri Prasad Akolkar
Managing Director and CEO

of AllBank Finanace Ltd.
12.07
23.04
0.14
19.46
5.04
19.46
x/NIL
9.10
OS] il +E xEnEh vi E xvh O

E{x E +v { E { EE |h u E Vi
il inx = ={H Sx x M *
Expenses towards gratuity and leave encashment are

determined actuarially on an overall company basis annually
and accordingly have not been considered in the above
information.
H =t E{x x { Vx < E{x . E

l xnx xxx :
Transactions with joint venture company Universal Sompo

General Insurance Company Limited. are as follows:
h /
Particulars
k /F.Y.2012-13
+Vi + / Income Earned

|nk | / Insurance Premium Paid
147
k /F.Y.2011-12
8.56
8.03
8.58
7.73
(J) +xM E{x

+ E <x . ({h i): E E{x E `15.00
Ec (Mi `15.00 Eb) E S {V E vi
Ei *
(b)
(M) H =t
i) x { Vx <xx E{x .
(c)
ii)
All Bank Finance Limited (wholly owned): The bank

holds entire share capital of `15.00 Crore (Previous
year `15.00 Crore) in the company.
Joint Venture:
i) Universal Sompo General Insurance Company
Limited.
BB+<(<b) .
ii) ASREC (India) Ltd.
E x { Vx <xx E{x . E `105

Ec ({U `105 Ec) E 30 |ii B
BB+<(<b) E `26.50 Ec ({U
`26.50 Ec) E 27.04 |ii vi Ei *
(P) BB]:
i)
Subsidiary:
The Bank is holding 30% share in Universal Sompo

General Insurance Company Limited amounting to
` 105.00 Crore (previous year ` 105.00 Crore) and
27.04% share in ASREC (india) Ltd. amounting to
` 26.50 Crore (previous year ` 26.50 Crore)
(d)
Associates:
<n { Oh E*
i) Allahabad U.P. Gramin Bank:
E E =H Ij Oh E E `21.67 Ec ({U
`21.67 Ec) E 35 |ii vi Ei *
The Bank is holding 35% share in Allahabad U.P.

Gramin Bank amounting to ` 21.67 Crore (previous year
` 21.67 Crore).
k 2012-13 E nx E u |Vi BE +x
Ij Oh E, n Oh E E i E, k
j (k B M) E nxE 01.11..2012 E
+vSx E +x i ]] E u |Vi vS
Oh E M* < |E n Oh E
BB] x *
During the F.Y. 2012-13, Sharda Gramin Bank, another

Regional Rural Bank sponsored by the Bank was
amalgamated with Madhyanchal Gramin Bank
sponsored by State Bank of India in terms of Govt. of
India, Ministry of Finance (Department of Financial
Services) notification dated 01.11.2012. As such the
Sharda Gramin Bank ceases to be an associate of
Allahabad Bank.
vi {IE E v +x |E]Eh < |E *
Other Disclosures pertaining to related parties are as under:
n/vi {]
Items/Related Party
+xM, BB] B
H ={G
bwF |vx EE
B =xE v
Subsidiary, Associates &

joint ventures
Key Management
Personnel & their
relatives
Total
=v/Borrowings
V/Deposits
V E {]/Placement of Deposits
+O/Advances
x/Investments
M xvE |iriB/Non-funded commitments
|nk V/Interest paid
|{i V/Interest received
|vx n/Management contracts
S M< +i/Assets sold
G-G EB MB +<{/IBPC sold & purchased
148
2453.95
0.43
2454.38
430.12
0.03
430.15
135.99
0.02
136.01
64.50
64.50
0.17
0.17
9.02
9.02
700.00
700.00
8.5. {]]
|E]Eh :
8.5. Lease Disclosure:
E) E E { E / + v+ E B z {]]
* < v xxi |E]Eh E Vi :
A) The Bank has various operating leases for office/

residential facilities. Disclosures in this regard are as
under:
xxJi |iE +v i xi x E Ex {SxMi

{]] E +iMi xxi {]] Mix E M :
i) The total of future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases for each of the following
periods:
i)
Vn {]] +v / Existing Lease Period
n /
E lli /As on
BE +xvE / Not later than one year
Amount Payable
E lli /As on
31.03.2013
49.48
31.03.2012
46.13
148.29
97.77
41.74
41.90
BE E n il {S +xvE /
Later than one year and not later than five years
{S E n /Later than five years
<E +xM E v , {]] J xE |V x CE

E{x x 01.04.2001 E n E< {]] Ei x E *
In respect of its subsidiary, lease accounting standard is not

applicable since the Company has not sanctioned any lease
after 01.04.2001.
ii)
ix {j E iJ E xi x E Ex ={ {]] E
+iMi |{i EB Vx |ii xxi ={ {]] E
Mix E M : x ({U : x)
ii)
iii)
vi +v i B x E h +Yi {] ]
Mix : `90.49 Ec ({U `76.02 Ec)
iii) Lease payments recognised in the statement of profit

and loss for the period: ` 90.49 Crore (Previous Year:
` 76.02 Crore)
iv)
vi +v i B x E h +Yi |{i
(+l |{) ={-{]] E Mix :x ({U : x)
iv) Sub-lease payments received (or receivable) recognised

in the statement of profit and loss for the period: NIL
(Previous Year: Nil)
The total of future minimum sublease payments

expected to be received under non-cancelable subleases
at the balance sheet date: NIL (Previous Year: Nil)
J) k {]] :
B) Financial Lease:
E E { k {]] E +iMi E< {k x *
Bank is not having any assets under Financial Lease.
8.6.
|i +Vx : J xE (BB) 20:
G .
Sl No.
Particulars
8.6. Earning Per Share Accounting Standard (AS) 20:
k /F.Y.
k /F.Y.
2012-13
2011-12
24.24
39.14
|i + b<]b +Vx
Basic and Diluted Earning Per Share (`)
149
8.7.
+ { E i J - J xE (BB) 22
8.7. Accounting for Taxes on Income: Accounting Standard

(AS) 22
E nx +lMi E i E Vx E { `32.92
Ec(x) ({U `18.35 Ec) E B x Ji
V E M* ix {j E iJ E lli +lMi E
+i / ni+ E J P]E ix{j E il E +x
xxi :
h /
Particulars
During the year, an amount of `32.92 Crore (Net) credited

(Previous year `18.35 Crore credited) to the Profit & Loss
Account by way of adjustment of deferred tax. The major
components of Deferred Tax Assets/ Liabilities as on Balance
Sheet date are as under:
E |
Vx Vc/(P])
E +i
At the beginning
of the Year
Adjustment
Add/(Less)
At the close
of the Year
attq JMo
d; JMo
attq JMo
d; JMo
attq JMo
d; JMo
C. Yr.
Pr. Yr.
C. Yr.
Pr. Yr.
C. Yr.
Pr. Yr.
10.50
x/Nil
32.96
10.50
43.46
10.50
Provision for Sick Leave
9.25
4.69
(9.25)
4.56
x/Nil
9.25
BB i |vx / Provision for LFC

+x / Others
E / Total
+lMi E niB / Deferred Tax Liabilities
+S +i E /
3.29
9.21
3.29
12.50
3.29
52.01
x/Nil
x/Nil
(52.01)
52.01
x/Nil
52.01
75.05
4.69
(19.09)
70.36
55.96
75.05
x/Nil
x/Nil
x/Nil
x/Nil
x/Nil
x/Nil
held as Investments
80.55
80.55
x/Nil
x/Nil
80.55
80.55
+x / Others
E / Total
+lMi E niB (x) /
52.01
0.00
(52.01)
52.01
x/Nil
52.01
132.56
80.55
(52.01)
52.01
80.55
132.56
Deferred Tax Assets (Net)
57.51
75.86
(32.92)
(18.35)
24.59
57.51
+lMi E +i / Deferred Tax Assets

+E xEnEh i |vx /
Provision for Leave Encashment
U]] i |vx /
Depreciation of Fixed Assets
x E { vi |ii { ={Si Ei +n V
Interest Accrued but not due on securities
E BS]B h E x { +lMi E +Yi x Ei

CE E E S < v E< +i x * x
{ +lMi E +Yx { i xn JE lx E
Y E i E S E x < q E i E
P E { V CE =tM VMi < { E< Ex
E ziB *
8.8.
BB] x i J(BB-23)
The Bank does not recognise deferred tax on HTM category

of investments as in its opinion; there is no timing difference in
this regard. Pursuant to the opinion of the Expert Advisory
Committee of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India
on recognition of deferred tax on investments, the bank has
referred the issue to the Indian Banks Association for their
guidance on the matter since there is a difference in treatment
on this subject in the industry.
8.8. Accounting for Investment in Associates (AS-23):
xxJi BB] E J xE (BB)23 ''Ei k

h BB] x i J'' E +x Ei E
M *
The following Associate has been consolidated as per the

Accounting Standard (AS)-23 Accounting for investments in
Associates in Consolidated financial statements.
150
l E x
n/x
i i
vi E
Name of the entity
Country/ residence
Relationship
Ownership
Interest
Amount
of Shareholding
(` in Crore)/(`
<n { Oh E
|VE E
Allahabad U.P. Gramin Bank
India
Sponsor Bank
35%
Ec )
21.67
8.9.
'k +i E { E E +i E {{i + {
J xE (BB) 28 '<{] + B]' |V x
* |vx E =H xE E +x 31.03.2013 E
E E +x +i E< <{] x + =Ci
xE E +x +Yx i E< i{h i x
8.9. A substantial portion of the banks assets comprise of

financial assets to which Accounting Standard (AS) 28
Impairment of Assets is not applicable. In the opinion of
the management, there is no impairment of other assets
of the Bank as at 31.03.2013 to any material extent
requiring recognition in terms of the said standard.
8.10.
'|vx, +EE niB + +EE +i' E v

J xE (BB)29 E +x |E]Eh
8.10. Disclosure in terms of Accounting Standard (AS) 29 on

Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent
Assets:
ni+ i |vx E Sx (<i ) :
Movement of Provision for Liabilities (Closing Balance):
E lli
E lli
As on 31.03.2013
As on 31.03.2012
rJJhK /
Particulars
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
YlveY nu;w tJ"tl / Provision toward NPA

rlJuN vh bqgtm nu;w tJ"tl / Provision for Depreciation on Investment
btlfU ytr;gt nu;w tJ"tl / Provision towards Standard Assets
ytgfUh nu;w tJ"tl / Provision towards Income Tax
yt:rd; fUh ytr; / =ug;t / Deferred Tax (Assets) / Liabilities
ylwMkde ttC fUh / Fringe Benefit Tax
yg / Others
fwUt / Total
151
1010.23
967.28
311.08
486.91
768.38
509.81
2472.05
2066.06
24.59
57.51
26.04
26.04
566.87
569.11
5179.24
4682.72
8.11.
M] Sx: J xE (BB)
Ctd fU: Jb
17 / Segment Information: Accounting Standard (AS) 17
/ Part A: Business Segments
fUthvtuhux/:tufU
r;Cqr;gtk
]V
Jb
Business
Segments
Corporate/
wholesale
security
Treasury
attq JMo
rJJhK / Particulars
htsJ / Revenue
vrhKtb / Result
tJ"tl / Provisions
vrhattl ttC
d; JMo attq JMo
rhxut crfUkd
yg crfUkd
gJmtg
fwUt
Retail Banking
Other Banking
Operation
Total
d; JMo attq JMo
d; JMo attq JMo d; JMo attq JMo
C.Y.
P.Y.
C.Y.
P.Y.
C.Y.
P.Y.
C.Y.
P.Y.
C.Y.
P.Y.
5097.30
4165.92
8972.15
8180.04
4547.53
4230.84
409.33
254.71
19026.31
16831.51
144.90
154.85
1319.16
1715.95
1651.35
1675.31
297.29
217.81
3412.70
3763.92
1832.53
1608.14
1580.17
2155.78
368.31
296.18
Operating Profit
ytg fUh / Income Taxes

ymt"thK ttC/ntrl
Extraordinary profit / loss
d; JMo
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
rlJt ttC / Net Profit

yg mqalt:
0.00
0.00
1211.86
1859.60
Other Information:
FkzJth ytr;gtk
Segment Assets
59084.00 55047.35 109510.97 94180.67 34526.70 32508.83
445.32
359.89 203566.99 182096.74
dih ytckrx; ytr;gtk

Unallocated assets
1251.52
1197.72
fwUt ytr;gtk
Total assets
204818.51 183294.46
FkzJth =ug;tYk
Segment liabilities
56145.83 52227.73 104065.12 89356.57 32809.72 30843.67
219.61
147.63 193240.28 172575.60
dih ytckrx; =ug;tYk

Unallocated liabilities
11578.23
10718.86
fwUt =ug;tYk
Total liabilities
Ctd F:CtidturtfU Fkz
htsJ / Revenue
ytr;gtk / Assets
204818.51 183294.46
/ Part B: Geographic Segments:
(` J ) / (` in Lakhs)
fwUt
Dhutq
yk;hhtx[eg
Domestic
International
Total
attq JMo
d; JMo
attq JMo
d; JMo
attq JMo
d; JMo
C.Y.
P.Y.
C.Y.
P.Y.
C.Y.
P.Y.
18713.27
16658.40
199.33
173.11
19026.31
16831.51
197200.19
176940.28
7618.32
6354.18
204818.51
183294.46
152
Jb Sx { ]{{h :
Notes to Segment Information:
Ei Jb {]M +xM E{x, BE M-EM l E

E + E { x M *
The business of the subsidiary company, a non-banking

entity has been considered as residual business in
consolidated segment reporting.
i xn JE lx u V J xE BB17
+ = { E nxn E +x{ M] {]M E
|Vx E E E S Jb MEi E M
+li
For the purpose of segment reporting in terms of AS 17

issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India
and RBI guidelines thereon, the business of the bank
has been classified into three segments, viz.
]V {Sx
Treasury Operations,
E{]/lE EM
Corporate / Wholesale Banking
] EM
Retail Banking
+x EM
Other Banking business
ME Jb E (E) P + (J)+i] Jb MEi

E M *
vE +{I+ +vE BB+ |ii x +

M BB+ |ii x E ] V {Sx x
x M *
9.
10.
Geographical segment has been classified as (a)

Domestic and (b) International.
Investment in SLR securities in excess of statutory

requirements and investment in non-SLR securities have
been considered as investment for Treasury Operations.
E Jb v Vb , +i + ni+ E
vi Jb E +]i E Vi + V E< n v
Jb E |ii x Ei =x |vi E +x{i
+]i E M *
Expenses, assets and liabilities directly attributed to

particular segment are allocated to the relative segment
and wherever the items are not directly attributable to
specific segment the same has been allocated in
proportion to business managed.
+EE niB
9.
Contingent Liabilities
ix {j E +xS 12 E G J (I) (VI) l=Ji

B niB G: x/+]x/x E x{]x
E {h, +{ E x{]x, M E M< , nMi
vi+ E i, P]xG + vi {IE u E M<
M { x * +E <x . E +EE ni+
vi +iH ]{{h xxx :
Such liabilities as mentioned at Sl. No.(I) to (VI) in schedule

12 of Balance Sheet are dependent upon the outcome of court
/ arbitration / out of court settlement, disposal of appeals, the
amount being called up, terms of contractual obligations,
devolvement and raising of demand by concerned parties
respectively. Additional comments in respect of contingent
liabilities of AllBank Finance Limited are as follows:
z +{ |vEh E I i E v
ni +E V E{x E `1.09 Ec ({U
`8.72 Ec
) E E |{i x E x * 31.03.2013
E lli `10.34 Ec ({U `10.70 Ec)
E +O E, i { E] MB E + |{
+E b E { n< M< * Exvh
+ +{ E z Sh Vx i i *
E{x E r @h E { +Ei x EB MB n:
x ({U `11.76 Ec)
+ E <x . E v xx x E
+nx, . .. n< u 13.05.1992 E + E
<x . E { MB E E E {I {k
E {h +ih x M* inx, E {nM E iJ
E E x M + =E n =x {
Disputed Income Tax in respect of matters pending

before various appellate authorities where the
Company expects to succeed amounts to `1.09
Crore (Previous Year `8.72 Crore). As on 31.03.2013,
`10.34 Crore (Previous Year `10.70 Crore) have
been shown as advance income tax, tax deducted
at source, and income tax refund receivable. This
amount is pending adjustment at various stages of
assessment and appeal.
Claims against the Company not acknowledged

as Debts : NIL (Previous Year `11.76 Crore)
10. In respect of AllBank Finance Limited, as per the order

of Honble Special court, the delivery of shares on
13.05.1992 by M/s V. B Desai to AllBank Finance Ltd.,
constituted complete transfer of property in the shares in
favour of the Bank. Accordingly, the Bank became the
owner of the shares from the date of delivery of the shares
153
Pi i ={S + +vE { <E E * ={H

+n E {h{ E +Vx E nPv x x
M*
and was entitled to all accretions and rights declared

thereafter. Pursuant to the above-mentioned order, the
acquisition of the shares has been considered as long
term investment.
11.
{VMi Ji { x{nx i n E +xxi

VE |vx x E M (x +O) `87.00 Ec
(Mi `110.46 Ec) *
11. Estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed

on capital account and not provided for (Net of Advance)
`87.00 Crore (Previous Year `110.46 Crore).
12.
+x{V +i E +iMi vi |vx E Ij E+{

E E +O +xxi +v { P] n M iE
ix{j E +xS 9 lH x +O E xE
E*
12. Sector wise break up of provision held under

non-performing advances is deducted on estimated basis
from gross advances to arrive at the balance of net
advances as stated in the Schedule 9 of the Balance
Sheet.
V +E Z M Mi E +Ec E {x:i
{x:MEi E M *
Figures of previous year have been regrouped or reclassified

wherever considered necessary.
154
ij J{IE E {]

xnE b
<n E
Ei k h v {]
x 31 S 2013 E lli <n E, <E +xM E{x, + n H =t() E Ei k h E
J{I E V 31 S. 2013 E lli Ei ix{j, = E {i +v i Ei -x Ji il
Ei xEn | h B i{h J xi E il +x JiE Sx ] * <x k h
u J{Ii E E J{Ii J, BE +xM, BE BB], BE H =t E J{Ii J + BE H =t
E +J{Ii J ] *
x xxJi k h E J{I x E :
i.
BE +xM VE k h J{Ii + 31 S, 2013 E lli `.58.81 Ec E E +i ni +
= il E {i i `.8.04 Ec E E V ni *
ii. BE BB] +li <n { Oh E VE k h J{Ii + 31 S, 2013 E lli `.8843.11
Ec E E +i ni + = il E {i i `.676.99 Ec E E V ni *
iii. BE H =t V BE +i {xM`x E{x + VE k h +J{Ii 31 S, 2013 E lli E
+i `164.81 Ec + = il E {i i E V `.22.58 Ec *
<x k h E J{I +x J{IE u E M< VE {] |ii E M< + ={H +xM,
BB] B BE H =t E v {hi vi J{IE E {] { +vi *
iv. BE H =t E{x V BE E{x + VE k h J{Ii + 31 S, 2013 E lli `952.71
Ec E E +i ni + = il E {i i `402.43 Ec E E V ni *
1.
Ei k h i |vx E ni
2. i xn JE lx u V J xE 21 ''Ei k h'' B J xE 23 ""Ei k h
BB] x E J'' il JxE 27 ''H =t i E k {]M'' B i V E E +{I+ E +x
<x k h E i Ex E ni |vx E * < ni Ei k h E i i |ME +iE xjh
E i Ex, Exx Ex + =E JJ Ex V i{h l h, vJvc +l SE E Eh,
H *
J{IE E ni
3. ni J{I { +vi <x Ei k h { +{x nx * x +{x J{I i xn
JE lx u V xE J{I E +x E * =x xE +{Ii E xi{E +{I+ E +x{x E
+ Vx x E J{I E x{ni E V Si +x |{i E C Ei k h i{h l h
H *
E J{I E J{I I |{i Ex E |G x{ni E Vi + B Ei k h

|E]Eh E Vi * Sx Vx |G J{IE E xh { vi i V Ei k h i{h l
h E VJ E xvh, E{] +l SE E Eh, i * <x VJ E xvh Ex J{IE E E i
+ Ei J{I h E =Si |iiEh vi |ME +iE xjh E vx Ji + {li E +x{
=Si J{I |G xvi Ei * J{I |M < M< J xi E ={Hi B |vx u EB MB J
|CEx E Sii E l l Ei k h E Oi: |iiEh E Ex i *
5. E u |{i J{I I J{I |nx Ex i {{i B Si *
4.
+i
6. , V E E <E +xM, BB] B n H =t () E |ni i , B k
VxE il nB MB {]Eh E +x:
Ei ix{j, = nB MB x] E l {ì, BE {h B =Si Ei ix{j V +E h nB MB
< =Si { i E M , V <n E, <E +xM, BB] + n H =t E E E
31 S 2013 E lli + =Si li |E] + xi: i Ei J ri E +x{ *
i.
155
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS REPORT

To
The Board of Directors
Allahabad Bank
Report on the Consolidated Financial Statements

1. We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Allahabad Bank, its subsidiary, associate and two
joint ventures (group) as at 31st March, 2013, which comprise the Consolidated Balance Sheet as at March 31, 2013, and
Consolidated Profit and Loss Account and the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement for the year then ended, and a summary
of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information. Incorporated in these financial statements are the
audited accounts of bank audited by us, audited accounts of one subsidiary, one associate and unaudited accounts of two
joint ventures.
We did not audit the financial statements of:
i.
One subsidiary, whose financial statements are audited reflect total assets of ` 58.81 Crore as at 31st March 2013 and
total revenues of ` 8.04 Crore for the year ended on that date.
ii. One associate i.e. Allahabad U.P. Gramin Bank (RRB) whose financial statements are audited reflect total assets of
` 8843.11 crore as at 31st March 2013 and total revenues of ` 676.99 Crore for the year ended on that date.
iii. The financial statements of one joint venture which is an asset reconstruction company, whose financial statements are
auditated and reflect total assets of `164.81 Crore as at 31st March 2013 and total revenue of `22.58 Crore as on that
date.
These financial statements have been audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion,
insofar as it relates to the amounts included in the respect of the above subsidiary, associate and one joint venture, is
based solely on the report of the respective auditors.
iv. The financial statements of one Joint Venture Company, which is an insurance company is unaudited, whose total asset
is ` 952.71 Crore as at 31st March 2013 and revenue of ` 402.43 Crore. for the year ended on that date
Managements Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements
2. Management is responsible for the preparation of these financial statements in accordance with the requirements of Accounting
Standard 21 Consolidated Financial Statements and Accounting Standard 23 Accounting for Investment in Associates in
Consolidated Financial Statements, and Accounting Standard 27 Financial Reporting of Interest in Joint Ventures issued
by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India and the requirements of the Reserve Bank of India. This responsibility
includes the design, implementation and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation of the consolidated
financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
Auditors Responsibility
3. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We conducted
our audit in accordance with the Standards on Auditing issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Those
Standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance
about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.
4. An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated
financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors judgment, including the assessment of the risks of
material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk
assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the Banks preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated
financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances. An audit also includes
evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of the accounting estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.
5. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Opinion
6. In our opinion, as shown by books of bank, its subsidiary, associate and two joint ventures (group) and to the best of our
information and according to the explanations given to us:
i.
the consolidated Balance Sheet, read with the notes thereon is a full and fair consolidated Balance Sheet containing all
the necessary particulars, is properly drawn up so as to exhibit a true and fair view of state of affairs of the group
comprising of Allahabad Bank, its subsidiary, associate and two joint ventures as at 31st March 2013 in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in India;
156
Ei x Ji, = nB MB x] E l {ì, xi: i Ei J ri E +x{ vi E

E ni *
iii. Ei xEn | h = il E {i i xEn | E + =Si li ni *
ii.
i{h i
7. n EB x , +xS 18 E x] . 5.13 E + vx +Ei Ei V VxE Ij E E E
ES i {x E{ {x: Jx { i W E u +{x nxE 09.02.2011 E {{j . b+b.{. / 80/
21.04.018/2010-11 E v |nx E M< U] E +x BB 15 ES E |vx E VxE E { M Ex
v `. 298.96 Ec iE E r E Eh {x ni B OS] ni +lMi EB Vx E ni *
8. Ei ix {j B Ei x Ji i xn JE lx u V J xE 21 ''Ei k h''
B J xE 23 ''Ei k h BB] x E J'' il J xE 27 ''H =t i E k
{]M'' B i V E E +{I+ E +x i EB MB *
9. ={H {O 1 5 =Ji J{I E + E +v { B EE E{x (={G E +Vx B +ih)
+vx, 1970 u l +{Ii il = |E] + E +vx;
{] Ei E:
(E) x SxB B {]Eh |{i EB V k VxE B E +x J{I E |Vxl
+E l il x =x iVxE { *
(J) VxE +B <n E, <E +xM E{x, + n H =t() E xnx = E +vE E
+iMi Vx <n E, <E +xM E{x, + n H =t() *
(M) <n E, <E +xM E{x, + n H =t() |{i h J{I E B {{i {< M< *
10.
J{I i Ei ix{j , -x J + xEn | h |V J xE E +x{ *

Ei . B. . Vx Bb E.
xn JE
Ei . Bx.E. M Bb E.
xn JE
Ei . P xl Bb E.
xn JE
(E E {])
{]x
ni . - 056623
B. +. . - 304012 E
(E.E. M)
{]x
ni . - 016307
B+ . - 000429N
( Vx)
{]x
ni . - 77010
B+ . - 000451N
Ei . Jb EEx Bb E.
xn JE
Ei . ] B {i.
xn JE
Ei . l Bb BB]
xn JE
(.E. Jb)
{]x
ni . - 70546
B.+. . - 01311C
(x ME)
{]x
ni . - 30615
B. +. . - 101048W
({. l E)
{]x
ni . - 021755
B+ . - 05120S
lx : EEi
nxE : 07.05.2013
157
ii. the consolidated Profit and Loss Account, read with the notes thereon shows a true balance of profit, in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in India, for the year covered by the account; and
iii. the consolidated Cash Flow Statement gives a true and fair view of the cash flows for the year ended on that date.
Emphasis of Matter
7. Without qualifying our opinion, we draw attention to note no. 5.13 of Schedule 18 which describes deferment of pension
liability and gratuity liability due to increase in ceiling to the extent of ` 298.96 crores pursuant to the exemption granted by
the Reserve Bank of India to the public sector Banks from application of the provisions of AS 15 Employees Benefits vide
its circular No DBOD.BP.BC/80/21.04.018/2010-11 dated February 9th, 2011, on reopening of Pension option to employees
of public sector Banks.
8. The consolidated Balance Sheet and the consolidated Profit and Loss Account have been drawn up in accordance with the
requirements of Accounting Standard 21 Consolidated Financial Statements and Accounting Standard 23 Accounting for
Investment in Associates in Consolidated Financial Statements, and Accounting Standard 27 Financial Reporting of Interest
in Joint Ventures issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India and the requirements of the Reserve Bank of
India.
9. Subject to the limitations of the audit indicated in paragraph 1 to 5 above and as required by the Banking Companies
(Acquisition and Transfer of Undertakings) Act, 1970, and subject also to the limitations of disclosure required therein,
We report that:
a. We have obtained all the information and explanations which to the best of our knowledge and belief, were necessary
for the purposes of our audit and have found them to be satisfactory.
b. The transactions of Allahabad Bank, its subsidiary, associate and two joint ventures (group), which have come to our
notice have been within the powers of the group comprising of Allahabad Bank, its subsidiary, associate and two joint
ventures.
c. The returns received from Allahabad Bank, its subsidiary, associate and two joint ventures (group) have been found
adequate for the purposes of our audit.
10. In our opinion, the Consolidated Balance Sheet, Consolidated Profit and Loss Account and Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
comply with the applicable accounting standards.
For M/S M.C.Jain & Co.

For M/S N.K.Bhargava & Co.

For M/S Raghu Nath Rai & Co.


Partner
Membership No. - 056623
F.R. No 304012E
(K.K.Bhargava)
Partner
F.R. No 00429N
(Samir Jain)
Partner
F.R. No 000451N
For M/S Khandelwal Kakani & Co

For M/S Batliboi & Purohit

For M/S Sarath & Associates

(V.K.Khandelwal)
Partner
F.R. No 01311C
(Raman Hangekar)
Partner
F.R. No 101048W
(P. Sarath Kumar)

Partner
F.R. No 05120S
Place: Kolkata
Date: 7th May, 2013
158
+E <xx .
xnE E {]
31 S, 2013 E {i k i E{x E J{Ii
k h i E {] |ii Ei B xnE E
|zi *
k {h
Ivx E nx E{x x {U +Vi ` 289.64 J
E E{Si E {I ` 362.58 J E E {Si
+Vi E * k {h E xxx :
DIRECTORS REPORT
The Directors have pleasure in presenting the Annual Report
together with audited financial statements of the Company for
the year ended 31st March, 2013.
FINANCIAL RESULTS
During the year under review, your company earned profit after
tax of ` 362.58 lacs as against ` 289.64 lacs in the previous
year. The summary of the financial results is as follows:
31.03.2013
31.03.2012
{Sx E V /Gross Revenue from operations

4,80,79,350
4,54,93,901
|vx V + +{Ii x/Provision no longer required
3,24,18,234
E + /Total Income
8,04,97,584
4,54,93,901
EE B |xE /Personnel & Administration Expenses
91,83,098
1,03,29,907
+{Ji +v @h/Bad Debts written off
3,22,35,734
E /Total Expenses
4,14,18,832
1,03,29,907
E { /Profit Before tax (PBT)
3,90,78,752
3,51,63,995
E i |vx/Provision for tax
62,00,000
E {Si /Profit after tax
3,62,57,538
2,89,63,995
DIVIDEND
do not recommend any dividend for the year ended

31 S, 2013 E {i i xnE x E E Directors
st
March,
2013.
31
x E*
OPERATIONS
{Sx
|vx j E +lE E {n E +x 2012-13 According to the Economic Advisory Council to the PM, the
i +ll 6.7 |ii E r < l* il{ E +i Indian economy was to grow at 6.7 per cent in 2012-13.
B+ u V +O |CEx E +x 2012-13 E However, as per the advanced estimates released by CSO at
end of the year, Indian economy grew at 5.0 per cent during
nx i +ll 5.0 |ii E r < * P M the
2012-13. Weakness in domestic demand along with fragile
E E ll EV E +lE {o =x |J Eh global economic scenario was one of the factors resulting in
BE l VE {h { 2012-13 E nx Ij the services sector growing at mere 6.6 per cent during
r j 6.6 |ii V 2000-01 E n v r 2012-13, its slowest growth since 2000-01.
*
Monetary policy started becoming a little more accommodative
2012-13 pE xi EU + +xE x <* pi in 2012-13. A moderation in inflation created space for the
n x i V E E B xiMi n E]i Ex + Reserve Bank of India (RBI) to reduce policy rates and take
|h ii gx E MV< n* 2012-13 E nx xiMi other measures for improving liquidity in the system. The policy
n E]i < V n Sh { n 75 +v n (50 rates were cut during 2012-13, including a reduction of 75
+v n +| 2012 + 25 +v n Vx 2013 ) E basis points (bps) in the repo rate in two steps (50 bps in April
E]i < , +Mi 2012 BB+ 100 +v n E E]i 2012 and 25 bps in January 2013), a reduction of 100 bps in
< + xEn +Ii +x{i ix Sh 75 +v n (25 the SLR in August 2012, and a 75 bps cut in the cash reserve
+v n 22 i 2012, 25 +v n 3 x 2012 ratio (CRR) in three steps (25 bps effective 22 September 2012,
bps effective 3 November 2012 and 25 bps effective 9
+ 25 +v n 9 2013 )* <x E]i Ei {E 25
February 2013). Taking a cue from these cuts, several banks
+xE E x E nx +{x V + @h n E E* reduced their deposit and lending rates during the year. Though
t{ <x xiMi ={ E | + iE {] x , xiMi the impact of these policy measures is still unfolding, the
n E E E V + =v n | p V n E transmission of the policy rate to deposit and lending rates of
ix +{IEi E V @h V SxiE Eì E banks is relatively less pronounced compared to money market
rates, reflecting the presence of structural rigidities in the credit
x E |ii Ei *
market.
il{, +{E E{x +vEi: +]] E{x], i vM,

G}] {{, {EVM, +{i, Jtt |Eh, ] IE lx
+n B xvi V z Ij E Ei B ]<
+vx E iE i * k 2021-13 E nx +{E
E{x x {U E ix ]< +vx + E v
MM 84% E r nV E *
However, your Companys activities during the year have been

confined mostly to TEV study assignments covering various
sectors viz automotive components, cotton yarn, kraft paper,
packaging, hospitals, food processing, hotels, educational
institution, etc. and Trusteeship activities. During the
FY 2012-13, your Company registered a growth of about 84%
in respect of income from TEV study as compared to the
previous year.
159
+E <xx .
+{E E{x E x {] E +i +v 7% g E 1
+| 2012 E 44.11 Ec E {I 31 S 2013 E 47.35
Ec M* il{ S+ b E Ol Vx+ + +vE
x E Eh x + {U E ` 342.47 J P] E
31 S 2013 E {i { ` 332.50 J M<* Vx+ E
V E +x B x { . 126.20 J E ={S E
|V J xnb E +x k h x J M *
<E +iH E nx Bb+ g B x E Eh
V + 67.13 J gE ` 90.23 J M<*
The Asset base of your Companys investment portfolio

increased by more than 7% from ` 44.11 crore on 1st April,
2012 to ` 47.35 crore as on 31st March, 2013. However,
investment income decreased to ` 332.50 lac for the year
ended 31st March, 2013 from ` 342.47 lac in the previous year,
due to more investments into growth schemes of Mutual Funds.
The accruals of ` 126.20 lac on such investments as per the
market value of the schemes were not considered in financial
statements as per the applicable accounting norms. Further,
interest income increased to ` 90.23 lac from ` 67.13 lac due
to increased investment in FDRs during the year.
S E B n]Eh
+{E E{x E |vx i{h n +B * i
I {x E E{x E b xB +vI B xnE E {
E M * <E +iH <n E u E{x E
b xB xnE E xi E M * xB +vI B xnE
E { k V B +x vi Ij E {E +x
V +x +{E E{x E +{x E Miv
iV x nn M* Ivx +v E nx +{E E{x
x x< n BE J E J * x< n E
E H E l{x il < E +{x Vn
E E og Ex E E |Mi { *
+{E E{x E n]Eh S k +{x ] |
+{x Miv =Jx r Ex E V E @h x,
xM |vx, x Miv B +x E +vi B l
iExE +lE i +vx |VC] Ex B +x *
nxn E +x{x
+{E E{x Sx] EM + +x |V {V V vi
Miv E v u V z xn, nxn,
{{j E +x{x E *
OUTLOOK FOR THE CURRENT YEAR
ES E h
Your company top management has undergone significant

changes. Smt. Shubhalakshmi Panse, was inducted as the
new Chairman & Director on the Board of the Company.
Further, new directors were nominated on the Board of the
Company by Allahabad Bank. The new Chairman and Directors
have vast experience in the financial market and other related
areas, which will help your company boosting up its business
growth in the periods to come. During the year under review
your company opened a Branch office at New Delhi. Placement
of professionals at New Delhi office and strengthening of
existing work force at Mumbai office are under process.
Your company would endeavor to achieve significant growth
in terms of income from activities viz, Debt Syndication,
Trusteeship and other fee based services such as Techno
Economic Viability studies, project appraisal and so on.
COMPLIANCE OF SEBI GUIDELINES
Your company has complied with various guidelines, directives,
circulars issued by SEBI pertaining to Merchant Banking,
Debenture Trusteeship and other applicable capital market
related activities.
PARTICULARS OF EMPLOYEES
E{x E E< ES E{x (ES h), x 1975 E

l {ì E{x +vx 1956 E v 217(2B) E ii x
+i *
E{x (xnE b E {] h E |E]Eh) x,
1988 >V E Ih, |tME +h B n p E
+Vx B Mx
None of the employees are covered under section 217 (2A) of

the Companies Act, 1956 read with Companies (particulars of
Employees) Rules 1975.
< E +iMi E{x E EU {] x Ex *

xnEMh
E nx V.{. n+, +vI B |v xnE, +vi |{i
Ex { 01 i 2012 xk MB* B.+. xE,
E{E xnE, <n E B B.. ]]S |vE
(BB) <n E +vi |{i Ex { G: 1 Vx 2012
+ 1 +Mi 2012 xk MB* b x E{x E xnE
E { V.{. n+, B.+.xE B B.. ]]S
u, =xE EE E nx |nk + E x E B <
+J nV E*
i I {x, +vI B |v xnE, <n E E 1
+H 2012 E{x E b xB +vI B xnE E {
xH E M * +h i, E{E xnE, <n
E B E.B. E]x, |vE (]V B C) <n
The company has nothing to report under this head.
COMPANIES (DISCLOSURE OF PARTICULARS IN THE

REPORT OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RULES 1988
CONSERVATION OF ENERGY, TECHNOLOGY,
ABSORPTION AND FOREIGN EXCHANGE EARNINGS AND
OUTGOINGS
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Shri J.P. Dua, Chairman & Director, retired during the year
w.e.f. 1st September, 2012 on his attaining superannuation.
Shri M.R. Nayak, Executive Director, Allahabad Bank and Shri
A.B. Bhattacharjee, General Manager (F&A), Allahabad Bank
also retired as Directors of the Company w.e.f. 1st June, 2012
& 1st August, 2012 respectively on attaining superannuation.
The Board placed on record its appreciation for the services
rendered by Shri J.P. Dua, Shri M.R. Nayak and Shri A.B.
Bhattacharjee during their tenure as Directors of the Company.
Smt. Shubhalakshmi Panse, Chairman & Managing Director
of Allahabad Bank was appointed as the Chairman & Director
of the Company w.e.f. 1st October, 2012. Shri Arun Tiwari,
Executive Director, Allahabad Bank and Shri K.S.
Venkataraman, General Manager (Treasury & Forex),
160
+E <xx .
E E G: 28 Vx 2012 B 29 +Mi 2012 E E{x E b

xi E M* E +li <n E E{x E xB
<+/Bb E xH E |G *
Allahabad Bank were nominated as Directors on the Board of

the Company by Allahabad Bank w.e.f. 28th June, 2012 and
29th August, 2012 respectively. The Parent Bank viz, Allahabad
Bank is in the process of appointing new CEO / MD of the
Company.
E{x +vx 1956, E v 274(i)(g) E +iMi E<

xnE +M x { M *
E{] Mxx
(E) b ` E
2012-13 E nx b E U(6) ` E < + Vx b E
n x xxx M
None of the Directors of the Company has been disqualified

under section 274(i) (g) of the Companies Act, 1956.
xnE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
(a) Board Meetings:
During the year 2012-13, five (5) Board meetings were held
and attendance of the Board Members was as under:
/ Director
È E J
È ={li
No. of meetings
Meetings attended
V.{. n+ (01.09.2012 xk)

Shri J. P. Dua (Retired w.e.f. 01.09.2012)
i I {x (01.10.2012 xH)
Smt. Shubhalakshmi Panse (Appointed w.e.f. 01.10.2012)
B.+. xE ( 01.04.2012 xH B 01.06.2012 xk)

Shri M.R. Nayak (Appointed w.e.f. 01.04.2012 & retired w.e.f. 01.06.2012)
+h i (28.06.2012 xH)
Shri Arun Tiwari (Appointed w.e.f. 28.06.2012)
B.E.vx
Shri S.K. Widhani
B.. ]]S (01.08.2012 xk)

Shri A. B. Bhattacharjee (Retired w.e.f. 01.08.2012)
E.B. E]x (29.08.2012 xH)

Shri K.S. Venkataraman (Appointed w.e.f. 29.08.2012)
n
Shri Subir Das
xn E`
Shri Vinod Kothari
Bx +
Shri Emron Samuel
(J) J{I i :
b E J{I i E M`x n +vI, B
Bx + il B.+. xE n l* B.+.
xE E 1 Vx 2012 xk Vx E {h{
+h i E B + xE E lx { n E { xH
Ei B xnE b x J{I i E {xM`x E* J
i E EIj E{x +vx 1956 fUe v 292-B E
+iMi *
2012-13 E nx J{I i E S(4) È +Vi
E M< V ={li xxx l :
xnE
(b) Audit Committee:

The Audit Committee of the members of the Board was
constituted comprising of Shri Subir Das as Chairman, Shri
Emron Samuel & Shri M.R. Nayak as Members. Pursuant to
the retirement of Shri M.R. Nayak with effect from 1st June,
2012, the Board of Directors re-constituted the Audit Committee
by appointing Shri Arun Tiwari as Member in place of Shri M.R.
Nayak. The scope of Audit Committee is as per Section 292A
of the Companies Act, 1956.
During the year 2012-13, four (4) Audit Committee Meetings
were held and attendance by Audit Committee members was
as under:
/ Director
È E J
È ={li
No. of meetings
Meetings attended
n/Shri Subir Das

Bx +/Shri Emron Samuel
B.+. xE (01.06.2012 xk)/Shri M.R. Nayak (Retired w.e.f. 01.06.2012)
+h i (28.06.2012 xH)/Shri Arun Tiwari (Appointed w.e.f. 28.06.2012)
161
4
4
1
2
4
4
1
1
+E <xx .
xnE E ni E h
E{x +vx, 1956 E v 217(2AA) E +{Ix xnE
ni h E v Binu {] E Vi E:
DIRECTORS RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT
E)
31 S 2013 E {i k E E J E i
Sx v Si {]Eh E l M J xE
E {x E M *
a)
In the preparation of the annual accounts for the financial

year ended 31st March, 2013, the applicable accounting
standards had been followed along with proper
explanation relating to departures.
J) xnE x B J xi E Sx B <x Mi {
M E B xh |CEx EB V HMi B
E{h Ivx i E{x E B x{I ZE
B < +v E nx +{E E{x E +l x E
li |ii E V E*
b)
The Directors had selected such accounting policies and

applied them consistently and made judgments and
estimates that are reasonable and prudent so as to give
a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the company
at the end of the financial year and of the profit or loss of
the Company for the year under review.
M)
c)
The Directors had taken proper and sufficient care for

the maintenance of adequate accounting records in
accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act,
1956 for safeguarding the assets of the Company and
for preventing and detecting fraud and other irregularities.
d)
The Directors had prepared the accounts for the financial

year ended 31st March 2013 on a going concern basis.
xnE x vJvc B +x +xii+ E Ex B

=xE {i Mx E B il E{x E +i E Ii
Ex i E{x +vx, 1956 E |vx E +x {{i
J +J E JJ i Si B {{i vx J
*
P) xnE x 31 S 2013 E {i i + ii
|i`x +v { E J i EB *
J{IE
E{x +vx, 1956 E v 619(2) E ={v E{x { M
x E Eh i E xjE B J{IE, x< n x
2012-13 i B.{. S]V Bb E{x xn JE E,
E{x E vE J{IE xH E *
Pursuant to the requirement under Section 217 (2AA) of the

Companies Act, 1956 with respect to Directors Responsibility
Statement, it is hereby confirmed that:
AUDITORS
The provisions of Section 619(2) of the Companies Act, 1956
being applicable to the Company, the Comptroller and Auditor
General of India, New Delhi had appointed M/s. S.P. Chatterjee
& Co, Chartered Accountants as Statutory Auditors of the
Company for the year 2012-13.
J{IE E {] { |vx E =k
+{x J{I E nx J{IE u E< xn] ]{{h
x E M<*
x
+{E xnE, i E xjE B J{IE u nB MB
Mnx i =xE |i +{x + H Ei *
MANAGEMENTS REPLY TO THE AUDITORS REPORT
+{E xnE E{x E E +li <n E -

{ |{i i lx B Mnx i <E |i vxn
Y{i Ex Si + E{x E ES u nB MB Mnx
B EB MB | i =xE |i + |E] Ei *
Your Directors also wish to place on record their sincere thanks

to the Bankers viz, Allahabad Bank for their assistance, support
and guidance from time to time and also thankfully
acknowledge contributions made and efforts put in by
companys employees.
xnE b E B B E +
For and on behalf of the Board of Directors
(E.B. E]x)
xnE
The Auditors made no specific qualification during the course

of their audit.
GENERAL
Your Directors wish to place on record their gratitude to the
Comptroller and Auditor General of India for their valuable
guidance.
(I {x)
+vI
(K. S. Venkataraman)
Director
162
Chairman
+E <xx ]b
31 S, 2013 E lli ix {j
BALANCE SHEET AS AT 31st March, 2013
h/Particulars
S ./ Note No
31S/Mar13
31
S/Mar12
(`)
(`)
150,000,000
388,856,103
-
150,000,000
352,598,566
-
538,856,103
502,598,566
2.3
2.4
1,309,923
1,309,923
17,010,629
17,010,629
2.5
2.6
2.7
1,486,482
7,809,346
38,627,506
47,923,334
588,089,360
532,098
8,638,816
48,526,071
57,696,985
577,306,180
1,401,835
15,026
1,416,861
251,625,314
17,359,911
22,133
84,134
17,466,178
261,616,414
2.10
946,128
252,571,442
679,519
262,295,933
S +i/Current assets
S x /Current Investment
{ |{ /Trade receivables
xEn + xEn i
2.11
2.12
146,165,949
582,936
89,471,243
607,669
Cash and cash equivalents
2.13
76,590,287
92,018,890
2.14
2.15
104,375,880
6,386,005
334,101,057
588,089,360
108,391,795
7,054,472
297,544,069
577,306,180
<C] + niB / EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

vE E xv / Shareholders funds
{V /Share capital
|Ii B +v / Reserves and surplus
+]x x iE +nx vx/
2.1
2.2
Share application money pending allotment
M S niB/Non-current liabilities
+lMi E niB(x)/Deferred tax liabilities (net)

nPv |vx/Long term provisions
+x nPv niB/Other Long term liabilities
S niB / Current liabilities
{ n /Trade payables
+x S niB / Other current liabilities
+{v |vx / Short term provisions
+i/ASSETS
M S +i/Non-current assets
l +i/Fixed assets
i +i/Tangible assets
+i +i/Intangible assets
{V E |Mi {/Capital Work in Progress
M S x
2.8
Non Current Investments
2.9
nPv @h B +O
Long term loans and advances
+x M S +i/Other non-current assets
+{v @h B +O
Short-term loans and advances
+x S +i/Other current assets
i{h J xi + J ]{{h
Significant accounting policies
and notes on accounts
1&2
il E {] E +x
Ei B.{. S]V Bb E
b E B B E +
As per our report of even date

For S. P. Chatterjee & Co.
For and on behalf of the Board
xn JE
{VEh J /
Firm's Registration Number : 303081E
B.{. S]V / S. P. Chatterjee

{]x / Partner
m=g;t mkgt / Membership No.004697
EEi, 22 +| 2013 /
I {x / Shubhalakshmi Panse
+vI / Chairman
E.B. E]x/ K. S. Venkataraman
xnE/ Director
Kolkata, April 22nd 2013
163
n / Subir Das
xnE / Director
+h i/ Arun Tiwari
xnE / Director
/ Shreya Shah
E{x S / Company Secretary
+E <xx ]b
31 S, 2013 E {i i x h
Profit and Loss Statement for the year ended March 31st, 2013
31.03.2013
Note
ii {Sx/Continuing operations
V/Revenue
{Sx V / Revenue from operations
+x + / Other Income
E V /Total Revenue
JS / Expenses
ES JS / Employee benefit expense
B {vx /
E {i
31.03.2012
E {i
Year ended
Year ended
31.03.2013
31.03.2012
(`)
(`)
A.
Depreciation and amortization expense

+x JS / Other expenses
JS / Total Expenses
E { /Profit before tax

E /Tax expense
S E/Current tax
{U /Earlier Years
ii {Sx (E {Si)/
2.16
2.17
14,080,516
66,344,567
80,425,083
11,083,498
34,410,403
45,493,901
2.18
4,691,896
5,005,610
2.8
2.19
169,224
36,485,212
41,346,332
225,553
5,098,743
10,329,906
39,078,751
35,163,995
6,200,000
2.20
2,821,214
Profit from continuing operations (after tax)
36,257,537
28,963,995
36,257,537
28,963,995
24.17
19.31
24.17
19.31
J/B. {i {Sx/Discontinuing operations

{i {Sx /Profit from discontinuing operations
{i {Sx { E /Tax expenses on discontinuing operations
{i {Sx (E {Si)/
Profit from discontinuing operations (after tax)
M/C. +v i /Profit for the period

|i +Vx: (. )/Earning per equity share: (in Rs)
/Basic
b<]b/Diluted
il E {] E +x
Ei B.{. S]V Bb E
xn JE
{VEh J /
{]x / Partner
EEi, 22 +| 2013 /
b E B B E +
+vI / Chairman
xnE/ Director
164
n / Subir Das
xnE / Director
+h i/ Arun Tiwari
xnE / Director
/ Shreya Shah
+E <x ]b
31 S, 2013 E {i i xEn | h
Cash Flow Statement for the year ended 31 st March, 2013
31.03.2013 E
{i i
31.03.2012 E
{i i
For the year

ended
31.03.2013
For the year

ended
31.03.2012
(`)
(`)
39,078,751
35,163,995
169,224
225,553
32,235,734
(798,767)
(2,142,797)
+- / Dividend Income - Shares
(35,000)
(31,025)
V + /Interest Income
x E i + +x+{Ii |vx
(26,246,488)
(24,447,420)
Provision for diminution in value of investments no longer required
(32,335,734)
(249)
13,067
100,375
75,592
(6,170,655)
(7,625,094)
537,500
6,086,099
1,680,463
954,384
1,158,199
Particulars
E. {Sx Miv xEn |

A. CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
E B +vh Miv { x /(x)

Net Profit/(Loss) before Tax & Extraordinary Activities
Vx
/ Adjustments for:
/ Depreciation
+{Ji +v @h / Bad Debts written off
+-S+ b
/ Dividend Income - Mutual Funds
OS] { V i |vx/Provision for interest on gratuity

OS] i |vx/Provision for gratuity
+E xEnEh i |vx/Provision for leave encashment
x E G /Profit on sale of investments
x E i |vx/Provision for diminution in value of investments
E {V {ix { {Sx
Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes
E {V {ix i Vx/Adjustments For Working Capital Changes

{ n/Trade Payable
+x S niB/Other current liabilities
{ B +x |{/Trade & Other Receivables
+x S +i/Other current assets
@h B +O/Loans & advances
+vh n { xEn |/Cash Flow Before Extraordinary Item
|nk +E/Income Tax Paid
{Sx Miv x xEn | [E]/
Net Cash Flow From Operating Activities [A]
165
(829,470)
24,733
(1,000,556)
668,467
3,749,306
133,697
10,653,519
1,971,803
(6,400,000)
(5,527,861)
4,253,519
(3,556,058)
+E <xx .
h
Particulars
31.03.2013 E
{i i
31.03.2012 E
{i i
For the year

ended
31.03.2013
For the year

ended
31.03.2012
(`)
(`)
(59603.00)
(9800.00)
(84,134)
(46,702,774)
4,786,890
26,246,488
35,385,801
35,000
31,025
798,767
2,142,797
(19,682,122)
42,252,579
92,018,890
53,322,369
(15,428,603)
38,696,521
76,590,287
92,018,890
J/B. x Miv xEn |/CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

l +i E Jn/Purchase Of Fixed Assets
{V b+<{/Capital WIP
S+ b x |{i (x)
Proceeds from investment in mutual funds (net)
V +/Interest income
+-/Dividend income - Shares
+- S+ b/Dividend income - Mutual funds
x Miv xEn | [J]/
Net Cash Flow From Investing Activities [B]
M. k Miv xEn |/
C. CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
k Miv x xEn | [M]
Net Cash Flow From Financing Activities [C]
h/Summary Statement
E + xEn B xEn i/
Cash & Cash Equivalents At The Beginning Of The Year
Vc: xEn B xEn i x r [E] + [J]
+ [M]
Add: Net Increase In Cash & Cash Equivalents [A+B+C]
E +i xEn B xEn i
Cash & Cash Equivalents At The End Of The Year
il E {] E +x
Ei B.{. S]V Bb E
b E B B E +

xn JE
{VEh J /
{]x / Partner
m=g;t mkgt
+vI / Chairman
xnE/ Director
/ Membership No.004697
EEi, 22 +| 2013 /
166
n / Subir Das
xnE / Director
+h i/ Arun Tiwari
xnE / Director
/ Shreya Shah
+E <xx .
i{h J xi
1.1 k h i Ex E +v
k h E J xE + E{x +vx, 1956 E
Mi |vx E +x i EB Vi + {{Mi Mi
{{] { +vi * J xi, V iE +xl xn] x
, +xE + xi: Ei J ri E +x{ * n
+ |{ iE x MB + + E J, V iE
+xl xn] x , ={Si +v { E M *
1. Significant Accounting Policies :
1.2 |CEx E |M
k h i Ex i B |vx E +Ei i V
B +xx + |CEx Ei V {] E M< +i +
ni+ E E E |i Ei + ix {j E iJ E
+EE ni+ il +i + E nx {] E M<
+ + E vi |E]Eh *
1.2 Use of Estimates
+EEi+ E i nV E Vi V < i E x
E ni ={Mi M + = E Si |CEx E V
Ei * V {h Yi/i i = iE
{h + |CEx E +i E +Yi E Vi *
1.3 V +Yx
(i) {]] k{h
01.04.2001 E <E {Si J +v E nx i
{]] E +i E v +< V { J xE 19(BB19) M * SE E{x x 01.04.2001 E +l <E
{Si E< V Ei x E +i: BB-19 E{x {
|V x *
i V E u Pi E {h xnb E +iMi V
Vb +i +x{V +i E { MEi
V EB { S x E M *
Contingencies are recorded when it is probable that a liability

will be incurred and the amounts can reasonably be
estimated. Differences between the actual results and
estimates are recognized in the year in which the results are
known / materialized.
il{ E{x x E 2005 h-* S] E E {

{VEi E il SE E{x + E< BS{ B VM
E x E , +iB =x M EM k l
E { +{x < { E n *
(ii) V + E +Yx E il |V n E +v {
M x Vx E E iE +x{i
+v { E Vi *
(iii) + E i +Yi E Vi V <E |{i E
+vE l{i Vi *
1.4 l +i
E{x u l{x { EB MB i +S +i E
{VEh Mi { i *
1.5 {]] { M< +i
G E M< B {]] { n M< +i E {VEh l{x Mi
B l{x { E Vi *
1.6
(i) V { n M< +i E + +x +i
E{x +vx 1956 E +xS XIV xvi n { v J
|h { E |vx E Vi *
However, the Company had registered itself as a

Category I Merchant Banker in the year 2005 and had
surrendered NBFC license since it discontinued HP and
Leasing business.
1.1 Basis of preparation of Financial Statements

The financial statements are prepared in accordance with
applicable accounting standards and relevant provisions of
the Companies Act,1956 and are based on the historical cost
conventions. Accounting policies unless specifically stated
to be otherwise, are consistent and are in consonance with
generally accepted accounting principles. All expenses and
income to the extent considered payable and receivable ,
unless stated otherwise, have been accounted for on accrual
basis.
The preparation of financial statements require management

to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
amount of assets and liabilities and disclosures relating to
contingent liabilities and assets as at the Balance Sheet date
and the reported amounts of income and expenses during
the year.
1.3 Revenue Recognition

(i)
Lease Finance
The Accounting Standard 19 (AS19) on Leases came
into effect in respect of all assets leased during
accounting periods commencing on or after 1.4.2001.
Since the Company has not sanctioned any lease on or
after 1.4.2001, the AS19 is not applicable to the
Company.
Lease Rentals are not considered where Leased Assets
have been classified as Non Performing Assets (NPA)
under the Prudential Norms announced by Reserve
Bank of India.
(ii)
Interest income is recognized on a time proportion basis

depending upon the amount outstanding and the rate
applicable and to the extent considered realizable.
(iii) Income on account of dividend is recognized when the

right to receive is established.
1.4 Fixed Assets
Fixed Assets are capitalized at cost inclusive of installation
expenses as incurred by the Company.
1.5 Leased Assets
Assets purchased and given on lease are capitalized on
installation at cost and installation expenses.
1.6 Depreciation
(i) Assets other than given on Lease:
Depreciation is provided under Straight Line Method at the
rates and in the manner as per Schedule XIV of the
Companies Act, 1956.
167
+E <xx .
+i +i E {S E +v +l n ={M +v {S
E i +{IEi E +v v J |h
{vi E Vi *
(ii) {]] { n M< +i:
i xn JE lx u V BE=]M VM
v Mn x] E +x V { n M< +i {
E |vx E Vi *
E{x +vx 1956 E +xS XIV xvi n { v
J |h { i +i ({]] { n M< =x +i E
]E Vx +x{V +i E { MEi E M ) {
v J |h { E |vx E Vi *
1.7 x
nP +v x E Mi { xvh E Vi * E
{i { x E i |vx B x E
E x { E Vi *
Intangible Assets are amortised over a period of five years or

in lesser period if useful life is lower than five years on straight
line basis.
ix x E Ex xxi Mi B V { E
Vi *
V x Sr E M + {xi r E n M
+ V E]x ={v x il x E S xE n
M , B x E `1|i E{x VBM*
Current Investments are valued at the lower of cost and market

value.
x (|ii xnx v +{v E Sh) +vx,

1992 E +iMi Mì x, < E +nx,
. .. n< Ji E x{]x +Vi E <
|E +Vi E Mi E B xh { . .. n<
E x { M * < x E nPv x
x M *
1.8 E{h xnb
In the case of shares acquired in settlement of M/s V B Desai

A/c pursuant to the Order of The Special Court, Mumbai,
constituted under The Special Courts (Trial of Offences
relating to Transactions in Securities) Act, 1992, the cost of
acquisition of the Shares so acquired have been taken at the
net amount due from M/s V B Desai, prior to such ruling. This
investment has been considered as Long Term Investment.
t{ E{x E Jn x Ei il{ V E |V
+ +Yx, +i MEh B |vx i M EM k
E{x i E{h xnb E v i V E u V
xn E +x{x E M *
Although the Company is not doing Hire Purchase and

Leasing business yet the Directions issued by the Reserve
Bank of India regarding prudential norms for Non-Banking
Financial Companies for income recognition, asset
classification and provisions have been followed, wherever
found applicable.
1.9 v nxn
n/|{ V S] EM, ]]{ +n E Eh E
{i { + |{i x , E v nxn Ji x bi
B vi +/+i Ji V E Vi *
1.9 Sundry Debtors
1.10 +x{V +i i |vx
1.10 Provision for Non Performing Assets
E Jn V +n 12 +vE Ei n x E
+ +i E{] V 6 +vE +v i V
n i i +i +x{V x VBM + Ji E< +
x x VBM*
In case of Installments due for more than 12 months from

Hire Purchase, Lease, etc and in case of interest remained
due for more than 6 months from Inter Corporate Deposit,
the asset is treated as Non Performing Assets and no income
is considered in the accounts.
B x Ji x bE +x{V +i i | vx
E Vi *
1.11 +i E Ii x
E +i E i Ii x Vi V = +i E Jx E
Mi M +vE Vi * V +i E Ii
E { +xvi E Vi = Ii x E B
Provision for a Non-Performing Asset is made by debiting

Profit & Loss Account.
(ii)
Assets given on Lease:
Depreciation on Leased Assets is provided as per the

Guidance Note on Accounting for Leases issued by the
Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.
Depreciation on all the fixed assets (excluding Leased Assets
classified as Non Performing Assets) has been provided on
straight line method at the rates prescribed in Schedule XIV
of the Companies Act, 1956.
1.7 Investment
Long Term Investments are valued at cost. Provision for
diminution in value of investment is made for decrease in
value of such investments if permanent in nature as at the
end of the year.
In cases where Investments are listed but suspended and

market quotations are not available and where investments
are delisted, the value of the investment has been taken at
`1/- per Company.
1.8 Prudential Norms
Amount due/ receivable but yet to be received at the end of the

year on account of Merchant Banking, trusteeship etc. are
debited to Sundry Debtors Account and credited to respective
income/ assets account.
1.11 Impairment of Assets

An asset is treated as impaired when the carrying cost of
assets exceeds its recoverable value. An impairment loss is
charged to profit and loss account in the year in which an
168
+E <xx .
x J |i E Vi * n +xxi E M
{ix M i { J +v +Yi Ii
x E |iii E Vi *
1.12 ES
ES ES u |nx E M< E ={Si i
* xvi +nx Vx+ l xv +nx E +Yx
+nx nx { E Vi *
asset is identified as impaired. The impairment loss

recognized in prior accounting periods is reversed if there
has been a change in the estimate of recoverable amount.
{i Vx V OS] + +E xEnEh E +iMi

nP EE ES EE iExE E |M EE n
E ix { E {i { xvi E Vi *
Long term employee benefits under defined benefits scheme

such as gratuity and leave encashment are determined at
close of the year at present value of the amount payable using
actuarial techniques.
1.13 +
1.13 Taxes on Income
{ E
ix + +lMi E nx i E E |vx E Vi *
S E E |vx |V E n + E Exx E |M Ei
B E M + { E Vi * +i E Eh =i{z
+lMi E +i + niB, Vx {i +v |iii
E V Ei , E +Yx +vxi E n + E Exx
E |M Ei B E Vi * +lMi E E i iE +Yi
x E Vi V iE <E |iix E v
{{i +x x *
1.14|vx, +EEiB + +EE +i
{x {{i { EB MB |CEx |vx E i
+Yi E Vi V {U E P]x E B ix
ni xi + < i E x E vx E Mx
M il ni E E v BE x +xx M
V Ei * +EE +i E k h x i +Yi
E Vi + x |E] E Vi * +EE ni+ i
|vx x E Vi + =x ]{{h E { |E] E
Vi *
1.12 Employee Benefits

Employee benefits accrued in the year are for services
rendered by the employees. Contribution to defined
contribution schemes such as Provident fund is recognized
as and when incurred.
Provision for tax is made for both current and deferred tax.
Current Tax is provided on the taxable income using the
applicable tax rates and tax laws. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities arising on account of timing difference which are
capable of reversal in subsequent periods are recognized
using tax rates and tax laws which have been enacted or
substantively enacted. Deferred tax assets are not recognized
unless there is sufficient assurance with respect to the
reversal of the same in the future years.
1.14 Provisions , Contingencies and Contingent Assets
Provisions involving substantial degree of estimation in
measurement are recognized when there is a present
obligation as a result of past events and it is probable that
there will be an outflow of resources and a reliable estimate
can be made of the amount of the obligation. Contingent
Assets are neither recognized nor disclosed in the financial
statement . Contingent Liabilities are not provided for and
are disclosed by way of notes.
169
+E <xx .
x]/NOTE 2
J ]{{h/Notes on Financial Statements
2.1:
{V / Share Capital
lli/As at 31-Mar-13
/ Particulars
lli/As at 31-Mar-12
(in `)
(in `)
|vEi {V:/Authorized shares :

.100/- |iE E 15,00,000 <C] /
[.100/- |iE E 15,00,000 <C] (31S 2012)]
15,00,000 Equity shares of Rs 100/- each
150,000,000
[(March 31, 2012)15,00,000 Equity shares of
Rs 100/- each]
V, +nk B |nk :/Issued, subscribed and paid-up shares:
150,000,000
15,00,000 Equity shares of Rs 100/- each

[(March 31, 2012)15,00,000 Equity shares of
Rs 100/- each]
150,000,000
150,000,000
150,000,000
150,000,000
.100/- |iE E 15,00,000 <C]

[.100/- |iE E 15,00,000 <C] (31S 2012)]
(a) : E E
h / Particulars
J E vx/Reconciliation of the number of shares outstanding

lli/As at 31-Mar-13
lli/As at 31-Mar-12
E + E J/Number of shares at the begining of the period

+v E nx V /Shares issued during the period
E +i E J/Number of shares at the end of the period
1,500,000
1,500,000
1,500,000
1,500,000
(J)(b) :E{x 5% +vE vi Ex |iE vE E E J

Shares in the company held by each shareholder holding more than 5%
lli/As at 31-Mar-13
/ Particulars
vE E x
vi E J
vi E%
vi E J
No. of
Shares
held
1499994
% of
Holding
No. of Shares
held
%
% of
Holding
99.99
1499994
99.99
Name of Shareholder
<n E/Allhabad Bank

2.2 : |Ii
lli/As at 31-Mar-12
vi E
B +v/Reserves and Surplus
/ Particulars
lli/As at 31-Mar-13
lli/As at 31-Mar-12
(in `)
-
(in `)
-
853,411
853,411
-
853,411
853,411
-
351,745,155
36,257,537
388,002,692
388,856,103
322,781,160
28,963,995
351,745,155
352,598,566
{VMi |Ii/Capital reserve

x |Ii/General reserve
+i k h E +x
Balance as per the last financial statements
| Ji/Share Premium Account

+v/Surplus
{U k h E +x /
Balance as per the last financial statements
Vc: +v i /Add: Profit for the period
{vx i ={v /Amount available for appropriation
E |Ii B +v/Total reserves and surplus
170
+E <xx .
2.3 : +lMi
/Deferred taxes
h/Particulars
lli/As at 31-Mar-13
lli/As at 31-Mar-12
(`)
(`)
E +lMi E niB/Gross deferred tax liabilities

k h B +E h l +i E J E S +i E E { |
Tax impact of difference between carrying amount of fixed
assets in the financial statements and the income tax return
Bx{B B nMv @h { |vx E E { |

Tax impact on account of provison on NPA and doubtful debts
E +lMi E +i/(niB)/Gross deferred tax assets/Liabilities

x +lMi E +i/(niB)/Net deferred tax asset / (liabilities)
2.4 : nPv |vx/Long term provisions
h/Particulars
lli/As at 31-Mar-13
lli/As at 31-Mar-12
(`)
(`)
629,736
80,187
600,000
358,495
112,438
16,478,865
60,831
17,010,629
ES i |vx/Provision for employee benefits

OS]/Gratuity
+E xEnEh/Leave encashment
+x{V +i i |vx/Provision for Non Performing Assets
|ii V/Security Deposit
1,309,923
2.5 : {
n/Trade payables
h/Particulars
lli/ As at 31-Mar-13 lli/ As at 31-Mar-12
{ n/Trade payable
+ i xn/Creditors for services
2.6 : +x
(`)
1,486,482
1,486,482
532,098
532,098
lli/As at 31-Mar-13
lli/As at 31-Mar-12
(`)
(`)
616,852
532,098
S niB/Other current liabilities
h/Particulars
C<] +O/Advance from clients
E ni/Service Tax Liability
+x/Others
2.7
(`)
+{v |vx/Short term provisions
ES i |vx/Provision for employee benefits

OS]/Gratuity
+E xEnEh/Leave encashment
+E i |vx/Provision for Income Tax
+xM E i |vx/Provision for Fringe Benefit Tax
171
12,360
7,180,134
8,106,718
7,809,346
8,638,816
lli/As at 31-Mar-13
lli/As at 31-Mar-12
(`)
(`)
11,311
9,627
7,375
11,582
38,557,820
48,453,862
51,000
38,627,506
51,000
48,526,071
172
50,867,927
17,295,894
213,235
48,465,116
609,308
30,346,679
1,322,528
595,043
2,402,811
138,787
138,787
54,653
84,134
ADDITION
{vx
47,865,116
17,295,894
213,235
47,865,116
609,308
29,746,679
SALES/
ADJUSTMENT
G /Vx
GROSS BLOCK
3,141,598
600,000
600,000
1,377,181
595,043
2,541,598
569,374
TOTAL
AS AT
31-03-13
E lli
33,508,016
3,033,976
213,235
31,925,420
574,310
28,103,899
1,098,336
142,639
1,582,596
341,621
AS AT
01-04-12
lli
157,167
82,146
56,529
157,167
18,492
FOR THE
YEAR
Total Own Assets
E vi +i
Total Intangible Assets
E +i +i
Computer Software
2,454,611
51,800
51800
AS AT
01-04-12
PARTICULARS
E{] }]
lli
{vx
143,737
4,950
4950
ADDITION
G /Vx
SALES/ADJUSTMENT
2,598,348
56,750
56,750
TOTAL
AS AT
31-3-2013
E lli
1,612,263
29,667
29667
AS AT
01-04-12
lli
169,224
12,057
12057
FOR THE
YEAR
ADJUSTMENT
Vx
DEPRECIATION
31,925,420
3,033,976
213,235
31,925,420
574,310
28,103,899
ADJUSTMENT
1,781,487
41,724
41,724
TOTAL
AS AT
31-3-2013
E lli
1,739,763
1,180,482
199,168
1,739,763
360,113
TOTAL
AS AT
31-03-13
Vx E lli
DEPRECIATION
x]: .19,761,217 E V {]] { n M< E E +i , E +{Ji E M*

Note : A sum of Rs 19,761,217/- comprising gross block of assets given on lease had been written off from the books
+i +i /INTANGIBLE ASSETS
E E GROSS BLOCK
Total Tangible Assets
E i +i
Office Equipment
]x/Motor Vehicles
E /T O T A L
>>>
E ={Eh
Furniture & Fixture
xS B CS
Plant & Machinery
j B x
(B) Assets given on lease
J. V { |nk +i
Office Equipment
]x/Motor Vehicles
E /T O T A L
>>>
E ={Eh
Furniture & Fixture
xS B CS
(A) Assets other than on lease
485,240
AS AT
01-04-12
PARTICULARS
E. V E +iH +x
+i
lli
E E
i +i / TANGIBLE ASSETS
ALLBANK FINANCE LIMITED
816,861
15,026
15,026
AS AT
31-03-13
842,348
22,133
22133
AS AT
31-03-12
lli
NET BLOCK
x E
lli
17,359,911
14,261,918
0
16,539,696
34,998
2,242,780
224,192
452,404
820,215
143,619
AS AT
31-03-12
lli
1,401,835
600,000
600,000
196,699
395,875
801,835
209,261
AS AT
31-03-13
lli
x E <-NET BLOCK ->
Note: 2.8.
+E <xx .
NOTE 2.9:
M-S x/NON-CURRENT INVESTMENTS
A. +xE]b / Unquoted
Equity Shares
h/Particulars
lli
J/
lli
As at 31.03.2013
J/
Number
Book
Value
Market
Value
Number
50
1,538
10,000
851,900
106,000
2,507,960
40,000
As at 31.03.2012
Book
Value
Market
Value
n EE .
Divya Chemicals Ltd
50
1,538
10,000
851,900
106,000
2,507,960
757,200
40,000
757,200
28,000
795,200
28,000
795,200
25,000
1,017,500
25,000
1,017,500
126,000
4,181,006
126,000
4,181,006
1,400
Bonus
6,400
64,000
6,500,000
]E]E <b .
({ x ] E] .
E x Yi)
Techtreck India Ltd
(Formerly known as Nirmal
Metal Fabricators Ltd)
x S VM Bb <x]] .
New Century Leasing
and Investments Ltd
x < +x Bx] .
New Era Urban
Amenities LTd
V] EE .
Regent Chemicals Ltd
MVi ] .
Gujarat Filaments Ltd
.
Solar Busiforms Ltd
x {xM .
Newas Spinning Mills Ltd
1,400
Bonus
6,400
64,000
6,500,000
650,000
6,500,000
380,923
3,809,230
380,923
3,809,230
48,600
1,944,000
48,600
1,944,000
119,700
1,197,000
119,700
1,197,000
85,500
2,992,500
85,500
2,992,500
B <x V .
BCL Financial Services Ltd
nx M .
Dewan Sugars Ltd
|i{ ] .
Harpartap Steel Ltd
E ] .
Malavika Steels Ltd
E <x Bb V] .
Moulik Finance and
Resorts Ltd
G |VC] .
Vikram Projects Ltd
173
+E <xx .
h/Particulars
lli
J/
lli
As at 31.03.2013
As at 31.03.2012
J/
Number
Book
Value(`)
Market
Value(`)
Number
Book
Value(`)
Market
Value(`)
58,300
874,500
58,300
874,500
150,000
1,500,000
150,000
1,500,000
7,685,873
28,993,534
1,835,873
28,993,534
15
i {B] .
Ritesh Polyesters Ltd
EM x] ./Kalinga Cements Ltd.
15
P]B: x E i |vx
Less: Provision for diminution
in value of investments
E /Total
bS/Debentures
28,993,534
7,685,873
28,993,534
15
1,835,873
lli
lli
As at 31.03.2013
h/Particulars
15
As at 31.03.2012
J/
J/
Number
Book
Value(`)
Market
Value(`)
Number
Book
Value(`)
Market
Value(`)
500
50,000,000
NA
500 50,000,000
NA
30
30,000,000
NA
30 30,000,000
NA
100
10,000,000
NA
100 10,000,000
NA
Patel Engineering
200
20,000,000
NA
200 20,000,000
NA
E /Total
+xE]b x E E /
830
110,000,000
]] E{] .
Tata Capital Ltd.
x E{] .
Reliance Capital
]{] <x E. .
Shriram Transport
{] <VxM .
Total Value of Unquoted investments
830
110,000,000
110,000,000
110,000,000
B. E]b /Quoted
<C] / Equity Shares

h/Particulars
lli
lli
As at 31.03.2013
As at 31.03.2012
J/
J/
Number
Book
Value(`)
Market
Value(`)
Number
Book
Value(`)
Market
Value(`)
250
3,666
V+ BO .
Zuari Agro Limited
]] M V .
Tata Global Beverages Ltd
BxBS{ .
NHPC Ltd
B ./ACC Ltd
E /Total
P]B: x E i |vx
25
/Total
25
2,290
130,049
247,549
2,290
130,049
257,282
50000
-
1,687,575
-
995,000
-
50000
20
1,687,575
1100
985000
27189
52,335
1,818,974
1,273,137
52,315
Less: Provision for diminution

in value of investments
250
1,817,874
1,242,550
692,560
52,315
702,560
1,125,314
174
1,242,550
52,335
1,116,414
1,273,137
+E <xx .
v{j/Bonds
h
Particulars
Number
Book value
Market
value(`)
Number
Book value
(`)
(`)
Market
value(`)
50,000,000
50,541,582
500
50,000,000
49,284,400
+<+<BB/
IIFCL
500
+<+B
IRFC
E/Total
500
50,000,000
50,104,342
500
50,000,000
48,050,000
1,000
100,000,000
100,645,925
1,000
100,000,000
97,334,400
S+ b/Mutual Funds
x il b
Vx E x +{x
Investment
Fund
Date
Scheme
31 S 2013 E lli/As at 31st March 2013
x] E
J
Option
31 S 2012 E lli/As at 31st March 2012
x] E
J
No. of
Book
Market
No. of
Book
Market
Units
Value ( ` )
Value ( ` )
Units
Value ( ` )
Value ( ` )
Growth
250,000.000
2,500,000
2,520,500
FMP 390 Days

March 2012 (1) - G
Growth
3,800,000.000
38,000,000
41,814,060
3,800,000.00
38,000,000
38,026,220
FMP Series 52
Growth
Name
bB{ E
E BB
5/21/2010
DSP Black
Rock MF
Focus 25
Fund
BSbB
BB
3/28/2012
HDFC MF
E]E BB
Kotak MF
E/Total
E]b x E E /Total Value of Quoted
1,250,000
12,500,000
13,347,750
4,050,000.000
40,500,000.000
44,334,560.000
5,050,000.000
50,500,000
51,373,970
investments
141,625,314
M S x E E /Total Value of Non Current Investments

(E]b B +xE]b)/(Quoted & Unquoted)
2.10 : nPv
151,616,414
251,625,314
261,616,414
@h B +O/Long Term Loans & Advances
h/Particulars
(|ii B +SU x MB)(Secured and considered good)
V/Deposits
ES E +O, V i/Advance to employees including interest
175
As at 31-Mar-13
As at 31-Mar-12
(`)
(`)
47,500
51,000
898,628
628,519
946,128
679,519
176
3/22/2013
3/5/2013
2/14/2013
2/14/2013
2/14/2013
1/16/2013
1/4/2013
10/10/2012
10/10/2012
10/3/2012
9/4/2012
7/10/2012
7/9/2012
4/17/2012
4/10/2012
3/27/2012
3/26/2012
10/6/2011
8/25/2011
8/3/2010
FMP 13M- Sept 2011
HDFC MF
E/Total
Treasury Advantage Fund -DD
BB{ 13 B-i 2011
BSbB BB
]+< BB
UTI MF
Dynamic Bond Fund
]V Bb]V b-bb
IDFC MF
FMP Series 11
b<xE b b
+<b B BB
BB{ V 11
IDFC MF
Dynamic Bond Fund
+<b B BB
b<xE b b
IDFC MF
Dynamic Bond Fund
+<b B BB
B+< BB
SBI MF
Regular Bond Plan
b<xE b b
Kotak MF
Ultra Short Term Fund
M b {x
E]E BB
+] ] ] b
Birla MF
Dynamic Bond Fund
BB
B+< BB
SBI MF
Regular Bond Plan
b<xE b b
Kotak MF
Dynamic Bond Fund
M b {x
E]E BB
b<xE b b
BB
Reliance MF
Ultra Short Term

Fund
SBI MF
Horizon Debt
Regular Bond Plan
+] ] ] b
B+< BB
<Vx b]
M b {x
Kotak MF
Dynamic Bond Fund
E]E BB
b<xE b b
SBI MF
Regular Bond Plan
B+< BB
M b {x
Kotak MF
SDFS 366 days - 1
E]E BB
BbBB 366 nx-1
B+< BB
SBI MF
Fixed Term Plan-Series FD
Birla MF
Cb ] {x V-Bb
BB
Ol/Growth
Ol/Growth
Ol/Growth
Growth
Ol
Growth
Ol
Growth
Ol
Growth
Ol
Dividend
{xx
Growth
Ol
Growth
Ol
Growth
Ol
Growth
Ol
Growth
Ol
Growth
Ol
Growth
Ol
Growth
Ol
Growth
Ol
Growth
Ol
BbBB 367 nx-18
SDFS 367 days - 18
Growth
SBI MF
B+<
BB
Ol
Dividend Reinvest
{xx
Dividend Reinvest
{xx
Dividend Reinvest
{xx
Option
+{x
FMP Yearly FMP Series :

YFMP (03/12)
BB{ < BB{ V:

<BB{(03/12)
]+< BB
UTI MF
Savings Fund - DDR
Birla MF
M b-bb+
BB
C <xE {x-bb+
Flexible Income Plan -DDR
+<+<+<
BB
ICICI MF
Ultra Short Term Fund - MDR
+] ] ] b- Bb+
Scheme Name
IDFC MF
+<bB
BB
Fund
Investmen
Date
x il
Vx E x
x/Current Investments
Note 2.11 S
1,287,131.305
450,000.000
1,287,131.305
1,287,131.305
783,795.671
10,117.150
1,287,131.305
783,795.671
1,287,131.305
846.280
783,795.671
1,287,131.305
783,795.671
2,150,000.000
2,200,000.000
500,000.000
1,500,000.000
26,117.125
22,134.393
455.921
Units
No. of
146,165,949
3,500,000
4,500,000
14,000,000
5,000,000
2,912,271
Reinvest
5,000,000
3,000,000
13,000,000
10,000,000
1,200,000
3,500,000
10,000,000
4,000,000
21,500,000
22,000,000
5,000,000
15,000,000
713,686
2,335,378
4,613
154,956,887
3,506,614
4,541,040
14,125,137
5,265,690
5,206,278
2,912,271
3,159,414
13,536,323
10,459,180
1,273,820
3,644,395
10,531,379
4,165,022
23,441,235
24,085,380
5,500,900
16,544,130
713,686
2,340,380
4,613
Market
Value ( ` )
(`)
Book Value
lli/As at 31st March 2013

x] E

J
1,200,000.00
1,800,000.00
2,000,000.00
500,000.00
1,500,000.00
20,668.57
27,531.05
1,186,942.98
Units
No. of
89,471,243
12,000,000
18,000,000
20,000,000
5,000,000
15,000,000
2,068,261
2,910,996
11,991,986
(`)
Book Value
90,569,841
12,000,000
19,643,220
21,918,800
5,000,000
15,032,250
2,068,261
2,910,996
11,996,314
Value(`)
(`)
Market
lli/As at 31st March 2012

x] E

V
J
+E <xx .
2.12 : ]b |{ /Trade receivables
h/Particulars
lli/As at 31S/Mar13
lli/As at 31S/Mar12
(`)
(`)
554,706
554,706
607,669
607,669
Mix i n x E il U E +v i E ]b |{
Trade receivables outstanding for a period less than six months
from the date they are due for payment
|ii, +SU x MB/Secured, considered good
+|ii, +SU x MB/Unsecured, considered good
Mix i n x E il U +vE +v i E ]b |{
Trade receivables outstanding for a period exceeding
six months from the date they are due for payment
|ii, +SU x MB/Unsecured, considered good
+|ii, nMv x MB/Unsecured, considered doubtful
28,230
28,230
582,936
6,005,077
6,005,077
6,005,077
607,669
lli/As at 31S/Mar13
lli/As at 31S/Mar12
28,230
P]B: nMv @h i |vx.Less: Provision for doubtful debts

2.13 : xEn B xEn
h/Particulars
i/Cash and cash equivalents
(`)
(`)
402
1,823
76,589,885
76,590,287
92,017,067
92,018,890
lli/As at 31S/Mar13
lli/As at 31S/Mar12
l xEn/Cash on hand
E S B V Ji
Balances with banks in current and
deposit accounts
2.14 : +{v @h
h/Particulars
B +O/Short-term loans and advances
(`)
(`)
8,150
911,021
Inter-corporate deposit (net of provision)

*0
+O +E/Advance Income Tax
103,320,909
+O +xM E /Advance Fringe Benefit Tax
90,633
{VMi i +O (|vx E n)/Advance for Capital Goods (Net of provision)
**0
+vE E +O(={Si V i)/Advance to officers (including accrued interest)
183,465
{nk /Prepaid expenses
956,188
104,375,880
* +i E{] V . 200000, E M |vx .200000
* Inter-Corporate Deposits Rs 2,00,000/-, provision made Rs 2,00,000/* * {VMi i +O .1464000, E M |vx 1464000
** Advance for Capital Goods Rs.14,64,000/-, provision made Rs.14,64,000/2.15 : +x S +i/Other Current Assets
h/Particulars
lli/As at 31S/Mar13
*0
107,033,246
90,633
lli/As at 31S/Mar12
(`)
(`)
***0
766,288
** 0
3,784,930
2,601,075
6,386,005
3,798,972
2,489,212
7,054,472
+O/Advances
+i-E{] V (|vx E n)
173,430
108,391,795
EB { ]E(+in k | B |vx E n)
Stock on hire (net of overdue finance charges & provisons)
|{ EV/Brokerage receivable
+x/Others
={Si Ei +n V:/Interest accrued but not due:
x {/on Investments
n V {/on Term Deposit
**EB { ]E .11911409, +in k | i E M |vx
2523617 + EB { B MB nMv ]E i |vx .9387892
** Stock on hire Rs 11911409 provision made towards overdue finance charges Rs 25,23,617/- and provision
for doubtful stock on hire was Rs 93,87,792/**EB { ]E .400000, EB { B MB nMv ]E i |vx .400000
*** Stock on hire Rs 4,00,000/-, provision made towards provision for doubtful stock on hire was Rs 4,00,000/-
177
+E <xx .
2.16 : {Sx
V/Revenue from operations
h/Particulars
31 S 13 E {i /
31 S 12 E {i /
year ended 31-March-13 (`) year ended 31-March-12(`)

S] EM B +xE +vi +/Merchant Banking and other fee based income
Ex E/Appraisal fee
8,124,969
4,428,037
l{E E/Arrangers fee
75,440
1,298,972
bS/|ii xvi E/Debenture/ Security Trusteeship fee
936,246
908,735
x E/Share Valuation fee
25,000
+x/Others
148,405
9,136,655
-
6,809,149
-
4,943,861
4,943,861
14,080,516
3,566,886
707,463
4,274,349
11,083,498
31 S 13 E {i /
31 S 12 E {i /
+x {Sx V/Other operating revenues

S+ b ih EV/Brokerage from Mutual
Fund Distribution
{ +v E +/Prior period income
2.17 : +x +/Other Income

h/Particulars
x +/Investment Income:
b + bS { V/Interest on bonds and debentures
x E G { /Profit on sale of Investments
S+ b x { /Dividend on Mutual Fund Investments
{ /Dividend on Shares
+x/Others:
E v V { V/Interest on Fixed Deposits with bank
(i { E E]i `8,92,420/-, {U `6,89,495/-)
17,223,917
6,170,655
798,767
35,000
17,734,587
7,625,094
2,142,797
31,025
9,022,571
6,712,833
32,335,734
249
10,000
83,252
21,392
643,279
66,344,567
76,072
72,446
15,300
34,410,403
year ended 31-March-13
year ended 31-March-12
(`)
(`)
3,737,062
3,398,157
222,271
231,568
100,375
(3,132)
75,592
40,226
556,596
1,338,791
4,691,896
5,005,610
(TDS - `8,92,420/-, previous year - `6,89,495/-)

]x E |vx/Provision written back
x E r i ]x E |vx/
Provision written back towards appreciation in
value of investments
ES @h { V/Interest on loan from employees
v +/Miscelleaneous income
{ +v E +/Prior Period Income
2.18. : ES
/Employee benefit expense
h/Particulars
ix B k/Salaries and allowances

xv B +x xv +nx/Contribution to provident and other funds
OS] i |vx/Provision for gratuity
+E xEnEh i |vx/Provision for leave encashment
] EhE /Staff welfare expenses
178
+E <xx .
2.19 : +x
/Other Expenses
h/Particulars
31 S 13 E {i /
31 S 12 E {i /
ti |/Electricity charges
x E i/Repairs to machinery
+x E i/Repairs to others
/Insurance
n B E/Rates and taxes
v (h {] nJ)/
357,331
-
249,128
77,873
462,656
19,527
455,803
11,446
35,645,698
4,304,493
36,485,212
5,098,743
31 S 13 E {i /
31 S 12 E {i /
Miscellaneous expenses (Refer details annexed)
v /Miscellaneous expenses
h/Particulars
{ +v /Prior period expenses

x E i |vx
Provision for diminution in value of investments
50,652
-
537,500
xnE E j B b ` E E/Directors travelling & Board meeting fees

+{Ji +v @h/Bad Debts written off
v /Miscellaneous expenses
+nx B ni/Subscription and membership
j B x/Traveling and conveyance
J{IE E Mix (h {] nJ)
Payments to the auditor (Refer details annexed)
J{IE E Mix/Payments to auditor

h/Particulars
3,747
587,594
32,235,734
663,670
977,389
1,174,686
519,384
1,284,710
1,099,711
546,714
100,259
168,441
35,645,698
4,304,493
31 S 13 E {i /
31 S 12 E {i /
J{I E/Audit fee

E J{I E/Tax audit fee
|hx E/Certification fees
25,000
7,000
-
25,000
7,000
5,000
j/Travelling
68,259
131,441
100,259
168,441
31 S 13 E {i /
31 S 12 E {i /
2.20 : E
/Tax Expense
h/Particulars

6,200,000
S E/Current tax
{ E +E B +xM E/
Prior years income tax & fringe benefit taxes
S E/Current tax
i +lMi E/Deferred tax for the year
+lMi E/Deferred tax
2,821,214
2,821,214
2,821,214
179
6,200,000
6,200,000
+E <xx .
Notes on Accounts
2.21 +EE niB VxE B |vx x E M :

(E) z +{ |vEh E I i , V E{x
i E +{I Ei , E v ni +E B
V E niB
2.21 Contingent liabilities not provided for :

(a)
xvh /Assessment Year
31.03.2013
80.88
-
20.06
8.07
--*
109.01
2003-04
2004-05
2005-06
2006-07
2007-08
2008-09
2009-10
E / Total
* +E
+H (+{) x v 143(3) E +iMi xvi +vE

E +n E r E{x E +{ E v 08.01.2013 E
+n {i E* +i: v 143(3) E +iMi I xn
=i{z `142.61 J E M x M<* +E +H (+{)
E +n E +xh E{x u E< | +n |{i x E
M * +i: ni E E M E xvi x E V
Ei*
E ni E +Ec {ix +vx +{ { BBB +
+i] +i& V {IE E {I +l r {i +n E
Eh + *
(E) E{x E E ES u ix vx i n <
E] BE ] SE n E M< * il{ =E B
|vx x E M CE |vx E i E =E
{I Vi * <E +iH E xMh *
(J)
(R)
Disputed Income Tax liability in respect of

matters pending before various Appellate
authorities where the Company expects to
succeed.
(` ttFtu b)/(` In Lakh)
E{x x +Mi 2008 +] EE Bb |VC]

.(21.01.2010 x {ii: Ox+l Bb
|VC] ) E +<{+ xM i b xV E E
E* MVi Bx+< EE xE BE +x E{x x
+] EE + <E |] E r x
BE n nJ E n il S] E, ij xnE
+ J{IE il ] E {] x n* +
E <x x 04.08.2009 E =H ] E =k
BE Ji h nJ E + i
+vxh i i * < v + E <x E
r E< Ii{i +l E x xi *
BE |<] ]b E{x u =x =c x b{]
E. . E E G EB Vx i BE nJ
E M * Exx E +x E{x E E
+xIh x *
2.22 xx x E +x . .. n< u
13.05.1992 E + E <x . E { MB
E E{x E {I {k E {h +ih x M
* inx, E {nM E iJ E{x E
x M< + =E n =x { Pi i
={S + +vE { <E E * ={H +n E
{h{ E +Vx E nPv x x M
*
31.03.2012
627.62
23.44
15.32
55.18
8.07
142.61
872.24
* The Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals) has passed

order dated 8.1.2013 in respect of the companys appeal
against the order of the Assessing Officer under section
143(3). Therefore, demand of `142.61 lakhs as raised in the
scrutiny assessment under section 143(3) becomes
infructuous. No order effect in pursuant of the order of the
Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals) is received by the
company. Hence, the disputed outstanding demand cannot
be quantified.
The change in the figure of the tax liability is due to order
passed against or in favour of ABFL, partly deposited and
aggrieved, preferred appeal.
(a)
A writ Petition has been filed by some employees of

the Company in Delhi High Court for Salary revision.
As the Company is of the view that the case is not
maintainable and as the amount remains unquantified, no provision has been made.
(b)
The Company had acted as lead manager for the IPO

issue of Austral Coke & Projects Limited (name
changed to Greenearth Resources and Projects Ltd.
w.e.f. 21.01.2010) in August, 2008. Another company
namely, Gujrat NRE Coke Ltd. filed civil suits against
the Austral Coke and its promoters and also made
the Merchant Bankers, Independent directors, Auditors
and Solicitors as party to the suit. AllBank Finance had
filed a written statement on 04.08.2009 in response
to the said civil suit and since then the matter is pending
for adjudication. There is no quantification of any
compensation or amount against AllBank Finance Ltd.
(c)
A case has been filed by a private limited company for

effecting sale of The Orrisa Minerals Development
Company Ltd.'s share to them. According to latest
development, the Company is of the view that the case
is not maintainable.
2.22
As per the order of the Honble Special Court, the

delivery of shares on 13.05.1992, by M/s V B Desai to
All Bank Finance Ltd., constituted complete transfer of
property in the shares in favour of the Company.
Accordingly, the Company became the owner of the
shares from the date of delivery of the shares and
was entitled to all accretions and rights declared
thereafter. Pursuant to the abovementioned order, the
acquisition of the shares has been considered as
Long Term Investment.
180
+E <xx .
2.23 +O +E, "i { E E]i il |{ +E {

lli 31.03.2013 E `1034.12 J (31.03.2012
E `1071.24 J) * Ex B +{ E
z i { Vx i i *
2.23 Advance income tax, tax deducted at source ,income tax

refund receivable, interest tax refund receivable and
advance fringe benefit tax amounted to `1034.12 lakhs
as on 31.03.2013 (`1071.24 lakhs as on 31.03.2012)
are pending adjustment at various stages of
assessments and appeals.
2.24 B b]b <{B E Mhx
2.24
Calculation of Basic & Diluted EPS
(` )
/ Amount In `)
2012-13
2011-12
36,257,537
28,963,995
1,500,000
1,500,000
1,500,000
1,500,000
1,500,000
1,500,000
100
100
24.17
19.31
E {Si (x] E { |H)

Profit after Tax ( used as Numerator ) (`)
E + <C] E J /
Number of Equity Share at the beginning of the year
E +i <C] E J /
Number of Equity Share at the end of the year
E nx E <C] E i +i J
(bxx] E { |H)
Weighted average number of Equity Shares outstanding
during the year ( used as denominator )
<C] E x /
Nominal value of Equity Share (`)
|i + b<]b +Vx /Basic and diluted earnings per Share (`)

2.25 SE E{x E Miv BE |J Jb
+li {V V + r Miv E +iMi +i
+ ME Jb E +iMi +i: i xn JE
lx u V J xE (BB -17) "Jb {]M"
+{Ii Jb {] E |E]Eh |V x *
2.26:
2.25
As the companys business activity falls within a single

primary business segment viz. dealing in Capital
Markets and allied activities and in a single geographical
segment, the disclosure requirements of Accounting
Standard ( AS 17 ) Segment Reporting issued by
The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India are not
applicable.
|v xnE E {v / Managing Directors Remuneration
ix/Salary
Ex E/House Rent
xv +nx/Contribution to Provident Fund
+x /Other Benefits
OS]/OS] i |vx/Gratuity/ Provision for Gratuity
+E xEnEh/+E xEnEh i |vx
Leave Encashment/ Provision for Leave Encashment
E /Total
2.27. i xn JE lx u V J xE 22
"+ { E i J" E +x +lMi E E
+i { xvi E Vi CE BE +v E nx
E M + B J M + +i i BE
+l +vE {i +v |ii x I * +lMi
E +i E xvh i E Vi V =Si i
{ xSi E {{i E M + ={v
M VE {I +lMi E +i E VBM*
2.27
181
2012-13
2011-12
3,29,032
1,31,613
39,484
1,67258
16,873
226,092
910,352
In accordance with Accounting Standard 22 Accounting for Taxes on Income issued by The
Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, Deferred
tax is recognized on timing differences, being the
difference between taxable income and accounting
income that originate in one period and are capable of
reversal in one or more subsequent periods. Deferred
tax assets are recognized only if there is reasonable
certainty that is sufficient future taxable income will be
available against which such deferred tax assets will
be realized. Such assets are reviewed as at each
Balance Sheet date to reassess realisability thereof.
+E <xx .
2.28 + + E +{iEi ={v Sx E +x

EB MB +xvh <G, P B v =t E
+vx, 2006 E +iMi {i E< G + P
=t x *
2.28 To the extent identified from the information available

from suppliers of goods and services, there are no
macro and small enterprises being a supplier as defined
under Micro, Small and Medium enterprises
Development Act, 2006.
2.29 i xn JE lx u V J xE (BB28) "<{] + B]" E +x E< +xVE x

x *
2.30 i xn JE lx u V J xE (BB18) "vi {] |E]Eh" E +x vi {]
|E]Eh xxx *
2.29
There is no impairment loss in terms of the Accounting

Standard ( AS 28 ) Impairment of Assets issued by
The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.
2.30
Related Party disclosures as required in terms of

Accounting standard ( AS 18 ) Related Party
Disclosures issued by the Institute of Chartered
Accountants of India are as under :
bM E{x-<n E
|J |vx EE- B i{i, ={vI (01.04.2012
16.08.2012),
xp ={vI (13.08.2012 31.03.2013)
Holding Company Allahabad Bank

Key Management Personnel - Mr. M.Satpathy, Vice
President (01.04.2012 to 16.08.2012 )
Mr Ravinder Singh, Vice President (13.08.2012 to
31.03.2013)
( `)/(in `)
l V { V/Interest on Fixed Deposit

|vx nB/Management Contracts
|{i/Receiving of Services
{v/Remuneration
n V/Term Deposit
S V/Current Deposit
xn/Creditors
bM E{x
|J |vE EE
Holding Company
Key Managment Personnel
2012-13
2011-12
2012-13
2011-12
90,22,571
6,712,833
16,56,383
780,300
3.57.331
253,185
910,352
7,50,97,200
91,664,815
14,92,685
352,252
11,99,528
858,965
={H vi {] E Sx = iE |E] E M<

Vix ={v Sx E +v { |vx u +xvi E
M * J{IE u < { E M *
The above related party information is disclosed to the extent

such parties have been identified by the management on the
basis of information available. This is relied upon by the
auditors.
2.31 |vx E , E{x E x S +i,

@h B +O E Mi V E E ix {j
n< M< E *
2.31
In the opinion of the Management, current assets, loans

& advances have a value on realization in the ordinary
course of the Companys business which is at least
equal to the amount at which they are stated in the
Balance Sheet.
2.32 2007-08 E J{I {] EB MB J{I

]{{h E +x x E bM V ]] ]17,040 <C] , +Bb .-6,600 <C]
+ x x -7,800 <C] , E v <n
E ] J b{V] vi BE {lE b{V]
Ji C<] +<b-10123882 E l J M*
2.32
As per the audit observation made in audit report of

the year 2007-08, separate depository account vide
client ID - 10123882 with Allahabad Bank, Fort Branch
Depository, had been duly opened in regard to the
holding of investments, such as Tata Motors 17,040
equity shares, OMDC Ltd. 6,600 equity shares and
Winsome Yarns 7,800 equity shares.
2.33 <n E xx . (ix +E <x .)

+IE + {i l* E{x +{x xi
E nx <n E + <E C<] E +
|ii vh Ei * < |E <n E xx
. <x |ii E +IE E { E E l*
2.33
Allahabad Bank Nominees Ltd. (presently named

AllBank Finance Ltd.) was engaged in custodial
services. The Company, in regular course of business,
used to hold securities on behalf of Allahabad Bank
and its clients. Allahabad Bank Nominees Ltd., as such,
was acting as Custodian of these securities. All these
182
+E <xx .
|ii <n E xx E x l
]] ], +Bb . + x x E
|ii E V E + E <x . E b{ Ji
J M< * <x E |ii E E{x E
+i x x M * <E +iH E{x u 31 S
2013 iE <x E{x |{i `71,80,134/- E
E E{x E + x x M + <x
S ni E { n M *
securities are in the name of Allahabad Bank Nominees

Ltd. except securities of companies namely Orissa
Mineral Development Company Ltd., Tata Motors Ltd.,
Winsome Yarns Ltd. which are held in the DP Account
of All Bank Finance Ltd. None of these securities are
considered as assets in the books of the Company.
Moreover, dividend amounting to `71,80,134/- received
by Company till 31st March, 2013 from these companies
has not been considered as income in the books of the
Company and the same has been shown as current
liabilities.
E{x x < v ij vE VE
+x + E <x . <x E x /x
Ei * v Ei E <n E
<x E + E <x . +{x x +ii
Ex E B Exx { En *
The Company has also obtained independent legal

opinion in this regard as per which, All Bank Finance
Limited is not / could not be the owner of these shares
.The legal opinion also says that Allahabad Bank is
legally entitled to have the shares transferred in their
name from All Bank Finance Limited.
2.34 E{x (J xE) x 2006 +vSi J xE

15 "ES ' E +iMi +{Ii |E]x xS nB MB
2.34
{i +nx Vx
Defined Contribution Plan
xv ES E +nx `2,22,271 ({U `2,31,568)

{i Vx
OS] + +E vi ni E ix |VC]b
x] Gb] {ri E |M Ei B EE x E +v {
xvi E Vi *
Employers Contribution to Provident Fund: `2,22,271/(Previous Year `2,31,568/-)
E. {i ni E +l + <i E vx
a. Reconciliation of opening and closing balances of

Defined Benefit Obligation Gratuity
The disclosures required under Accounting Standard

15 Employee Benefits notified in the Companies
(Accounting Standards) Rules 2006 , are given below :
Defined Benefit Plan

The present value of obligation relating to gratuity and leave
is determined based on actuarial valuation using the Projected
Unit Credit Method.
(+Ec ` /Figures in `)
2012-13
2011-12
Defined Benefit obligation at beginning of the year

S Mi /Current Service Cost
V Mi /Interest Cost
EE x/() / Actuarial Losses / ( Gain )
+n EB MB /Benefits Paid
368,122
46,369
32,211
8728
-
528,552
113,323
43,606
(173,128)
(144,231)
Defined Benefit obligation at year end
455,340
368,122
E | {i ni/
E +i {i ni /
J. xVi +i E =Si E +l + <i E vx
b. Reconciliation of Opening and closing balances of fair value

of plan asset
2012-13
2011-12
Fair value of Plan Assets at the beginning of the year

xVi +i { +{Ii |i / Expected return on plan Assets
EE /(x)/ Actuarial Gain / (Losses)
ES E +nx/Contributions by Employer
+n EB MB /Benefits Paid
144,231
(144,231)
Fair value of Plan Assets at year end
E | xVi +i E =Si /
E +i xVi +i E =Si
183
+E <xx .
M. +i + vi+ E =Si E vx
c. Reconciliation of fair value of assets and obligations

31st
xVi +i E =Si /Fair value of Plan Assets

ni E ix /Present value of obligation
ix {j +Yi /Amount recognized in Balance Sheet
P. E nx +Yi JS
S/March 2012
31st
S/March,2011
455,340
455,340
368,122
368,122
d. Expenses recognised during the year

2012-13
2011-12
S Mi/Current Service Cost

V Mi/Interest Cost
xVi +i { +{Ii |i/Expected return on Plan Assets
EE ()/x /Actuarial (gain) / loss
-x Ji +Yi /
46,369
113,323
32,211
43,606
(8728)
(173,128)
Expenses Recognized in Profit and Loss Account
87,308
(16,199)
R EE {xx
]] ] : B+< (1994-1996) +i
e. Actuarial assumptions
Mortality Table : LIC (1994 1996 ) Ultimate
{i /Year ended
x< n (|i )/Discount rate ( per annum)
ix r (|i )/ Salary Escalation ( per annum )
31st
{VEh J /
{]x / Partner
EEi, 22 +| 2013 /
S/March,2011
8.25%
7.00%
2.35 Previous years figures

The company has reclassified previous years figures to
conform to this periods classification.
il E {] E +x
Ei B.{. S]V Bb E
xn JE
31st
8.75%
7.00%
2.35 E{x x < +v E M Eh E +x{ {U E

+Ec E {xMEi E M *

S/March 2012
b E B B E +
+vI / Chairman
xnE/ Director
184
n / Subir Das
xnE / Director
+h i/ Arun Tiwari
xnE / Director
/ Shreya Shah
+E <xx .
J{IE E {]
nMh +E <xx ]b,
x + E <x . E k h E J{I E
V 31S, 2013 E lli ix{j, = E {i
+v i -x J h il xEn | h B i{h
J xi E il +x JiE Sx ] *
AUDITORS REPORT
k h i |vx E ni
MANAGEMENTS RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE FINANCIAL

STATEMENTS
|vx E ni <x k h E i Ex V V i
xi: Ei J ri E +x E{x E k li,
k Ex{nx B xEn | E + =Si li |ii
E* < ni k h E i i |ME +iE
xjh E i Ex, Exx Ex + =E JJ
Ex V i{h l h, vJvc +l SE E
Eh, H *
The Management is responsible for the preparation of these

financial statements that gave a true and fair view of the
financial position, financial performance and the cash flows of
the Company in accordance with the accounting principles
generally accepted in India. The responsibility includes the
design, implementation and maintenance of internal control
relevant to the preparation and presentation of the financial
statements that give a true and fair view and are free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
E{x x 25.07.2011 i |ii B BCSV b S]

E E { {VEh E l |h{j |{i E * <
{ E{x 11.05.2005 iE i V E M EM
k E{x E { {VEi l* t{ M EM k E{x E
+iMi E< {i E n M< il{ {U Miv E EU
Ji + V *
The company has obtained permanent certificate of registration

as a Merchant Banker at Securities and Exchange Board of
India effective from 25.07.2011. Earlier to this, the Company
was registered with the Reserve Bank of India as Non-Banking
Finance Company upto 11.05.2005. Though the activities under
Non-Banking Finance Company had been discontinued, some
accounts of past activities are still continuing.
i V E u V 'M EM k E{x J{IE

{] (V E) xn 2000' E +x E{x 25.07.2005
S] EM E{x x M< *
As required by Non Banking Financial Companies Auditors

Report (Reserve bank) Directions, 2000, issued by the
Reserve Bank of India, no report is made as the company
became Merchant Banking Company with effect from
25.07.2005.
J{IE E ni
AUDITORS RESPONSIBILITY
ni J{I { +vi <x k h {

+{x nx * x +{x J{I i xn JE
lx u V xE J{I E +x E * =x xE
+{Ii E xi{E +{I+ E +x{x E +
Vx x E J{I E x{ni E V Si +x
|{i E C Ei k h i{h l h
H *
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial

statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in
accordance with the Standards on Auditing issued by the
Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Those standards
require that we comply with the ethical requirements and plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free from material
misstatement.
E J{I E J{I I|{i Ex E

|G x{ni E Vi + B k h |E]Eh
E Vi * Sx Vx |G J{IE E xh { vi
i V k h i{h l h E VJ E
xvh, E{] +l SE E Eh, i * <x VJ E
xvh Ex J{IE E{x E i + J{I h
E =Si |iiEh vi |ME +iE xjh E vx
Ji + {li E +x{ =Si J{I |G xvi
Ei * J{I |M < M< J xi E ={Hi
B |vx u EB MB J |CEx E Sii E l l
k h E Oi& |iiEh E Ex i *
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit

evidence about the amounts and disclosure in the financial
statements. The procedures selected depend upon the
auditors judgment, including the assessment of risk of material
misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud
or error. In making those risk assessment, the auditor considers
the internal control relevant to the Companys preparation and
presentation of the financial statements that give a true and
fair view in order to design audit procedures that are
appropriate in the circumstances. An audit also includes
evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used
and the reasonableness of the accounting estimates made by
the management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation
of the financial statements.
E u |{i J{I I J{I

|nx Ex i {{i B Si *
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is

sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit
opinion.
TO THE MEMBERS OF ALLBANK FINANCE LIMITED

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of
AllBank Finance Limited, which comprise the Balance Sheet
as at March 31, 2013 the Statement of Profit & Loss, and Cash
Flow Statement for the year then ended, and a summary of
significant accounting policies and other explanatory
information.
185
+E <xx .
+i
il k VxE + nB MB {]Eh
E +x Eli k J, V E Jxi E l {ì ,
il =xE ]{{h V Mx B xi: i Ei
J ri E +x{ + x{I li |ii Ei :
OPINION
In our opinion and to the best of our information and according
to the explanation given to us, the financial statements read
together with the accounting policies and other notes thereon
give a true and fair view in conformity with the accounting
principles generally accepted in India.
(i)
ix-{j E , 31 S 2013 E E{x E li;
(i)
(ii)
-x h E , = iJ E {i i
E{x E ;
(ii) In the case of the statement of Profit & Loss, of the profits
for the year ended on that date;
il
(iii)
In the case of the Balance Sheet, of the state of affairs of

the company as at March 31, 2013.
and
xEn | h E , = iJ E {i i
xEn |*
:tl& EEi
nxE : 22 yit, 2013
Ei B.{. S]V Bb E{x

xn JE
{VEh J 303081E
B.{. S]V
{]x
ni J 004697
(iii) In the case of the Cash Flow Statement, of the Cash Flows
for the year ended on that date.
Place : Kolkata
Date: 22nd April, 2013
186
For S. P. CHATTERJEE & CO.

Firm Registration Number
303081E
S.P.Chatterjee
Partner
Membership No. 004697
+E <xx .

1.
+vx E v 227 E ={v (4B) E +x i E

Exp E u V E{x (J{I) +n 2003('+n)
lvi E +{I+x =H +n E { 4 + 5
xn] E v +xv h ni *
1.
As required by the Companies ( Auditors Report ) Order,

2003 (the Order), as amended, issued by the Central
Government of India in terms of sub-section (4A) of
section 227 of the Act, we give in the Annexure a
statement on the matters specified on paragraph 4 and
5 of the said Order.
2.
+vx E v 227(3) E +{I E +x {]

Ei E
(E) x SxB B {]Eh |{i EB V
k VxE B E +x J{I
E |Vxl +E l*
2.
As required by section 227(3) of the Act, we report that:

a.
We have obtained all the information and

explanations which to the best of our knowledge
and belief were necessary for the purpose of our
audit;
(J) , V iE x E VS E ,
= |ii i E E{x x v u +{Ii J
E Si { J *
(M) ix {j, x h B xEn | h, V
< {] vi , J E +x{ *
b.
In our opinion proper books of accounts as required

by law have been kept by the Company so far as
appears from our examination of those books ;
c.
The Balance Sheet, Statement of Profit and Loss ,

and Cash Flow Statement dealt with by this report
are in agreement with the books of account;
(P) ix {j, x h B xEn

| h, E{x +vx 1956 E v 211 E
={v (3) ni J xE E +x{x
Ei *
d.
In our opinion, the Balance Sheet , Statement of

Profit and Loss, and Cash Flow Statement comply
with the Accounting Standards referred to in subsection (3C) of section 211 of the Companies
Act,1956; and
(c) 31S 2013 E lli xnE |{i Ji

+nx E +v { + xnE b E +J
E +x 31 S 2013 E lli E< xnE
E{x +vx E v 274 E ={ v (1) E Jb
(V) E +x xnE E { xH x E +M
x { M *
e.
On the basis of written representations received

from the directors as on 31 March,2013, and taken
on record by the Board of Directors none of the
directors are disqualified as on 31 March,2013,
from being appointed as a director in terms of
clause (g) of sub-section (1) of section 274 of the
Companies Act,1956.
:tl& EEi
nxE : 22 yit, 2013
Ei B.{. S]V Bb E{x

xn JE
{VEh J 303081E
B.{. S]V
{]x
ni J 004697
Place : Kolkata
187

303081E
S.P.Chatterjee
Partner
+E <xx .
Annexure to the Auditors Report
J{IE E {] E +xv
31 S 2013 E {i i + E <x . E vE
E {] ni +xv, {] Ei E
i)
ii)
iii)
(E) E{x x jiE h B +S +i E li

i { nJx E B Si Eb E JJ
E *
(J) {] E M E 31 S 2013 E {i E
nx |vx u i +i E iE i{x x
E M * il{ i{x E BE xi EG
|Si V S iEMi + V E
i M B i{x E nx E E< i{h
Mi x {< M<*
(M) 31 S 2013 E {i E nx x{]< M< l
+i <ix i{h x l E E{x E M<M +x
Exx E |i E
E{x E E |Ei E +x x E S E
+Ei x *
z
31 S 2013 E {i E nx E{x x E{x
+vx, 1956 E v 301 E +iMi +xIi V]
E E{x, |i`x {] E/ x E<
|ii +|ii @h n x =x *
z
The Annexure referred to in our report to the

Shareholders of AllBank Finance Limited for the year
ended 31st March,2013, we report that:
i)
(b) It has been explained that, the management,

during the year ended 31st March 2013, has not
physically verified the fixed assets. However, there
is a regular program of verification at regular
intervals which, in our opinion, is reasonable and
as explained to us, no material discrepancies have
been noticed on such verification.
(c) Fixed assets disposed of during the year ended
31st March, 2013 were not material enough to
affect the going concern identity of the company.
ii)
The nature of business of the company does not

warrant holding of inventory.
iii)
The company has during the year ended 31st

March, 2013 not taken any loans, secured or
unsecured from companies, firms or other parties
covered in the register maintained under Section
301 of the Companies Act, 1956.
In cases where the company has made advances

under hire purchase or lease agreement or intercorporate deposits , the rate of interest and other
terms and conditions are not prima facie prejudicial
to the interests of the company.
Payments of principal and interest are being

recovered by the company and in cases of default
adequate provisions are being made.
In cases where the overdue amount is more than

` 1 Lakh, reasonable steps have been taken by
the company for recovery of principal and interest.
B V E{x x E Jn +l {]]
E +i E{] V+ E +iMi +O n ,
V n B +x i B +xv, |l o] E{x E i
E |iE x *
B V E Mix E E{x u E Vi
* SE E +x{V +i E v E{x
u {{i |vx E M *
z B V +in { BE J +vE ,
E{x u vx B V E i =Si En
=`B MB *
il n M< VxE B {]Eh E +x
E{x E +E il l +i E Jn + |nx
Ex E <E E { E +x {{i +iE
xjh |h * x +iE xjh c J E
vx Mi x E E< x { *
z
iv)
(a) The company has maintained proper records

showing full particulars, including quantitative
details and situation of its fixed assets.
iv) In our opinion and according to the information and

explanations given to us, there are adequate internal
control procedures commensurate with the size of the
company and the nature of its business, for the
purchase of fixed assets and for the rendering of
services. We have not observed any continuing failure
to correct major weakness in the internal control
system.
iv)
n M< Sx + {]Eh E +x E{x x B E<

xnx x E V E{x +vx E v 301 E
+x V] +Ji Ex E +Ei *
iv) In accordance with the information and explanations

given to us, the company has not entered into any
transactions which are required to be recorded in the
register in pursuance of Section 301 of the Companies
Act, 1956.
vi)
E{x x Vxi E< V E x E + {h{

i V E u V nxn B E{x +vx
1956 E v 58B, 58BB +l +x Mi ={v |V x
*
vi) The company has not accepted any deposit from the
public and consequently the directives issued by the
Reserve Bank of India and the provisions of Sections
58A, 58AA or any other relevant provisions of the
Companies Act, 1956 and rules framed there-under are
not applicable.
188
+E <xx .
E{x E +E il E |Ei E +x
E{x E { xn JE E J {I
Ex E BE +iE |h *
viii) nB MB {]Eh E +x Exp E x E{x +vx,
1956 E v 209(1)(P) E +iMi E{x E Mi Eb
B J Jx i xvi x E *
vii) In our opinion, the company has an internal audit

system commensurate with the size and nature of its
business.
n M< Sx + {]Eh il u VS EB MB
E{x E +J E +x
(E) E{x xv, + E, E, ={ E il +x
vE n i +ni vE n E Si
|vE E V Ex E xi * nB
MB {]Eh E +x 31 S 2013 E lli
+E, E, ={E vi +ni n
<E n x E il U +vE +v iE
i x *
(J) V vE E n E Eh V x EB MB
B E { i =E h xxx
:
ix) According to the information and explanations given

to us and the books and records produced and
examined by us -
vii)
ix)
v E x
n E { J
Name of the statute
Nature of dues
+E +vx, 1961
+E xvh
Income Tax Act, 1961
Income Tax
Income Tax
80.88
20.06
+E +vx, 1961 +E xvh

Income Tax
8.07
+E +vx, 1961 +E xvh

Income Tax
(a) The company is regular in depositing undisputed

statutory dues including provident fund, income
tax, service tax, and any other statutory dues with
the appropriate authorities. As explained to us,
no undisputed amounts payable in respect of
income tax, service tax, and cess were in arrears
as at 31st March,2013 for a period of more than
six months from the date they become payable.
(b) The statutory dues that have not been deposited
with the appropriate authorities on account of
dispute and the forum where the dispute is
pending are given below:-
E S { n i
Amount in ` lakh Period to which the

amount relates
+E +vx, 1961 +E xvh

viii) As explained to us, the maintenance of cost records

under clause (d) of sub-section (1) of section 209 of
the Companies Act, 1956 has not been prescribed by
the Central Government for the Company
Forum where the dispute is pending
xvh
+<.].B.]. EEi
Assessment Year 2003-04
Income Tax Appellate Tribunal Kolkata
xvh
+<.].B.]. EEi
xvh
+E +H (+{)
Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals)
xvh
+<.].B.]. EEi
* v 143(3) E +iMi xvi +vE E +n E {h{ `142.61 J E M E M< l VE r +<](B) +{

nJ E M< VE xih E M B {{i i * mkvi M E v 251 E +iMi xvi +vE E +n E
ii + xvi Ex +<] (B) E +n E r +E +{ +vEh n +{ nJ E M< *
* The Assessing Officers order u/s 143(3) resulted in a demand of Rs 142.61 lacs against which an appeal filed with CIT
(A) had been disposed giving substantial relief. The revised demand is yet to be quantified vide order of Assessing
Officer u/s 251. A second appeal has been filed with the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal against the order of CIT (A).
x)
E{x E E< S P] x + 31 S 2013 E E

{i k J{I +v B =
iiE { E E< xEn P] x =` *
x)
The company does not have accumulated losses and

has not incurred cash losses either in the current year
ended 31st March, 2013 covered by our audit and
during the immediately preceding financial year.
xi)
+ n M< VxE B {]Eh E

+x E{x x E E E E SEx E< SE x E
* E{x x x i E k l E< @h +
x 31S 2013 E {i E nx E< bS V
EB *
xi)
In our opinion and according to the information and

explanations given to us, the company has not
defaulted in repayment of dues to bank. The company
has not taken any loan from financial institutions nor
has issued debenture during the year ended 31st
March, 2013.
189
+E <xx .
B V E Jn B {]] E E +iMi
+O nB MB , E{x x {{i +J B niV E
JJ E *
E{x S]b xv/S+ x] b/
<] x + inx +n E Jb 4 (xiii) E
|vx |V x *
xii) The company has maintained adequate records and

documents where advances have been made under
hire purchase and lease agreements.
xiv)
nB MB {]Eh E +x E{x , |ii, bS

B +x x E bM +l ]bM x Ei +
inx +n E Jb 4 (xiv) E |vx |V x *
xiv) As explained to us, the company is not dealing or

trading in shares, securities, debentures, and other
investments and accordingly, the provisions of clause
4(xiv) of the order is not applicable.
xv)
E{x x E +x E u E + k l+
M @h E B E< M] x n * +iB, +n E Jb4 (xv) E |vx E{x { M x *
xv) The company has not given any guarantee for loans
taken by others from banks or financial institutions
and accordingly, the provisions of clause 4(xv) of the
order is not applicable.
31 S 2013 E {i E nx E{x x J{I E

+iMi E< n @h x * +iB,
+n E Jb-4 (xvi) E |vx E{x { M x *
xvii) n M< Sx + {]Eh E +v { + E{x E
ix {j E O VS Ex { E +{EE
+v { B E< xv x =M M< VE |M
nPEE x i E M *
xvi) The company has not taken any term loan during the
year ended 31st March, 2013 and accordingly, the
provision of clause 4(xvi) of the order is not applicable.
xviii)
E{x x E{x +vx 1956, E v 301 E +iMi

+xIi V] {] + E{x E 31 S
2013 E {i E nx +vx E +]x x
E inx, +n E Jb 4(xviii) E |vx E{x {
M x *
xviii)The company has not made any preferential allotment

of shares to parties and companies covered in the
register maintained under Section 301 of the
Companies Act, 1956 during the year ended 31st
March, 2013. Hence the provision of clause 4(xviii) of
the order is not applicable.
xix)
E{x x 31S 2013 E {i E nx E< bS

V x E * inx, +n E Jb 4(xix) E |vx
E{x { M x *
xix) The company has not issued any debenture during

the year ended 31st March, 2013. Hence the
provisions of clause 4(xix) of the order are not
applicable.
xx)
E{x x 31 S 2013 E {i E nx {E < E

VB vx E =M x E inx, +n E Jb 4(xx)
E |vx E{x { M x *
xx) The company has raised no money by public issue

during the year ended 31st March, 2013. Hence the
provisions of clause 4(xx) of the order are not
applicable.
21. i xi Ei J{I {{] E +x

u E{x E +J + E VS E nx
x i E{x E{x u E |E E vJvc EB
Vx E P]x x +<, x <E VxE , x
|vx u B E P]x E Sx n M< *
xxi) In course of our examination of the books of account

carried out in accordance with the generally accepted
auditing practices, we have neither noticed any
instance of fraud on or by the company nor have we
been reported of such case by the management.
xii)
xiii)
xvi)
:tl& EEi
nxE : 22 yit, 2013
Ei B.{. S]V Bb E{x

xn JE
{VEh J 303081E
B.{. S]V
{]x
ni J 004697
xiii) In our opinion, the company is not a chit fund / nidhi/

mutual benefit fund / society and accordingly the
provisions of clause 4(xiii) of the order are not
applicable.
xvii) Based on information and explanations given to us

and on an overall examination of the balance sheet
of the company, in our opinion, there are no funds
raised on short term basis which have been used for
long term investments.
Place : Kolkata
190

303081E
S.P.Chatterjee
Partner
Sri E E Jb 49V E
+xh |h{j
,
xnE b,
<n E
|hi E Vi E(E) x 2012-13 i k h + xEn h E I E + k VxE + E +x :

i)
<x h E< i{h +i Elx x +l E< i{h il U] x +l E< E Elx ] x

*
ii)
h E E E i + =Si U |ii Ei il Vn J xE, |V v + xx E

+x *
(J) k VxE + E +x E nx E x E< B xnx x E V E{]{h, +v +l E

E +S i E r *
(M) k {]M i +iE xjh l{i Ex + < xB Jx E =kni E Ei + E x k
{]M vi E E +iE xjh |h E Ex E + B +iE xjh E {J + {Sx E
=x Mi E, V VxE + <x Mi E {vx i x V En =` B , = J{IE +
J{I i E I |E] E *
(P) x J{IE + J{I i E n E(i)
2012-13 E nx k {]M { +iE xjh E< i{h {ix x *
(ii)
E nx J xi E< i{h {ix x + *
(iii)
vJvc E P]xB VxE VxE < + V |vx E ES E {ii, n E< ,

VE k {]M { E E +iE xjh |h i{h E *
(E.B. E]x)
|vE (k B J) B B+
(I {x)
+vI B |v xnE
lx : EEi
nxE : 07.05.2013
191
CERTIFICATE PURSUANT TO CLAUSE 49V

OF THE LISTING AGREEMENT
To
The Board of Directors,
Allahabad Bank
This is to certify that:
(a) We have reviewed the financial statements and the cash flow statement of the Bank for the financial year 2012-13 and
that to the best of our knowledge and belief:
(i)
these statements do not contain any materially untrue statement or omit any material fact or contain statements
that might be misleading.
(ii)
these statements together present a true and fair view of the Banks affairs and are in compliance with existing
accounting standards, applicable laws and regulations.
(b) There are, to the best of our knowledge and belief, no transactions entered into by the Bank during the year which are
fraudulent, illegal or violative of the Banks code of conduct.
(c) We accept responsibility for establishing and maintaining internal controls for financial reporting and that we have
evaluated the effectiveness of the internal control systems of the Bank pertaining to the financial reporting and we
have disclosed to the auditors and the Audit Committee, deficiencies in the design or operation of such internal
controls of which we are aware and the steps we have taken to rectify the deficiencies.
(d) We have indicated to the auditors and the Audit Committee
(i)
that no significant changes in internal control over financial reporting has been made during the financial year
2012-13,
(ii)
that no significant changes in accounting policies has taken place during the year,
(iii)
the instances of significant fraud of which we become aware and the involvement therein, if any, of the
management or an employee having a significant role in the Banks internal control system over financial
reporting.
(K.S. Venkataraman)
Place: Kolkata
Date: 07.05.2013
192
<B b] i /E Ji h
(iE { vh Ex vE i)
/ .............................................................................Binu <B u v E Ji
V Ex i <n E E |vEi Ei /:
/ . BB .
E J
E Ji E h
E. E E x
______________________________
J.
J E x (E B J)
{i(E +vn i)
______________________________
M.
B+<+ SE { =Ji
E + J E 9 +E E E]
______________________________
P.
Ji E |E (Si/S)
______________________________
b.
SEE =Ji Ji J
______________________________
S.
vE E B]b Eb + ]x J
______________________________
Binu Ph Ei E >{ nB MB h + {h * n Mi + +v Sx nx E Eh xnx i

+l xnx x {i i <n E E =kn x `=M*

0 BB ]b
x]: <n E
77/2B, V b
EEi-700 029
vE E iI
Eb J E ]Ei E i{x i E{ +{x =H Ji vi SE {z E ]| i +l xi E M E SE Mx
E*
n +{ b] vh E i E{ +{x <B b] vi b{V] {]{] E =E u
xvi ] V*
x] : <B E v V Ex i E J B E ii x SB*
193
FORM FOR ECS MANDATE/BANK ACCOUNT PARTICULARS

(FOR SHAREHOLDERS HOLDING SHARES IN PHYSICAL FORM)
I/We---------------------------------------------------------------- do hereby authorize Allahabad Bank to credit my dividend amount directly

to my bank account by ECS.
My/Our Folio No. ALB..................................
No. of Shares...............................................
Particulars of Bank Account
A. Bank Name
B. Branch Name & Address
(only CBS Branch)
C. 9 Digit MICR Code No. of the Bank & Branch

Appearing on the MICR Cheque
D. Account Type ( Saving/Current)
E. Account No. as appearing in the Cheque Book
F. STD Code & Telephone No. of shareholder
I hereby declare that the particulars given above are correct and complete. If the transaction is delayed or not effected at all for
reasons of incomplete or incorrect information, I would not hold Allahabad Bank responsible.
Mail to
M/S MCS Limited

Unit: Allahabad Bank
77/2A, Hazra Road
Kolkata-700 029
Signature of the shareholder
Please attach a photocopy of a Cheque Leaf or a blank cancelled cheque issued by your bank relating to your above account
for verifying the accuracy of the code numbers.
In case you are holding shares in demat form, kindly send the ECS Mandate to the concerned Depository Participant
directly, in the format prescribed by the DP.
Note: For credit of dividend through NECS the Bank Branch should be under CBS.
194
<n E
|vx E : 2, xiV b, EEi-700 001
={li {S
(` E l | E |ii E Vx )
nx B iJ: ,17 Vx, 2013
: {x 10.30 V
lx : EEi
Binu <n E E vE E M E + +{x ={li nV Ei / Ei *
={li vE/|C/|ixv E iI
{VEi J/ b{ +<b B C<] +<b
vE E x
E J
vE (E)/{I/vE (E) E |vEi |ixv +xv E ` E | |{i Ex E B

| {j E l vi iIi ( iI E V E {VEi =xE xx iI ) =H ={li{S |ii E* il{, | i{x/VS, V +E Z VBM, E i E +vx M* E {li
, ` E E |u { E< b{E] ={li {S V x E VBM*

<n E
| {j
(È E n x +{x { J)
={li vE/|C/|ixv E iI
{VEi J/ b{ +<b B C<] +<b
vE E x
E J
x] : ` E E nx ={/={ E{x x ] VBM*

E{ Mx E {] E +{x |i l E +B*
195
ALLAHABAD BANK
HEAD OFFICE: 2, Netaji Subhas Road Kolkata- 700 001
ATTENDANCE SLIP
(To be surrendered at the time of Entry to the venue)
Day & Date: Monday, the 17th June, 2013
Time : 10.30 A.M.
Place: KOLKATA
I hereby record my presence at the Eleventh Annual General Meeting of the shareholders of the Allahabad
Bank:-
Signature of the Shareholder/Proxy/Representative Present

Regd. Folio No. /DP ID & Client ID
Name of the Shareholder
Number of Shares
Shareholder(s)/proxy/authorized representative of shareholder(s) are requested to produce the above

attendance slip, duly signed, (same as their specimen signatures registered with the Bank), along with the
entry pass, for admission to the venue. The admission will, however, be subject to verifications, as may be
deemed necessary. Under no circumstances, any duplicate attendance slip will be issued at the entrance
of the venue of the meeting.

ALLAHABAD BANK
Entry Pass
(To be retained throughout the meeting)
Signature of the Shareholder/Proxy/Representative Present

Regd. Folio No./ DP ID & Client ID
Name of the Shareholder
Number of Shares
Note : No gifts/gift coupons will be distributed at the meeting.

Please bring your copy of Annual Report.
196
<n E
|vx E : 2, xiV b
EEi : 700 001

{I (|C) i
(vE n u B iI E Vx )
V]b x. b{ +<b B C<] +<b .......................................

/ .................................................................................................................. V E .......................
V li ........................... E/E x <n E E/E vE x E xi Binu ........................
V E ........................... V li .................................. E/E x /i .....................................................
E +l =E +x{li ....................................... V E ............................... V li ..............................
E/E x /i .................................. E 17.06.2013 E {x 10.30 V { +b] <]x Wx
ES x], i ES ]{C, +<-201, C] III ] E ], EEi - 700 106 {z x <n
` E E vE E E + + =E E lMx E ={xi +Vi / + inx Ex E +{x
{I xH Ei /Ei *
E{ 1 {B
< {...........................2013 E........................nx iI E*
E n
]E] S{EB
|l/BE vE E iI
x : ..................................................................
{i : ..................................................................
.........................................................................
.........................................................................
........................................
{I E iI
{I (|C) { iI Ex + |iiEh i +xn

1. {I Ji i v M V
E) HMi vE n E Ji { vi |vEi =E/=E +]x u iIi E VB*
J) H vE E V] |l xi vE n u Ji { vi |vEi =E /=E +]x u
iIi E VB*
M) E xMi xE E =E +vE u +l Ji { vi |vEi +]x u iIi E VB*
2. V {I Ji { vE +M` xx, +Ei Ei i i v M V VV, V]] +x E V] +l
={ V] E +x E V{ji +vE <n E E +vE u i{i *
3. |C E l
E) Jix +x |vE (n E< ) VE ii = { iI EB MB
J) x] {E +l V]] u i{i Jix +l +x |vE E |i E x È E iJ +vEi S nx
{ +li v, 12 Vx 2013 E E E {i +li +{x 5.00 V = { <n E, M, |vx
E V E Vx SB*
4. n r Jix <n E +l <E V] + +ih BV] E { { {VEi E V SE i Jix E
{VEh J + B {VEh E iJ E =J E VB*
5. E< {I i iE v x M V iE vi ]{i x *
6. E V E M {I Ji +i il +|ih M*
7. n {I Ji E{E { n H E B i BE +vE x{ni x EB VB*
8. V vE x {I Ji x{ni E = E x È HMi { inx Ex E En x M V
Ji vi *
9. <n E E E ES +vE E vi |vEi {I E { xH x E VBM*
10. E< {I Ji i iE v x M V iE - '' { x *
197
Form B
Form of Proxy
( To be filled in and signed by the shareholder member)
Regd. Folio No./DPID & Client ID ................................................................................................

Form for Proxy
( To be filled in and signed by the shareholder member)
I/We ------------------------------------------------resident/s of--------------------------------------------------- in the district of ------------------------------------------------in the state of---------------------------------------------------------- being a share holder/s of Allahabad Bank,
hereby appoint Shri/Smt.----------------------------------------------- resident of------------------------------------------------------------ in the
district of -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- or failing him/her. Shri/Smt ------------------------resident of-------------------------------------in the district of -----------------------in the state of---------------------------------- as my /our
proxy to vote for me/us and on my/our behalf at the Annual General Meeting of the Shareholders of the Allahabad Bank to be
held on 17.06.2013 at 10.30 a.m. at Eastern Zonal Cultural Center, Bharatiyam Cultural Multiplex, IB-201, Sector-III, Salt
Lake City, Kolkata-700106, and at any adjournment thereof.
Signed this------------------------------ day of -------------------------- 2013.
Please affix
One Rupee
Revenue
Stamp
....
Signature of the Proxy
Signature of the First/Sole Holder

Name ........................................
Address ......................................
......................................
......................................
Instructions for signing and lodging the Proxy form
1.
The instrument of proxy to be valid

(a) in case of an individual shareholder, shall be signed by him/her attorney duly authorized in writing.
(b) in case a joint holder, shall be signed by the shareholder first name in the Register of Members or by his/her attorney duly
authorized in writing.
(c) in case of body corporate, shall be signed by its officer and executed under its common seal, if any or otherwise signed by
its attorney duly authorized in writing.
2. An instrument of proxy in which the thumb impression of the shareholder is affixed, will be valid provided it is attested by a Judge,
Magistrate,Registrar or Sub-Registrar of Assurances or any other Government Gazetted Officer or an Officer of Allahabad Bank.
3. The Proxy together with
(a) the power of attorney or other authority ( if any) under which it is signed or
(b) a copy of that power of Attorney or Authority , certified by a Notary Public or a Magistrate, should be deposited at the Share
Department, Head Office of Allahabad Bank, not later than FOUR Days before the date of Annual General Meeting, i.e. on or
before the close of business hours i.e. upto 5.00 p.m. on Wednesday, the 12th June, 2013.
4. In case of relevant power of attorney is already registered with Allahabad Bank or its Registrar and Share Transfer Agent , the
registration number of power of attorney and date of such registration may be mentioned.
5. No proxy shall be valid unless it is duly stamped.
6. An instrument of proxy deposited with the Bank shall be irrevocable and final.
7. In case of an instrument of proxy granted in favour of two grantees in the alternative, not more than one form shall be executed.
8. The shareholder who has executed an instrument of proxy shall not be entitled to vote in person at the Annual General Meeting
to which such instrument relates.
9. No person shall be appointed as duly authorized representative or a proxy who is an officer or an employee of Allahabad Bank.
10. No instrument of proxy shall be valid unless it is in Form B.
198
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ALLAHABAD BANK
H.O: 2, Netaji Subhas Road, Kolkata-700 001
M ank
c Bl
U lly
na
io
J
i x tent
n t in
E < s lef
e i
`
{ g
pa
< is
h
T
199
nk
M la
c y B
U
l
l
a
J ion
i x tent
n t in
< lef
E e is
`
{ g
pa
< is
h
T
200

Annual Report

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Annual Report

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

<n E

|vx E : 2, xiV b, EEi-700 001

rl=uNfUt, tuFtvheGfUtuk ytr= fUe mqae

JtrMofU ytb ciXfU fUe mqalt

Report on Corporate Governance

fUthvtuhux dJluom { J{IE fUt btKvt

Cut off Date for ascertaining the

/ IMPORTANT PROGRAMMES & DATES

mqaec;t fUhth fuU Fkz 49V fuU +xh

Attendance Slip cum Entry Pass

Auditors Report of the Bank

+ E <xx . E J{IE E {] 185-190

Form for ECS mandate

Financial Statements of the Bank

Certificate Pursuant to clause 49V of the

+ E <xx . E rJteg rJJhK

Auditors' Report of AllBank Finance Ltd.

Directors Report of the Bank

Notice of Annual General Meeting

Chairman & Managing

Consolidated Financial Statement

List of Directors', Auditors' etc

vqcoe ytprzxturhgb, <]x Wx ES x],

Last date for receipt of proxy form

Purbashree Auditorium, Eastern Zonal Cultural Center,

|vx E : 2, xiV b, EEi-700 001

xnE b/BOARD OF DIRECTORS (lli/AS ON 31.03.2013)

Smt. Shubhalakshmi Panse

Chairman & Managing Director

Shri Arun Tiwari

Dr. Shashank Saksena

Government Nominee Director

RBI Nominee Director

Shri R.M. Chaturvedi

C.A. Nominee Director

+EE M-E xnE

Shri D.N. Singh

Part Time Non-official Director

+EE M-E xnE

Shri Dinesh Dubey

Part Time Non-official Director

Shri Nirmal Kumar Bari

Officers Employee Director

Shri Gour Das

Workmen Employee Director

Dr. Sudip Chaudhuri

Shri Ashok Vij

Shri A.P.V.N. Sarma

M/S M. C. JAIN & CO.

M/S N. K. Bhargava & Co.

For M/S Raghu Nath Rai & Co.

For M/S Khandelwal Kakani & Co

For M/S Batliboi & Purohit

For M/S Sarath & Associates

V] B +ih BV]/REGISTRAR & SHARE TRANSFER AGENT

M/S MCS LTD. (Unit Allahabad Bank)

Chairman and Managing

It gives me great pleasure to place before you

Here is an analysis of the performance of your Bank during

Economic & Banking Overview -

1.1. Global growth was affected in 2012 and the sluggish

1.3 2012-13 i +ll n U< + < n

1.3. The Indian economy remained sluggish in 2012-13, with